高考英语阅读理解分类汇编:社会生活类

申明敬告: 本站不保证该用户上传的文档完整性,不预览、不比对内容而直接下载产生的反悔问题本站不予受理。

文档介绍

高考英语阅读理解分类汇编:社会生活类

真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 1 社会生活类 第一部分 五年高考题荟萃 Passage 1 (09·上海 D 篇) The latest research suggests that the key factor separating geniuses from the merely accomplished is not I.Q., a generally bad predictor of success. Instead, it’s purposeful practice. Top performers spend more hours practising their craft. It you wanted to picture how a typical genius might develop, you’d take a girl who possessed a slightly above average language ability. It wouldn’t have to be a big talent, just enough so that she might gain some sense of distinction. Then you would want her to meet, say, a novelist, who coincidentally shared some similar qualities. Maybe the writer was from the same town, had the same family background, or shared the same birthday. This contact would give the girl a vision of her future self. It would hive her some idea of a fascinating circle who might someday join. It would also help if one of her parents died when she was 12, giving her a strong sense of insecurity and fuelling a desperate need for success. Armed with this ambition, she would read novels and life stories of writers without end. This would give her a primary knowledge of her field. She’s be able to see new writing in deeper ways and quickly understand its inner workings. Then she would practise writing. Her practice would be slow, painstaking and error-focused. By practising in this way, he delays the automatizing process. Her mind wants to turn conscious, newly learned skills into unconscious. Automatically performed skills. By practising slowly, by breaking skills down into tiny parts and repeating, she forces the brain to internalize a better pattern of performance. Then she would find an adviser who would provide a constant stream of feedback, viewing her performance form the outside, correcting the smallest errors, pushing her to take on tougher challenges. By now she is redoing problems—how do I get characters into a room—dozens and dozens of times. She is establishing habits of thought she can call upon in order to understand or solve future problems. The primary quality our young writer possesses is not some mysterious genius. It’s the ability to develop a purposeful, laborious and boring practice routine; the latest research takes some of the magic out of great achievement. But it underlines a fact that is often neglected. Public discussion is affected by genetics and what we’re “hard-wired” to do. And it’s true that genes play a role in our capabilities. But the brain is also very plastic. We construct ourselves through behaviour. 76. The passage mainly deals with . A. the function of I.Q. in cultivating a writer B. the relationship between genius and success C. the decisive factor in making a genius D. the way of gaining some sense of distinction 77. By reading novels and writers’ stories, the girl could . A. come to understand the inner structure of writing B. join a fascinating circle of writers someday 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 2 C. share with a novelist her likes and dislikes D. learn from the living examples to establish a sense of security 78. In the girl’s long painstaking training process, ________. A. her adviser forms a primary challenging force to her success. B. her writing turns into an automatic pattern of performance C. she acquires the magic of some great achievement D. she comes to realize she is “hard-wired” to write 79. What can be concluded from the passage? A. A fuelling ambition plays a leading role in one’s success B. A responsible adviser is more important than the knowledge of writing. C. As to the growth of a genius, I.Q. Doesn’t matter, but just his|her effort. D. What really matters is what you do rather than who you are. 答案 76.C 77.A 78.B 79.D Passage 2 (09·安徽 A 篇) Remembering names is an important social skill. Here are some ways to master it. Recite and repeat in conversation. When you hear a person’s name , repeat it. Immediately say it to yourself several times without moving your lips. You could also repeat the name in a way that does not sound forced or artificial. Ask the other person to recite and repeat. You can let other people help you remember their names. After you’ve been introduced to someone,ask that person to spell the name mad pronounce it correctly for you. Most people will be pleased by the effort you’re making to learn their names. Admit you don’t know. Admitting that you can’t remember someone’s name can actually make people relaxed. Most of them will feel sympathy if you say. “I’m working to remember names better. Yours is right on the tip of my tongue. What is it again?” Use associations. Link each person yon meet with one thing you find interesting or unusual. For example,you could make a mental note: "Vicki Cheng -- tall, black hair. " To reinforce you’re your associations, write them on a small card as soon as possible. Limit the number of new names you learn at one time. When meeting a group of people, concentrate on remembering just two or three names. Free yourself from remembering every one. Few of the people in mass introductions expect you to remember their names. Another way is to limit yourself to learning just first names. Last names can come later. Go early. Consider going early to conferences, parties and classes. Sometimes just a few people show up on time. That's fewer names for you to remember. And as more people arrive, you can hear them being introduced to others—an automatic review for you. 56. How will most people feel when you try hard to remember their names? 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 3 A. They will be moved. B. They will be annoyed. C. They will be delighted. D. They will be discouraged. 57. If you can't remember someone's name, you may __ A. tell him the truth B. tell him a white lie C. ask him for pity D. ask others to help you 58. When you meet a group of people, it is better to remember __ A. all their names B. a couple of names first C. just their last names D. as many names as possible 59. What does the text mainly tell us? A. Tips on an important social skill. B. Importance of attending parties. C. How to make use of associations. D. How to recite and repeat names. 答案 56.C 57.A 58.B 59.A Passage 3 (09·北京 D 篇) When students and parents are asked to rate subjects according to their importance ,the arts are unavoidably at the bottom of the list . Music is nice, people seem to say, but not important. Too often it is viewed as mere entertainment, but certainly not an education priority (优先). This view is shortsighted. In fact, music education is beneficial and important for all students. Music tells us who we are. Because music is an expression of the beings who create it, it reflects their thinking and values, as well as the social environment it came from. Rock music represents a lifestyle just as surely as does a Schubert song. The jazz influence that George Gershwin and other musicians introduced into their music is obviously American because it came from American musical traditions. Music expresses our character and values. It gives us identity as a society. Music provides a kind of perception(感知)that cannot be acquired any other way . Science can explain how the sun rises and sets. The arts explore emotive(情感的) meaning of the same phenomenon . We need every possible way to discover and respond to our world for one simple but powerful reason: No one way can get it all. The arts are forms of thought as powerful in what they communicate as mathematical and scientific symbols. They are ways we human beings “talk” to each other. They are the language of civilization through which we express our fears, our curiosities, our hungers, our discoveries, our hopes. The arts are ways we give form to our ideas and imagination so that they can be shared with others. When we do not give children access to an important way of expressing themselves such as music, we take away from them the meanings that music expresses. Science and technology do not tell us what it means to be human. The arts do. Music is an important way we express human suffering, celebration, the meaning and value of peace and love. So music education is far more necessary than people to realize. 68. According to Paragraph 1, students______. A. regard music as a way of entertainment B. disagree with their parents on education C. view music as an overlooked subject D. prefer the arts to science 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 4 69. In Paragraph 2, the author uses jazz as an example to . A. compare it with rock music B. show music identifies a society C. introduce American musical traditions D. prove music influences people’s lifestyles 70. According to the passage. the arts and science . A. approach the world from different angles B. explore different phenomena of the world C. express people’s feelings in different ways D. explain what it means to be human differently 71. What is the main idea of the passage? A. Music education deserves more attention. B. Music should be of top education priority. C. Music is an effective communication tool. D. Music education makes students more imaginative. 答案 68.A 69.B 70.A 71.A Passage 4 (09·北京 E 篇) Camping wild is a wonderful way to experience the natural world and, at it best, it makes little environmental influence. But with increasing numbers of people wanting to escape into the wilderness. It is becoming more and more important to camp unobtrusively(不引人注目的)and leave no mark. Wild camping is not permitted in many places, particularly in crowded lowland Britain, Wherever you are, find out about organizations responsible for managing wild spaces, and contact them to find out their policy on camping and shelter building. For example, it is fine to camp wild in remote parts of Scotland, but in England you must ask the landowner’s permission, except in national parks. Camping is about having relaxation, sleeping outdoors, experiencing bad weather, and making do without modern conveniences. A busy, fully-equipped campsite(野营地)seems to go against this, so seek out smaller, more remote places with easy access to open spaces and perhaps beaches. Better still, find a campsite with no road access: Walking in makes a real adventure. Finding the right spot to camp is the first step to guaranteeing a good night’s sleep. Choose a campsite with privacy and minimum influence on others and the environment. Try to use an area where people have obviously camped before rather than creating a new spot. When camping in woodland, avoid standing dead trees. Which may fall on a windy night. Avoid animal runs and caves, and possible homes of biting insects. Make sure you have most protection on the windward side. If you make a fire, do so downwind of your shelter. Always consider what influence you might have on the nature word. Avoid damaging plants. A good campsite is found, not made-changing it should be unnecessary. 72. You needn’t ask for permission when camping in . A. national parks in England B. most parts of Scotland C. crowded lowland Britain D. most parts of England 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 5 73. The author thinks that a good campsite is one . A. with easy access B. used previously C. with modern conveniences D. far away from beaches 74. The last paragraph mainly deals with . A. protecting animals B. building a campfire C. camping in woodland D. finding a campsite with privacy 75. The passage is mainly about . A. the protection of campsites B. the importance of wild camping C. the human influence on campsites D. the dos and don’ts of wild camping 答案 72.A 73.B 74.C 75.D Passage 5 (09·湖北 C 篇) When I was seven my father gave me a Timex, my first watch. I loved it, wore it for years, and haven’t had another one since it stopped ticking a decade ago. Why? Because I don’t need one. I have a mobile phone and I’m always near someone with an iPod or something like that. All these devices(装置)tell the time—which is why, if you look around, you’ll see lots of empty wrists; sales of watches to young adults have been going down since 2007. But while the wise have realized that they don’t need them, others—apparently including some distinguished men of our time—are spending total fortunes on them. Brands such as Rolex, Patek Philippe and Breitling command shocking prices, up to £250.000 for a piece. This is ridiculous. Expensive cars go faster than cheap cars. Expensive clothes hang better than cheap clothes. But these days all watches tell the time as well as all other watches. Expensive watches come with extra functions—but who needs them? How often do you dive to 300 metres into the sea or need to find your direction in the area around the South Pole? So why pay that much of five years’ school fees for watches that allow you to do these things? If justice were done, the Swiss watch industry should have closed down when the Japanese discovered how to make accurate watches for a five-pound note. Instead the Swiss reinvented the watch, with the aid of millions of pounds’ worth of advertising, as a message about the man wearing it. Rolexes are for those who spend their weekends climbing icy mountains; a Patek Philippe is for one from a rich or noble family; a Breitling suggests you like to pilot planes across the world. Watches are now classified as “investments”(投资). A 1994 Philippe recently sold for nearly? £350, 000, while 1960s Rolexes have gone from? 15, 000 to? 30, 000 plus in a year. But a watch is not an investment. It’s a toy for self-satisfaction, a matter of fashion. Prices may keep going up-— they’ve been rising for 15 years. But when of fashion. Prices may keep going up—they’ve been rising for 15 years. But when fashion moves on, the owner of that? £350, 000 beauty will suddenly find his pride and joy is no more a good investment than my childhood Times. 59 The sales of watches to young people have fallen because they__________. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 6 A. have other devices to tell the time B. think watches too expensive C. prefer to wear an iPod D. hame no sense of time 60. It seems ridiculous to the writer that_______________. A. people dive 300 metres into the sea B. expensive clothes sell better than cheap ones C. cheap cars don’t run as fast as expensive ones D. expensive watches with unnecessary functions still sell 61. What can be learnt about Swiss watch industry from the passage? A. It targets rich people as its potential customers. B. It’s hard for the industry to beat its competitors. C. It wastes a huge amount of money in advertising. D. It’s easy for the industry to reinvent cheap watches. 62. Which would be the best title for the passage? A. Timex or Rolex? B. My Childhood Timex C. Watches? Mot for Me! D. Watches—a Valuable Collection 答案 59.A 60.D 61.A 62.C Passage 6 (09·湖北 D 篇) A few years ago, Paul Gerner began to gather a group of architects in Las vegas to ask them what it would take to design a public school that used 50 percent less energy, cost much less to build and obviously improved student learning . ”I think half of then fell off their chairs,” Gerner says. Gerner manages school facilities (设施)for Clark county, Nevada, a district roughly the size of Massachusetts. By 2018, 143, 000 additional students will enter the already crowded public-education system. Gerner needs 73 new schools to house them. Four architecture teams have nearly finished designing primary school prototypes (样品) ; They plan to construct their schools starting in 2009. The district will then assess how well the schools perform, and three winners will copy those designs in 50 to 70 new buildings. Green schools are appearing all over , but in Clark County, which stands out for its vastness, such aggressive targets are difficult because design requirements like more natural light for students go against the realities of a desert climate. ”One of the biggest challenges is getting the right site orientation(朝向), ” Mark McGinty, a director at SH Architecture, says. His firm recently completed a high school in Las Vegas. “You have the same building, same set of windows, but if its orientation is incorrect and it faces the sun, it will be really expensive to cool.” Surprisingly, the man responsible for one of re most progressive green-design competitions has doubts about ideas of eco-friendly buildings. ”I don’t believe in the new green religion,” Gerner says. ”Gerner says.”Some of the building technologies that you get are impractical. I’m interested in those that work. ”But he wouldn’t mind if some green features inspire students. He 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 7 says he hopes to set up green energy systems that allow them to learn about the process of harvesting wind and solar power. ”You never know what’s going to start the interest of a child to study math and science,”he says. 63.How did the architects react to Garner’s design requirements? A. They lost balance in excitement. B. they showed strong disbelief. C. they expressed little interest. D. they burst into cheers. 64.Which order of steps is followed in carrying out the project? A. Assessment-Prototype-Design-Construction. B. Assessment-Design-Prototype-Construction. C. Design-Assessment-Prototype-Construction. D. Design-Prototype-Assessment-Construction. 65.What makes it difficult to build green schools in Clark County? A. The large size. B. Limited facilities. C. The desert climate. D. Poor natural resources. 66.What does Gerner think of the ideas of green schools? A. They are questionable. B. They are out of date. C. They are advanced. D. They are practical. 答案 63.B 64.D 65.C 66.A Passage 7 (09·湖北 E 篇) Sunday is more like Monday than it used to be, Places of business that used to keep daytime “business hours” are now open late into the night. And on the Internet, the hour of the day and the day of the week have become irrelevant (不相关的). A half century ago in the United states, most people experienced strong and precise dividing lines between days of rest and days of work, school time and summer time, Today the boundaries still exist, but they seem not clear. The law in almost all states used to require stores to close on Sunday; in most, it no longer does , It used to keep the schools open in all seasons except summer, in most, it still does. And whether the work week should strengthen its legal limits, or whether it should become more “flexible” is often debated, How should we , as a society, organize our time? Should we go even further in relaxing the boundaries of time until we live in a world in which every minute is much like every other? These are not easy questions even to ask. Part of the difficulty is that we rarely recognize the “law of time” even when we meet it face to face. We know as children that we have to attend school a certain number of hours, a certain number of days, a certain number of years—but unless we meet the truant officer (学监) , we may well think that we should go to school due to social custom and parents’ demand rather than to the law. As adults we are familiar with “extra pay for 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 8 overtime working.”but less familiar with the fact that what constitutes(构成) “overtime” is a matter of legal definition. , When we turn the clock forward to start daylight—saving time, have we ever thought to ourselves; “Here is the law in action”? As we shall see, there is a lot of law that has great influence on how organize and use time: compulsory education law, overtime law, and daylight-saving law—as well as law about Sunday closing, holidays, being late to work , time zones, and so on. Once we begin to look for it, we will have no trouble finding a law of time to examine and assess. 67. By saying” Sunday is more like Monday than it used to be,” the writer means that __________. A. work time is equal to rest time B. many people have a day off on Monday, C. it is hard for people to decide when to rest D. the line between work time and rest time is unclear 68. The author raises the questions in Paragraph 2 to introduce the fact that people____. A. fail to make full use of their time B. enjoy working overtime for extra pay C. are unaware of the law of time D. welcome flexible working hours 69. According to the passage, most children tend to believe that they go to school because they_____. A. need to acquire knowledge B. have to obey their parents C. need to find companions D. have to observe the law 70. What is the main idea of the passage? A. Our life is governed by the law of time B. How to organize time is not worth debating. C. New ways of using time change our society. D. Our time schedule is decided by social customs 答案 67.D 68.C 69.B 70.A Passage 8 (09·四川 C 篇) Honesty comes in many forms. First there’s self-honesty. Is what people see the real article or do you appear through smoke and mirrors? I find that if I try to be something I’m not. I feel unsure of myself and take out a part from my PBA(personal bank account). I love how singer Judy Garland put it. “Always be a first-class version(版本)of yourself, instead of a second-class version of somebody else. ” Then there’s honesty in our actions. Are you honest at school, with your parents, and with your boss? If you’ve ever been dishonest, I think we all have, try being honest, and notice how whole it makes you feel. Remember, you can’t do wrong and feel right. This story by Jeff is a good example of that: In my second year of study, there were three kids in my math class who didn’t do well. I was 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 9 really good at it. I would charge them three dollars for each test that I helped them pass. I’d write on a little piece of paper all the right answers, and hand them off. At first I felt like I was making money, kind of a nice job. I wasn’t thinking about how it could hurt all of us. After a while I realized I shouldn’t do that anymore, because I wasn’t really helping them. They weren’t learning anything, and it would only get harder down the road. Cheating certainly wasn’t helping me. It takes courage to be honest when people all around you are getting away with cheating on tests, lying to their parents, and stealing at work. But, remember, every act of honesty is a deposit(储蓄) into your PBA and will build strength. 49. The underlined part “appear through smoke and mirrors” in the first paragraph means “ ” A. to be honest B. to be unreal C. to become clear D. to come from an imagined world 50. Which of the following can best explain Judy Garland’s words? A. Be your true self rather than follow others. B. Don’t copy others or you can’t be the first class. C. Make efforts to be the first instead of the second. D. Don’t learn from others unless they’re excellent. 51. What does the author expect to show by Jeff’s story? A. Honesty the author expect to show by Jeff’s story? B. A bad thing can be turned into a good one. C. Helping others cheat can do good to nobody. D. One should realize the wrong in his bad deeds. 52. In the last paragraph the author mainly wants to express . A. one must be brave to be honest B. it’s difficult to be honest when others are not C. one should be honest when making a deposit D. honesty in one’s actions can help him in the future 答案 49.B 50.A 51.D 52.D Passage 9 (09·四川 D 篇) Cities alarmed by deaths and injuries of pedestrians are taking efforts to make crosswalks safer for people on foot, especially seniors and children who need more time to cross streets. A pedestrian is killed in a traffic accident in the USA every 110 minutes; one is injured every nine minutes, according to official data. Crosswalks can be especially dangerous for the elderly. Among people 70 and older, 36% of pedestrian deaths in 2006 occurred in crosswalks, compared with 21% of those younger than 70, according to the Insurance Institute for Highway Safety. The Federal Highway Administration(FHWA) advise that next year states increase by nearly 15% the amount of time traffic lights provide for pedestrians to cross the street after the flashing orange hand appears. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 10 FHWA spokesman Doug Hecox says reasons for the change include an aging population that needs more time to cross, health-conscious Americans walking more, children encouraged to walk to prevent getting overweight and high gas prices pushing people to walk instead of drive. Pedestrian deaths went down by 12% from 5,449 in 1996 to 4,784 in 2006, Bur among those in 2006, 471 were killed in crosswalks, down slightly from 488 ten years earlier, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) says. 53. Which of the following is true according to the text? A. Among 100 pedestrian deaths there were 21 people younger than 70 B. Old people are more likely to meet with accidents happened per hour. C. Traffic accidents killed more old people than young people D. About seven traffic accidents happened per hour. 54. What is FHWA’s suggestion to states? A. Fixing more traffic lights B. Providing more crosswalks C. Giving pedestrians more time to cross streets. D. Drivers don’t give way 56. The report from NHTSA suggests that A. fewer people were injured in crosswalks B. crosswalk safety has been greatly improved C. much has been done to reduce traffic accidents D. pedestrian deaths in crosswalks remain a serious problem 答案 53.B 54.C 55.C 56.D Passage 10 (09·天津 C 篇) Tens of thousands of theatre tickets will be given away to young people next year as part of a government campaign to inspire a lifelong love for theatre. The plan to offer free seats to people aged between 18 to 26—funded with £2.5 million of taxpayers’ money—was announced yesterday by Andy Burnham, the Culture Secretary. It received a cautious welcome from some in the arts world, who expressed concern that the tickets may not reach the most underprivileged. The plan comes as West End theatres are enjoying record audiences, thanks largely to musicals teaming up with television talent shows. Attendances reached. 13.6 million in 2007, up 10 percent on 2006, itself a record year. Total sales were up 18 percent on 2006 to almost £470 million. One theatre source criticized the Government’s priorities(优先考虑的事) in funding free tickets when pensioners were struggling to buy food and fuel, saying: “I don’t know why the Government’s wasting money on this. The Yong Vic, as The Times reported today, offers excellent performances at cheap prices.” There was praise for the Government’s plan from Dominic Cooke of the Royal Court Theatre, who said: “I support any move to get young people into theatre, and especially one that aims to do it all over England, not just in London.” Ninety-five publicly funded theatres could apply for funding under the two-year plan. In 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 11 return, they will offer free tickets on at least one day each week to 18 to 26-year-olds, first-come, first-served. It is likely to be on Mondays, traditionally a quiet night for the theatre. Mr. Burnham said: “A young person attending the theatre can find it an exciting experience, and be inspired to explore a new world. But sometimes people miss out on it because they fear it’s ‘not for them’. It’s time to change this perception.” Jeremy Hunt, the Shadow Culture Secretary, said: “The real issue is not getting enthusiastic children into the theatre, but improving arts education so that more young people want to go in the first place. For too many children theatres are a no-go area.” 46. Critics of the plan argued that ______. A. the theatres would be overcrowded B. it would be a waste of money C. pensioners wouldn’t get free tickets D. the government wouldn’t be able to afford it 47. According to the supporters, the plan should ______. A. benefit the television industry B. focus on producing better plays C. help increase the sales of tickets D. involve all the young people in England 48. Which of the following is TRUE about the plan? A. Ninety-five theatres have received funding. B. Everyone will get at least one free ticket. C. It may not benefit all the young people. D. Free tickets are offered once every day. 49. We can infer from the passage that in England ______. A. many plays are not for young people B. many young people don’t like theatre C. people know little about the plan D. children used to receive good arts education 50. According to the passage, the issue to offer free tickets to young people seems ______. A. controversial B. inspiring C. exciting D. unreasonable 答案 46.B 47.D 48.C 49.B 50.A Passage 11 (09·浙江 D 篇) In ancient Egypt, the pharaoh(法老)treated the poor message runner like a prince when he arrived at the palace, if he brought good news. However, if the exhausted runner had the misfortune to bring the pharaoh unhappy news, his head was cut off. Shades of that spirit spread over today’s conversations. Once a friend and I packed up some peanut butter and sandwiches for an outing. As we walked light-heartedly out the door, picnic basket in hand, a smiling neighbor looked up at the sky and said, ”Oh boy, bad day for a picnic. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 12 The weatherman says it’s going to rain.”I wanted to strike him on the face with the peanut butter and sandwiches. Not for his stupid weather report, for his while Several months ago I was racing to catch a him As I breathlessly put my handful of cash across the Grey hound counter, the sales agent said with a broad smile ,”Oh that bus left five minutes ago.”Dreams of head-cutting! It’s not the news that makes someone angry. It’s the unsympathetic attitude with which it’s the unsympathetic attitude with which it’s delivered. Everyone must give bad news from time to time, and winning professionals do it with the proper attitude. A doctor advising a patient that she needs an operation does it in a caring way. A boss informing an employee he didn’t get the job takes on a sympathetic tone. Big winners know, when delivering any bad news, they should share the feeling of the receiver. Unfortunately, many people are not aware of this. When you’re tired from a long flight, has a hotel clerk cheerfully said that your room isn’t ready yet? When you had your heart set on the toast beef, has your waiter mainly told you that he just served the last piece? It makes you as traveler or diner want to land your fist right on their unsympathetic faces. Had my neighbor told me of the upcoming rainstorm with sympathy, I would have appreciated his warming .Had the Greyhound salesclerk sympathetically informed me that my bus had already left, I probably would have said, ” Oh, that’s all right I’ll catch the next one.” Big winners, when they bear bad news ,deliver bombs with the emotion the bombarded(被轰炸的)person is sure to have. 53.In Paragraph 1,the writer tells the story of the pharaoh to ____. A. make a comparison B. introduce a topic C. describe a scene D. offer an argument 54.In the writer’s opinion, his neighbor was ___. A. friendly B. warm-hearted C. not considerate D. not helpful 55.From “Dreams of head-cutting!”(Paragraph3),we learn that the writer___. A. was mad at the sales agent B. was reminded of the cruel pharaoh C. wished that the sales agent would have had dreams D. dreamed of cutting the sales agent’s head that night. 56.What is the main idea of the text? A. Delivering bad news properly is important in communication. B. Helping others sincerely is the key to business success. C. Receiving bad news requires great courage. D. Learning ancient traditions can be useful. 答案 53.B 54.C 55.A 56.A Passage 12 (09·福建 B 篇) Foreign drivers will have a pay on-the-spot fines of up to £900 for breaking the traffic law to be carried our next month. If they do not have enough cash or a working credit card, their vehicles will clamped(扣留) until they pay law takes effect ,because the money would be returned if the driver went to court 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 13 and was found not guilty , In practice, very few foreign drives are likely to return to Britain to deal with their eases. Foreign drivers are rarely charged because police cannot take action against them if they fail to appear in court, Instead, officers often merely give warnings. Three million foreign-registered vehicles enter Britain each year. Polish vehicles s make up 36 percent, French vehicles 10 percent and German vehicles 9 percent. Foreign vehicles are 30 percent more vehicles entre Britain each year. Polish vehicles make up 36 percent. French crashes caused by foreign vehicle rose by 47 percent between 2003 and 2008. There were almost 400 deaths and serious injuries and 3,000 slight injuries form accidents caused by foreign vehicles in 2008. The new Law is party intended to settle the problem of foreign lorry drivers ignoring limits to weight and hours at the wheel. Foreign Lorries are three times more likely to be in a crash than British Lorries. Recent spot checks found that three quarters of Lorries that failed safety tests were registered overseas. The standard deposit for a careless driving offence —such as driving too close to the vehicle in front or reading a map at the wheel—will be £300. Deposits for speeding offences and using mobile phones will be £ 60. Foreign drivers will not get points as punishment added to their licenses, while British drivers will. 60. The first paragraph serves as a(n) . A. explanation B. introduction C. comment D. background. 61. The foreign drivers who break the traffic law and do not pay on the spot are likely to be forted up to . A. £60 B. £300 C. £900 D. £980 62. We can learn from the passage that . A. many foreign drivers have been fined by Britain police B. 300,000German vehicles enter Britain every year C. 25percent of foreign vehicles entering Britain have failed safety tests D. British drivers will be punished with points and fines for breaking the traffic law 63. The new traffic law is mainly intended to . A. limit the number of foreign vehicles entering Britain B. increase the British movement’s additional income C. lower the rate of traffic accidents and injuries D. get foreign drives to appear in count 答案 61.B 60.D 62.D 63.C Passage 13 (09·福建 E 篇) We already know the fastest, least expensive way to slow climate change: Use less energy. With a little effort, and not much money, most of us could reduce our energy diets by 25 percent or more—doing the Earth a favor while also helping our wallets. Not long age. My wife, PJ, and I tried a new diet—not to lose a little weight but to answer an annoying question about climate change. Scientists have reported recently that the world is bending up even faster than predicted only a few years ago, and that the consequences could be 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 14 severe if we don’t keep reducing emissions(排放)of carbon dioxide(CO2)and other greenhouse gases that are trapping heat in our atmosphere. We decided to try an experiment. For one month we recorded our personal emissions of CO2. . We wanted to see how much we could cut back, so we went on a strict diet. The average US household(家庭)produces about 150 pounds of CO2 a day by doing common-place things like turning on air-conditioning or driving cars. That’s more than twice the European average and almost five times the global average, mostly because Americans drive more and have bigger houses. But how much should we try to reduce? For an answer, I checked with Tim Flannery, author of The Weather Makers: How Man Is Changing the Climate and What It Means for Life on Earth. In his book, he had challenged readers to make deep cuts in personal emissions to keep the world from reaching extremely important tipping points, such as the melting (融化)of the ice sheets in Greenland or West Antarctica. “To stay below that point, we need to reduce CO2 emissions by 80 percent,” he said. Good advice, I thought. I’d opened our bedroom windows to let in the wind. We’d gotten so used to keeping our air-conditioning going around the clock. I’d almost forgotten the windows even opened. We should not let this happen again. It’s time for us to change our habits if necessary. 72. Why did the author and his wife try a new diet? A. To take special kinds of food B. To respond to climate change. C. To lose weight D. To improve their health 73. The underlined words “tipping points” most probably refer to A. freezing points B. burning points C. melting points D. boiling points 74. It can be inferred from the passage that A. it is necessary to keep the air-conditioning on all the time B. it seems possible for every household to cut emissions of CO2 C. the average US household produces about 3,000 pounds of CO2 a month D. the average European household produces about 1,000 pounds of CO2 a month 答案 72.B 73.C 74.B Passage 14 (09·宁夏、海南 C 篇) We have met the enemy and he is ours We bought him at a pet shop. When monkey-pox, a disease usually found in the African rain forest suddenly turns up in children in the American .Midwest it’s hard not to wonder of the disease that comes from foreign animals is homing in on human beings. “Most of the infections (感染)we think of as human infections started in other animals “ says Stephen Morse director of the Center for Public Health Preparedness at Columbia University. It’s not just that we’re going to where the animals are; we’re also bringing them closer to us Popular foreign pets have brought a whole new disease to this country A strange illness killed Isaksen’s pets and she now thinks that keeping foreign pets is a bad idea “I don’t think it’s fair to have them as pets when we have such a limited knowledge of them “says Isaksen “Laws allowing these animals to be brought in from deep forest areas without stricter control need changing “says Peter Schantz Monkey-pox may be the wake-up call. Researchers believe 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 15 infected animals may infect their owners. We know very little about these new diseases A new bug (病毒)may be kind at first. But it may develop into something harmful(有害的)Monkey-pox doesn’t look a major infectious disease But is not impossible to pass the disease from person to person 64.We learn from Paragraph I that the pet sold at the shop may_______. A.come from Columbia B.prevent us from being infected C.enjoy being with children D.suffer from monkey-pox 65.Why did Isaksen advise people not to have foreign pets? A.They attack human beings B.We need to study native animals C.They can’t live out of the rain forest D.We do not know much about them yet 66.What does she phrase “the wake-up call” in paragraph 3 most probably mean? A.a new disease B.a clear warning C.a dangerous animal D.a morning call 67.The text suggests that in the future we . A. may have to fight against more new diseases B. may easily get infected by diseases from dogs C. should not be allowed to have pets D. should stop buying pests from Africa 答案 64.D 65.D 66.B 67.A Passage 15 (09·宁夏、海南 D 篇) It’s not easy being a teenager(13 至 19 岁青少年)—nor is it easy being the parent of a teenager. You can make your child feel angry, hurt, or misunderstood by what you say without realizing it yourself. It is important to give your child the space he needs to grow while gently letting him know that you you’ll still be there for him when he needs you. Expect a lot from your child, just not everything. Except for health and safety problems, such as drug use or careless driving; consider everything else open to discussion. If your child is unwilling to discuss something, don’t insist he tell you what’s on his mind. The more you insist, the more likely that he’ll clam up. Instead , let him attempt to solve(解决)things by himself. At the same time, remind him that you’re always there for him should he seek advice or help. Show respect for your teenager’s privacy (隐私). Never read him his mail or listen in on personal conversions. Teach your teenager that the family phone is for the whole family. If your child talks on the family’s telephone for too long, tell him he can talk for15 minutes, but then he must stay off the phone for at least an equal period of time. This not only frees up the line so that other family members can make and receive calls, but teaches your teenager moderation(节制). Or if you are 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 16 open to the idea, allow your teenager his own phone that he pays for with his own pocket money or a part –time job 68. The main purpose of the text is to tell parents _____________. A. how to get along with a teenager B. how to respect a teenager C. how to understand a teenager D. how to help a teenager grow up 69. What does the phrase “clam up” in Paragraph 2 probably mean? A. become excited B. show respect C. refuse to talk D. seek help 70. What should parents do in raising a teenager according to the text? A. Nor allow him to learn driving or take drugs B. Give him advice only when necessary C. Let him have his own telephone D. Not talk about personal things with him 答案 68.D 69.C 70.B Passage 16 (09·江西 C 篇) 237 West Palmdale Boulevard Fresno , Califormia93706 AmToy Corporation Suite 15 TransAm Building November 20, 2008 Dear Sirs, As a concerned parent, I am writing to protest your recent advertisement for Electro—Rain seen in local media is California. So Schally, I am referring to newspaper and magazine ads (attached this letter) and had the week of November 15. Children to your type of advertising in an immature way; that they shamble to understand how expensive some toys are for middle-class parent. Further, you product is violent in nature. Youth advertisement gives children the impression that it’s fine to have “two guns and laser eyes.” You also suggest that children need your toy protect them “when you go outside.” This is not a healthy attitude for children to have. I hope you will stop advertising your product in such a way that may our children. Sincerely yours, (Mrs. ) Alma Hernandez Enc It’s here! Heady for You, Now! It’s Electro-Robo! Every lay dreams of being in control of a robot, and AmToy can make your dream come true Electro-R0ho is the world’s first fully autocratic robot with radio control. Standing 80 centimeters tall, Electro-Robo is like a friend at home, He can walk, talk, and even shake your had! He has two guns and laser eyes to help you defend yourself when you go outside with him , Every boy needs 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 17 Electro-Robo ! Ask your Mom and Dad to buy Electro-Robo for your birthday or for Christmas, which is coming up soon Imagine that you are in control of your friend for life, Electro-Robo! Available at all toy stores and department stores NOW! 64. What is the purpose the letter? A. To complain about a broken toy. B. To oppose the advertising. C. To order a gift for Chrisman. D. To apply for a job in a toy company. 65. Why does the writer of the letter that Electro-Robo is violent? A. It is control to radio water. B. It is expensive to buy. C. It is 80 centimeter D. It bears arms. 66. What dose “End” at the end of the letter mean? A. Something attached to the letter. B. A complaint to the toy company. C. A hidden message D. An encouraging response. 67. Electro-Robo can do all the following EXCEPT . A. sitting down B. shaking hands C. talking D. walking 答案 64.B 65.D 66.A 67.A Passage 17 (09·辽宁 A 篇) When I was going home to India last year, I called up my mother to ask if she wanted anything from china, When India had not opened up its markers to the world, I carried suitcase loads of dark glasses and jeans. Thankfully, we can get all these anywhere in India now, Still ,her answer surprised me:“Green tea,” As long as I can remember she didn’t even drink Indian tea. I dutifully bought a big packet of Longjing and headed home to hear the story. My mother and her brother, both regular newspaper readers, believed that Chinese green tea was the wonder drug for all illnesses At the turn of the century, China was not really familiar to the average Indian, It was a strange country How things change [And how soon] Now every town of any size seems to have a “China Market”. And everyone is talking about China The government of India has planned to send a team to China to see how things are done A minister once said that India must open the doors for more foreign investment(投资)and such a step would “work wonders as it did for China”. But it’s a two-way street, I just heard about a thousand Shenzhen office workers who have gone to Rangalore to train in software. Meanwhile, all the IT majors are setting up a strong presence in China, No wonder that trade, which was only in the millions just ten years ago, is expected to his 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 18 about us$15 billion for last year and us$20 billion by 2008, a goal set by both governments, No wonder, my colleague wrote some weeks ago about this being the Sino-Indian(中印) century as the two countries started on January I the Sino-Indian Friendship Year, But what is still a wonder to me is my mother drinking Chinese tea. 56 Why did the mother ask for Chinese green tea? A, she was tired of Indian tea B, she had a son working in China. C, she believed it had a curing effect D, she was fond of Chinese products, 57 What does the author mean by “it’s a two-way street’ in paragraph 10? A. China and India have different traffic rules B. Tea trade works wonders in both India and China C. Chinese products are popular in both China and India, D. The exchanges between India and China benefit both 58 What do we know about the Indian IT industry? A. It will move its head office to Shenzhen B. It is seeking further development in China C. It has attracted an investment of US$15 billion D. It caught up with the US IT industry in2008. 59 In the text the author expresses_____, A. his concern for his mother’s health B. his support for drinking Chinese green tea C. his surprise at China’s recent development D. his wonder at the growth of India’s IT industry 答案 56.C 57.D 58.B 59.C Passage 18 (09·全国ⅡA 篇) I know what you’re thinking : pizza (比萨饼)? For breakfast? But the truth is that you can have last night’s leftovers in the a. m. if you want to I know lots of women who skip breakfast (不吃早餐) , and they have a ton of different excuses for doing it . Some say they don’t have time. others think they’re “saving” calories (卡路 里), still others just don’t like breakfast food . But the bottom line is that eating in the morning is very important when you’re trying to lose weight. “Eating just about anything from 300 to 400 calories would be better than nothing at all,” says Katherine Brooking , R , D , who developed the super-easy eating plan for this year’s “SELF CHALLENGE”. And even pizza can be healthy if it’s loaded with vegetables, and you stick to one small piece. Breakfast is one meal I never miss, and the same goes for most weight loss success stories. Research shows that eating breakfast keeps you from overeating later in the day. Researchers at the University of Southem California found that breakfast skippers have a bigger chance of gaining weight than those who regularly have a morning meal. So eat something in the morning, anything. I know plenty of friends who end up having no 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 19 breakfast altogether, and have just coffee or orange juice. I say, try heating up last night’s leftovers-it may sound crazy, but if it works for you, do it! I find if I tell myself, “You can always eat it tomorrow,” I put away the leftovers instead of eating more that night. Try it…you may save yourself some pre-bedtime calories. And watch your body gain the fat-burning effects. 41. The word “leftovers” in Paragraph 1 probably means__________. A.food remaining after a meal B. things left undone C. meals made of vegetables D. pizza topped with fruit 42. What can we infer from the text? A. Working women usually have breakfast in a hurry. B. Many people have wrong ideas about breakfast. C. There are some easy ways of cooking a meal. D. Eating vegetables helps save energy. 43. According to the last paragraph, it is important to____________. A. eat something for breakfast B. be careful about what you eat C. heat up food before eating it D. eat calorie-controlled food 44. The text is written mainly for those_____________. A. who go to work early B. who want to lose weight C. who stay up late D. who eat before sleep 答案 41.A 42.B 43.A 44.B Passage 19 (09·全国ⅡB 篇) Having a husband means an extra seven hours of housework each week for women, according to a new study. For men, getting married saves an hour of housework a week. “It’s a well-known pattern,” said lead researcher Frank Stafford at University of Michigan’s Institute for Social Research. “Men usually work more outside the home, while women take on more of the housework.” He points out that differences among households(家庭)exist. But in general, marriage means more housework for women and less for men. “And the situation gets worse for women when they have children,” Stafford said. Overall, times are changing in the American home. In 1976, women busied themselves with 26 weekly hours of sweeping-and-dusting work, compared with 17 hours in 2005. Men are taking on more housework, more than doubling their housework hours from six in 1976 to 13 in 2005. Single women in their 20s and 30s did the least housework, about 12 weekly hours, while married women in their 60s and 70s did the most-about 21 hours a week. Men showed a somewhat different pattern, with older men picking up the broom more often than younger men. Single men worked the hardest around the house, more than that of all other age groups of married men. Having children increases housework even further. With more than three children, for example, wives took on more of the extra work, clocking about 28 hours a week compared with husbands’10 hours. 45. According to the “well-known pattern” in Paragraph 1, a married man___________. A. takes on heavier work B. does more housework C. is the main breadwinner D. is the master of the house 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 20 46. How many hours of housework did men do every week in the 1970s? A. About 23. B. About 26. C. About 13. D. About y. 47. What kind of man is doing most housework according to the text? A. An unmarried man. B. An older married man. C. A younger married man. D. A married man with children. 48. What can we conclude from Stafford’s research? A. Marriage gives men more freedom. B. Marriage has effects on job choices. C. Housework sharing changes over time. D. Having children means doubled housework. 答案 45.C 46.D 47.A 48.C Passage 20 (09·山东 B 篇) “In only six days I lost seven pounds of weight.” “Two full inches in the first three days!” These are the kinds of statements used in magazine, newspaper, radio and television ads, promising new shapes and new looks to those who buy the medicine or the device. The promoters of products say they can shape the legs, slim the face, smooth wrinkles, or in some other way to beauty or desirability. Often such products are nothing more than money-making things for their promoter. The re they produce are questionable, and some are dangerous to health. To understand how these products can be legally promoted to the public, it is necessary? Understand something of the laws covering their regulation. If the product is a drug, FDA(Food Drug Administration)can require proof (证明)under the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act that safe and effective before it is put on the market . But if the product is a device, FDA. has no author to require premarketing proof of safety or effectiveness. If a product already on the marker danger to health, FDA. can request the producer or distributor to remove it from the a voluntarily, or it can take legal action ,including seizure (查封) of the product. One notable case a few years ago involved an electrical device called the Relaxacisor, had been sold for reducing the waistline. The Relaxacisor produced electrical shocks to the ## through contact pads. FDA. took legal action against the distributor to stop the sale of the ## the grounds that it was dangerous to health and life. Olwionsly, most of the devices on the maker never been the subject of court proceedings (法 律诉讼),and new devices appear continually, Before buying, it is up to the consumer to the safety or effectiveness of such items. 61.It can be inferred that ads mentioned in the text are ______. A. objective B. costly C. unreliable D. illegal 62.Which of the following is true according to the text? A. The court is in charge of removing dangerous product. B. New products are more likely to be questionable. C. The production of a device must be approved by FDA. D. The promoters usually just care about profits. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 21 63. FDA. can ask for the proof of safety and effectiveness of a product ________. A. if it is a drug B. if it is a device C. if its consumers make complaints D. if its distributors challenge FDA’s authority 64. The Relaxacisor is mentioned as_______. A. a product which was designed to produce electricity B. a product whose distributor was involved in a legal case C. a successful advertisement of a beauty product D. an example of a quality beauty product 65. The author intends to __________ A. make consumers aware of the promoters’ false promises B. show the weakness of the law on product safety C. give advice on how to keep young and beautiful D. introduce the organization of FDA. 答案 61.C 62.D 63.A 64.B 65.A Passage 21 (09·山东 C 篇) Few laws are so effective that you can see results just days after they take effect. But in the nine days since the federal cigarette tax more than doubled—to $1. 01 per pack—smokers have jammed telephone “quit lines” across the country seeking to kick the habit. This is not a surprise to public health advocates. They’ve studied the effect of state tax increases for years, finding that smokers, especially teens, are price sensitive. Nor is it a shock to the industry, which fiercely fights every tax increase. The only wonder is that so many states insist on closing their ears to the message. Tobacco taxes improve public health, health, they raise money and most particularly, they deter people from taking up the habit as teens, which is when nearly all smokers are addicted. Yet the rate of taxation varies widely. In Manhattan, for instance, which has the highest tax in the nation, a pack of Marlboro Light Kings cost $10.06 at one drugstore Wednesday. Charleston, S, C., where the 7-cent-a-pack tax is the lowest in the nation. The price was $4. 78. The influence is obvious. In New York, high school smoking hit a new low in the latest surveys—13.8%, far below the national average. By comparison, 26% of high school students smoke in Kentucky, Other low-tax states have similarly depressing teen-smoking records. Hal Rogers, Representative from Kentucky, like those who are against high tobacco taxes, argues that the burden of the tax falls on low-income Americans “who choose to smoke.” That’s true, But there is more reason in keeping future generations of low-income workers from getting hooked in the first place, As for today’s adults, if the new tax drives them to quit, they will have more to spend on their families, cut their risk of cancer and heart disease and feel better. 66 The text is mainly about___________. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 22 A. the price of cigarettes B. tie rate of teen smoking C. the effect of tobacco tax increase D. the differences in tobacco tax rate 67 What does the author think is a surprise? A. Teen smokers are price sensitive. B. Some states still keep the tobacco tax low. C. Tobacco taxes improve public health. D. Tobacco industry fiercely fights the tax rise. 68. The underlined word "deter” in Paragraph 3 most probably means . A. discarding B. remove C. benefit D. free 69. Rogers’ attitude towards the low-income smokers might be that of . A. tolerance B. unconcern C. doubt D. sympathy 70. What can we learn from the last paragraph? A. The new tax will be beneficial in the long run. B. Low-income Americans are more likely to fall ill. C. Future generations will be hooked on smoking. D. Adults will depend more on their families. 答案 66.C 67.B 68.A 69.D 70.A Passage 22 (09·陕西 D 篇) Brian arrived at the San Francisco airport two hours before the flight to Paris. He was wearing three shirts, a jacket, two pairs of socks, a pair of shorts, and two pairs of jeans. He was carrying one small backpack, which was very full, but he didn’t have any other luggage. Brian needed to meet a man named Tony before he checked in for his flight. He found Tony near the Air France counter. Tony gave him a round-trip ticket and a small package. “Give this package to Jean-Paul at the airport in Paris. He will have a sign with your name on it. I think you can find him easily, “Tony said.” You don’t have any luggage, right?” “Only this backpack,” Brian answered. “You said I could bring one carry-on bag.” “That’s right, one carry-on bag is fine. Have a good trip.” “Thanks.” Is Brian a criminal(犯罪)? Not at all. He is an air courier. And he paid only $110 for the round-trip ticket to Paris. Air couriers get cheap airline tickets because they take important packages and papers to foreign countries. Businesses sometimes need to get packages and papers to people in foreign countries by the next day. Often, the only way they can do this is to use an air-courier company. It is not cheap for a business to send a package with an air courier, but it is quick. Every year about 80, 000 people worldwide travel as air couriers. The number of tickets for courier travel is growing by about 10 percent a year. However, air-courier travel isn’t for everyone, But if you have very little money, can be flexible(灵活的)about your travel plans, and don’t mind wearing the same clothes for a week, it can be a great way to take a vacation! 52 Why was Brian wearing so many clothes for his travel? A. Because they were the uniform for air couriers, B. Because that made him easier to be recognized. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 23 C. Because his backpack had no room for his clothes. D. because he did not have any luggage with him. 53 An air courier is a person who A. manages a business company in foreign countries B. organizes international flights for tourists C. travels around the world with cheap tickets D. delivers papers and packages to foreign countries 54 Businesses choose the air-courier service because A. it costs less B. it is flexible C. it saves time D. it grows fast 55 One of the disadvantages of traveling as an air courier is that he A. cannot decide when and where to travel B. cannot take any luggage with him C. has to wear two pairs of jeans D. saves little money from the travel 56 The author of the text mainly A. describes the activities of a law-breaker B. suggests an ideal way to travel C. argues against the air-courier travel D. tells us about a developing business 答案 52.C 53.D 54.C 55.A 56.D Passage 23 (08·广东 A 篇) Parents and kids today dress alike,listen to the same music,and are friends.Is this a good thing? Sometimes,when Mr.Ballmer and his 16-year-old daughter, Eliza- beth,listen to rock music together and talk about interests both enjoy,such as pop culture,he remembers his more distant relationship with his parents when he was a teenager. “I would never have said to my mom,’Hey,the new Weezer album is really great.How do you like it?’”says Ballmer.“There was just a complete gap in taste.” Music was not the only gulf.From clothing and hairstyles to activities and expectations,earlier generations of parents and children often appeared to move in separate orbits. Today,the generation gap has not disappeared,but it is getting narrow in many families.Conversations on subjects such as sex and drugs would not have taken place a generation ago.Now they are comfortable and common.And parent-child activities, from shopping to sports,involve a feeling of trust and friendship that can continue into adulthood. No wonder greeting cards today carry the message,“To my mother,my best friend.” But family experts warn that the new equality can also result in less respect for parents. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 24 “There’s still a lot of strictness and authority on the part of parents out there,but there is a change happening,”says Kerrie,a psychology professor at Lebanon Valley College.“In the middle of that change,there is a lot of confusion among parents.” Family researchers offer a variety of reasons for these evolving roles and attitudes.They see the 1960s as a turning point.Great cultural changes led to more open communication and a more democratic process that encourages everyone to have a say. “ My parents were on the ‘ before ’ side of that change,but today ’ s parents,the 40-year-olds,were on the ‘after’ side,”explains Mr.Ballmer.“It’s not something easily accomplished by parents these days,because life is more difficult to understand or deal with,but sharing interests does make it more fun to be a parent now.” 41.The underlined word gulf in Para.3 most probably means . A.interest B.distance C.difference D.separation 42.Which of the following shows that the generation gap is disappearing? A.Parents help their children develop interests in more activities. B.Parents put more trust in their children’s abilities. C.Parents and children talk more about sex and drugs. D.Parents share more interests with their children. 43.The change in today’s parent-child relationship is . A.more confusion among parents B.new equality between parents and children C.less respect for parents from children D.more strictness and authority on the part of parents 44.By saying “today’s parents,the 40-year-olds,were on the’after’side,”the author means that today’s parents . A.follow the trend of the change B.can set a limit to the change C.fail to take the change seriously D.have little difficulty adjusting to the change 45.The purpose of the passage is to . A.describe the difficulties today’s parents have met with 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 25 B.discuss the development of the parent-child relationship C.suggest the ways to handle the parent-child relationship D.compare today’s parent-child relationship with that in the past 答案 41.B 42.D 43.B 44.A 45.B Passage 24 (08·广东 B 篇) Sometimes you ’ ll hear people say that you can ’ t love others until you love yourself.Sometimes you’ll hear people say that you can’t expect someone else to love you until you love yourself.Either way,you’ve got to love yourself first and this can be tricky.Sure we all know that we’re the apple of our parents’ eyes,and that our Grandmas think we’re great talents and our Uncle Roberts think that we will go to the Olympics,but sometimes it’s a lot harder to think such nice thoughts about ourselves.If you find that believing in yourself is a challenge,it is time you build a positive self-image and learn to love yourself. Self-image is your own mind’s picture of yourself.This image includes the way you look,the way you act,the way you talk and the way you think.Interestingly,our self-images are often quite different from the images others hold about us.Unfortunately,most of these images are more negative than they should be.Thus changing the way you think about yourself is the key to changing your self-image and your whole world. The best way to defeat a passive self-image is to step back and decide to stress your successes.That is,make a list if you need to,but write down all of the great things you do every day.Don’t allow doubts to occur in it. It very well might be that you are experiencing a negative self-image because you can’t move past one flaw or weakness that you see about yourself.Well,roll up your sleeves and make a change of it as your primary task.If you think you’re silly because you aren’t good at math,find a tutor.If you think you’re weak because you can’t run a mile,get to the track and practice.If you think you ’ re dull because you don ’ t wear the latest trends,buy a few new clothes.But remember,just because you think it doesn’t mean it’s true. The best way to get rid of a negative self-image is to realize that your image is far from objective,and to actively convince yourself of your positive qualit- 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 26 ies.Changing the way you think and working on those you need to improve will go a long way towards promoting a positive self-image.When you can pat(拍) yourself on the back,you’ll know you’re well on your way.Good luck! 46.You need to build a positive self-image when you . A.dare to challenge yourself B.feel it hard to change yourself C.are unconfident about yourself D.have a high opinion of yourself 47.According to the passage,our self-images . A.have positive effects B.are probably untrue C.are often changeable D.have different functions 48.How should you change your self-image according to the passage? A.To keep a different image of others. B.To make your life successful. C.To understand your own world. D.To change the way you think. 49.What is the passage mainly about? A.How to prepare for your success. B.How to face challenges in your life. C.How to build a positive self-image. D.How to develop you good qualities. 50.Who are the intended readers of the passage? A.Parents. B.Adolescents. C.Educators. D.People in general. 答案 46.C 47.C 48.D 49.C 50.D Passage 25 (08·江苏 A 篇) What time is it? Most people are pretty accurate in their answer.And if you don’t know for sure,it’s very likely that you can find out.There may be a watch on your wrist;there 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 27 may be a clock on the wall,desk,or computer screen;or maybe you’re riding in a car that has a clock in the dashboard(仪表板). Even if you don ’ t have a timepiece of some sort nearby,your body keeps its own beat.Humans have an internal clock that regulates(调节) the beating of our heart,the pace of our breathing,the discharge( 排 出 ) of chemicals within our bloodstream,and many other bodily functions. Time is something from which we can’t escape.Even if we ignore it,it’s still going by,ticking away,second by second,minute by minute,hour by hour.So the main issue in using your time well is,“Who’s in charge?” We can allow time to slip by and let it be our enemy.Or we can take control of it and make it our ally. By taking control of how you spend your time,you’ll increase your chances of becoming a more successful student.Perhaps more importantly,the better you are at managing the time you devote to your studies,the more time you will have to spend on your outside interests. The aim of time management is not to schedule every moment so we become slaves of a timetable that governs every waking moment of the day.Instead,the aim is to permit us to make informed choices as to how we use our time.Rather than letting the day go by,largely without our awareness,what we are going to discuss next can make us better able to control time for our own purposes. 56.The underlined word “ally” in Para.3 most likely means somebody or something that is . A.your slave and serves you B.your supporter and helps you C.under your control and obeys you D.under your influence and follows you 57.The author intends to tell us that time . A.could be regulated by a timepiece such as a clock or a watch B.could be managed by the internal clock of human bodies C.should be well managed for our own interest D.should be saved for outside interests 58.In the next part,the author would most probably discuss with you . 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 28 A.how to keep up with the times B.how to make up for lost time C.how to have a good time D.how to make good use of time 答案 56.B 57.C 58.D Passage 26 (08·山东 A 篇) Young adult filmmakers all hope to show their works in international festivals like Sundance and Toronto.But what about really young filmmakers who aren’t in film school yet and aren’ t,strictly speaking,even adults? They are at the heart of Wingspan Arts Kids Film Festival,tomorrow,in a setting any director might envy:Lincoln Center.Complete with “ red carpet ” interviews and various awards,the festival has much in common with events for more experienced moviemakers,except for the age of the participants:about 8 to 18. “What’s really exciting is that it’s film for kids by kids,” said Cori Gardner,managing director of Wingspan Arts,a nonprofit organization offering youth arts programs in the New York area.This year the festival will include films not only from Wingspan but also from other city organizations and one from a middle school in Arlington,Virginia. “ We want to make this a national event,” Ms.Gardner added. The nine shorts to be shown range from a Claymation biography of B.B.King to a science fiction adventure set in the year 3005.“A lot of the material is really mature,” Ms.Gardner said,talking about films by the New York City branch of Global Action Project,a media arts and leadership-training group.“The Choice is about the history of a family and Master Anti-Smoker is about the dangers of secondhand smoke.Dream of the Invisibles describes young immigrants’ (移 民) feelings of both belonging and not belonging in their adopted country.” The festival will end with an open reception at which other films will be shown.These include a music video and a full-length film whose title is Pressures. 56.Wingspan Arts Kids Film Festival . A.is organized by a middle school 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 29 B.is as famous as the Toronto Festival C.shows films made by children D.offers awards to film school students 57.Which of the following is true of Wingspan Arts? A.It helps young filmmakers to make money. B.It provides arts projects for young people. C.It’s a media arts and leadership-training group. D.It’s a national organization for young people. 58.The underlined word “shorts” in Paragraph 4 refers to . A.short trousers B.short kids C.short films D.short stories 59.Movies to be shown in the festival . A.cover different subjects B.focus on kids’ life C.are produced by Global Action Project D.are directed by Ms.Gardner 60.At the end of this film festival,there will be . A.various awards B.“red carpet” interviews C.an open reception D.a concert at Lincoln Center 答案 56.C 57.B 58.C 59.A 60.C Passage 27 (08·山东 B 篇) Federal regulators Wednesday approved a plan to create a nationwide emergency alert (警报) system using text messages delivered to cell phones. Text messages have exploded in popularity in recent years,particularly among young people.The wireless industry’s trade association,CTIA,estimates (估计) more than 48 billion text messages are sent each month. The plan comes from the Warning Alert and Response Network Act,a 2006 federal law that requires improvement to the nation ’ s emergency alert system.The act tasked the Federal 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 30 Communications Commission (FCC) with coming up with new ways to alert the public about emergencies. “ The ability to deliver accurate and timely warnings and alerts through cell phones and other mobile services is an important next step in our efforts to help ensure that the American public has the information they need to take action to protect themselves and their families before,and during,disasters and other emergencies,” FCC Chairman Kevin Martin said following approval of the plan. Participation in the alert system by carriers - telecommunications companies - is voluntary,but it has received solid support from the wireless industry. The program would be optional for cell phone users.They also may not be charged for receiving alerts. There would be three different types of messages,according to the rules. The first would be a national alert from the president,likely involving a terrorist attack or natural disaster.The second would involve “approaching threats”,which could include natural disasters like hurricanes or storms or even university shootings.The third would be reserved for child abduction (绑架) emergencies,or so-called Amber Alerts. The service could be in place by 2010. 61.What is the purpose of the approved plan? A.To warn people of emergencies via messages. B.To popularize the use of cell phones. C.To estimate the monthly number of messages. D.To promote the wireless industry. 62.The improvement to the present system is in the charge of . A.CTIA B.the Warning Alert and Response Network C.FCC D.federal regulators 63.The carriers’ participation in the system is determined by . A.the US federal government B.mobile phone users C.the carriers themselves D.the law of the United States 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 31 64.Which of the following is true of cell phone users? A.They must accept the alert service. B.They may enjoy the alert service for free. C.They must send the alerts to others. D.They may choose the types of messages. 65.An alert message will NOT be sent if . A.a child loses his way B.a university shooting happens C.a natural disaster happens D.a terrorist attack occurs 66.Which of the following would be the best title for the text? A.Cell Phone Alerts Protecting Students B.Cell Phone Alerts by Wireless Industry C.Cell Phone Alerts of Natural Disasters D.Cell Phone Alerts Coming Soon 答案 61.A 62.C 63.C 64.B 65.A 66.D Passage 28 (08·安徽 A 篇) When I was a child,I often dreamed of the time when I could leave home and escape to the city.We lived on a farm and,in the winter especially,we were quite cut off from the outside world.As soon as I left school, I packed my bags and moved to the capital. However,I soon discovered that city life has its problems too. One big disadvantage is money—it costs so much to go out,not to mention basics like food and housing. Another disadvantage is pollution.I suffer from asthma(哮喘),and at times the air is so bad that I am afraid to go outside. Then there is the problem of traveling round. Although I have a car,I seldom use it because of the traffic jams.One choice is to go by bicycle,but that can be quite dangerous. Of course there are advantages.First,there is so much to do in the city,whatever your tastes in culture or entertainment(娱乐活动).Besides,there are wonderful jobs and greater chances of moving to a more important job or position.Finally,if you like shopping,the variety of goods is 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 32 very surprising—and,what is more,shops are often only a short walk away. Is life better then, in the city? Perhaps it is,when you are in your teens(十几岁)or twenties. However,as you get older,and especially if you have small children,the peace of the countryside may seem preferable. I certainly hope to move back there soon. 56.What was the writer always thinking about when he was a child? A.Staying on the farm. B.Moving to the countryside. C.Leaving home for the city. D.Running away from the school. 57.Which of the following is true about the writer? A.He is very old now. B.He is in good health. C.He prefers driving a car. D.He lives in the city now. 58.In the passage,the writer tries to____. A.express his opinions about way of life B.describe his life in the countryside C.show an interest in the outside world D.persuade the reader to live in the city 59.How is the passage mainly developed? A.By inferring. B.By comparing. C.By listing examples. D.By giving explanations. 答案 56.C 57.D 58.A 59.B Passage 29 (08·安徽 C 篇) People believe that climbing can do good to health. Where can you learn the skill of climbing then? If you think that you have to go to the mountains to learn how to climb,you’re wrong. Many Americans are learning to climb in city gyms(体育馆). Here,people are learning on special climbing walls.The climbing wall goes straight up and has small holding places for hands and feet. How do people climb the wall? To climb , you need special shoes and a harness( 保 护 带)around your chest to hold you.There are ropes(绳索)tied to your harness.The ropes hold you in place so that you don’t fall.A beginner’s wall is usually about 15 feet high,and you climb 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 33 straight up . There are small pieces of metal that stick out for you to stand on and hold on to.Sometimes it’s easy to see the new piece of metal.Sometimes, it’s not.The most difficult part is to control your fear. It’s normal for humans to be afraid of falling, so it’s difficult not to feel fear. But when you move away from the wall,the harness and the ropes hold you,and you begin to feel safe.You move slowly until you reach the top. Climbing attracts people because it’s good exercise for almost everyone. You use your whole body,especially your arms and legs. This sport gives your body a complete workout. When you climb,both your mind and your body can become stronger. 64.What can we infer from the passage? A.People are fairly interested in climbing nowadays. B.It is impossible to build up one’s body by climbing. C.People can only learn the skill of climbing outdoors. D.It is always easy to see holding places in climbing. 65.The most difficult thing to do in wall climbing is . A.to tie ropes to your harness B.to control your fear C.to move away from the wall D.to climb straight up 66.The word“workout”underlined in the last paragraph most probably means . A.settlement B.exercise C.excitement D.tiredness 67.Why does the author write this passage? A.To tell people where to find gyms. B.To prove the basic need for climbing. C.To encourage people to climb mountains. D.To introduce the sport of wall climbing. 答案 64.A 65.B 66.B 67.D Passage 30 (08·安徽 E 篇) The small number of newborn babies, which has been caused by high prices and the changing social situation of women, is one of the most serious problems in Asia.When people talk about it, 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 34 you can hear a word invented in Japan,“DINKS”,which means Double Income No Kids(小孩). In many major Asian cities like Seoul,Singapore,and Tokyo,the cost of a house is extremely high.A young couple who want to buy their own house may have to pay about $300,000(though prices have fallen).For a flat with one bedroom,one dining-room,a kitchen,and a bathroom,the couple will pay about $900 a month.What’s more,if they want to have a child,the child’s education is very expensive. For example, most kindergarten charges are at least $5,000 a year.In such a situation,it’s difficult to afford children. The number of married women who want to continue working increases rapidly because they enjoy their jobs. However,if they want to have children,they immediately have serious problems. Though most companies allow women to leave their jobs for a short time to have a baby,they expect women with babies to give up their jobs .In short,if they want to bring up children properly,both parents have to work,but it is hard for mothers to work.Indeed,women who want to continue working have to choose between having children or keeping their jobs. In a word,Asian governments must take steps to improve the present situation as soon as possible. 72.What is the main problem being discussed in the passage? A.The small number of newborn babies. B.The changing social situation of women. C.The high prices of houses and education. D.The necessary steps of Asian governments. 73.According to the passage,which of the following is true? A.It is easy for a couple to afford a child in Asia. B.The prices of houses in Asia are quite low now. C.Fewer and fewer married women want to have a job. D.The word“DINKS”first appeared in an Asian country. 74.To buy a flat and send a child to kindergarten,how much will a couple pay each year? A.$5,000. B.$5,900. C.$10,800. D.$15,800. 75.The writer seems to believe that Asian governments should___. A.let women stay at home and have a baby 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 35 B.allow only one of the parents to go out to work C.care for the growing needs of women for jobs D.punish the companies that permit women to leave 答案 72.A 73.D 74.D 75.C Passage 31 (08·北京 C 篇) Dear Hamilton, We are fortunate that in such a large, high-pressure office we all get along so well. You are one of the people who keep the social temperature at such a comfortable setting. I don’t know anyone in the office who is better liked than you. You can perhaps help with this. The collection of contributions towards gifts for employees’ personal-life events is becoming a little troubling. Certainly, the group sending of a gift is reasonable now and then. In the past month, however, there have been collections for two baby shower gifts, one wedding shower gift, two wedding gifts, one funeral(葬礼)remembrance, four birthday gifts, and three graduation gifts. It ’ s not only the collected-from who are growing uncomfortable (and poor), but the collected-for feel uneasy receiving gifts from people who don’t know them outside the office, who wouldn’t even recognize their graduating children, their marrying daughters and sons, or their dead relatives. This is basically a kind gesture (and one that people think well of you for), but the practice seems to have become too wide-ranging and feels improper in today’s office setting. Thank you for understanding. 63. The underlined word “contributions” probably means ________. A. money B. suggestions C. reports D. understanding 64. Hamilton is expected to _______. A. show more kindness B. discontinue the present practice C. quit being the organizer for gift giving D. know more about co-workers’ families 65. This is basically a letter of ________. A. apology B. sympathy C. appreciation D. dissatisfaction 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 36 答案 63.A 64.B 65.D Passage 32 (08·北京 D 篇) When it comes to friends, I desire those who will share my happiness, who possess wings of their own and who will fly with me. I seek friends whose qualities illuminate(照亮)me and train me up for love. It is for these people that I reserve the glowing hours, too good not to share. When I was in the eighth grade, I had a friend. We were shy and “too serious” about our studies when it was becoming fashionable with our classmates to learn acceptable social behaviors. We said little at school, but she would come to my house and we would sit down with pencils and paper, and one of us would say: “Let’s start with a train whistle today.” We would sit quietly together and write separate poems or stories that grew out of a train whistle. Then we would read them aloud. At the end of that school year, we, too, were changed into social creatures and the stories and poems stopped. When I lived for a time in London, I had a friend.He was in despair(失望)and I was in despair. But our friendship was based on the idea in each of us that we would be sorry later if we did not explore this great city because we had felt bad at the time. We met every Sunday for five weeks and found many excellent things. We walked until our despairs disappeared and then we parted. We gave London to each other. For almost four years I have had a remarkable friend whose imagination illuminates mine. We write long letters in which we often discover our strangest selves. Each of us appears, sometimes in a funny way, in the other’s dreams. She and I agree that, at certain times, we seem to be parts of the same mind. In my most interesting moments, I often think: “ Yes, I must tell….”We have never met. It is such comforting companions I wish to keep. One bright hour with their kind is worth more to me than the lifetime services of a psychologist(心理学家),who will only fill up the healing(愈合的)silence necessary to those darkest moments in which I would rather be my own best friend. 66. In the eighth grade, what the author did before developing proper social behavior was to 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 37 ______. A. become serious about her study B. go to her friend’s house regularly C. learn from her classmates at school D. share poems and stories with her friend 67. In Paragraph 3, “We gave London to each other” probably means ______. A. our exploration of London was a memorable gift to both of us B. we were unwilling to tear ourselves away from London C. our unpleasant feelings about London disappeared D. we parted with each other in London 68. According to Paragraph 4, the author and her friend _______. A. call each other regularly B. have similar personalities C. enjoy writing to each other D. dream of meeting each other 69. In the darkest moments, the author would prefer to ______. A. seek professional help B. be left alone C. stay with her best friend D. break the silence 70. What is the best title for the passage? A. Unforgettable Experiences B. Remarkable Imagination C. Lifelong Friendship D. Noble Companions 答案 66.D 67.A 68.C 69.B 70.D Passage 33 (08·北京 E 篇) The Diet Zone: A Dangerous Place Diet Coke, diet Pepsi, diet pills, no-fat diet, vegetable diet… We are surrounded by the word “diet” everywhere we look and listen. We have so easily been attracted by the promise and potential of diet products that we have stopped thinking about what diet products are doing to us. We are paying for products that harm us psychologically and physically(身体上). Diet products significantly weaken us psychologically. On one level, we are not allowing our brains to admit that our weight problems lie not in actually losing the weight, but in controlling the consumption of fatty, high-calorie, unhealthy foods. Diet products allow us to jump over the thinking stage and go straight for the scale(秤)instead. All we have to do is to swallow or 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 38 recognize the word “diet” in food labels. On another level, diet products have greater psychological effects. Every time we have a zero-calorie drink, we are telling ourselves without our awareness that we don’t have to work to get results. Diet products make people believe that gain comes without pain, and that life can be without resistance and struggle. The danger of diet products lies not only in the psychological effects they have on us, but also in the physical harm that they cause. Diet foods can indirectly harm our bodies because consuming them instead of healthy foods means we are preventing our bodies from having basic nutrients(营 养成分). Diet foods and diet pills contain zero calorie only because the diet industry has created chemicals to produce these wonder products. Diet products may not be nutritional, and the chemicals that go into diet products are potentially dangerous. Now that we are aware of the effects that diet products have on us, it is time to seriously think about buying them. Losing weight lies in the power of minds, not in the power of chemicals. Once we realize this, we will be much better able to resist diet products, and therefore prevent the psychological and physical harm that comes from using them. 71. From Paragraph 1, we learn that ________. A. diet products fail to bring out people’s potential B. people have difficulty in choosing diet products C. diet products are misleading people D. people are fed up with diet products 72. One psychological effect of diet products is that people tend to _____. A. try out a variety of diet foods B. hesitate before they enjoy diet foods C. pay attention to their own eating habits D. watch their weight rather than their diet 73. In Paragraph 3, “gain comes without pain” probably means ______. A. losing weight is effortless B. it costs a lot to lose weight C. diet products bring no pain D. diet products are free from calories 74. Diet products indirectly harm people physically because such products ______. A. are over-consumed B. lack basic nutrients C. are short of chemicals D. provide too much energy 75. Which of the following shows the structure of the passage? 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 39 答案 72.D 73.A 74.B 75.B Passage 34 (08·辽宁 C 篇) Tom was one of the brightest boys in the year, with supportive parents. But when he was 15 he suddenly stopped trying. He left school at 16 with only two scores for secondary school subjects. One of the reasons that made it cool for him not to care was the power of his peer(同龄人) group. The lack of right male(男性的) role models in many of their lives — at home and particularly in the school environment(环境) — means that their peers are the only people they have to judge themselves against. They don’t see men succeeding in society so it doesn’t occur to them that they could make something of themselves. Without male teachers as a role model, the effect of peer actions and street culture(文化) is all-powerful. Boys want to be part of a club. However, schools can provide the environment for change, and provide the right role models for them. Teachers need to be trained to stop that but not in front of a child’s peers. You have to do it one by one, because that is when you see the real child. It’s pointless sending a child home if he or she has done wrong. They see it as a welcome day off to watch television or play computer games. Instead, schools should have a special unit where a child who has done wrong goes for the day and gets advice about his problems — 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 40 somewhere he can work away from his peers and go home after the other children. 64. Why did Tom give up studying? A. He disliked his teachers. B. His parents no longer supported him. C. It’s cool for boys of his age not to care about studies. D. There were too many subjects in his secondary school. 65. What seems to have a bad effect on students like Tom? A. Peer groups. B. A special unit. C. The student judges. D. The home environment. 66. What should schools do to help the problem schoolboys? A. Wait for their change patiently. B. Train leaders of their peer groups. C. Stop the development of street culture. D. Give them lessons in a separate area. 67. A teacher’s work is most effective with a schoolboy when he ______. A. is with the boy alone B. teaches the boy a lesson C. sends the boy home as punishment D. works together with another teacher 答案 64.A 65.B 66.C 67.B Passage 35 (08·辽宁 E 篇) If your boss asks you to work in Moscow this year, he’d better offer you more money to do so—or even double that depending on where you live now. That’s because Moscow has just been found to be the world’s most expensive city for the second year in a row by Mercer Human Resources Consulting. Using the cost of living in New York as a base, Mercer determined Moscow is 34.4 percent more expensive including the cost of housing, transportation, food, clothing, household goods and entertainment(娱乐). A two-bedroom flat in Moscow now costs $4,000 a month; a CD $24.83, and an international newspaper $6.30, according to Mercer. By comparison, a fast food meal with a hamburger(汉堡包) is a steal at $4.80. London takes the No.2 place, up from No.5 a year ago, thanks to higher cost of housing and a 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 41 stronger British pound relative to the dollar. Mercer estimates(估算) London is 26 percent more expensive than New York these days. Following London closely are Seoul and Tokyo, both of which are 22 percent more expensive than New York, while No.5 Hong Kong is 19 percent more costly. Among North American cities, New York and Los Angeles are the most expensive and are the only two listed in the top 50 of the world’s most expensive cities. But both have fallen since last year’s study—New York came in15th, down from 10th place, while Los Angeles fell to 42nd from 29th place a year ago. San Francisco came in a distant third at No. 54, down 20 places from a year earlier. Toronto, meanwhile, is Canada’s most expensive city but fell 35 places to take 82nd place worldwide. In Australia, Sydney is the priciest place to live in and No. 21 worldwide. 72. What do the underlined words “a steal” in Paragraph 3 mean? A. An act of stealing. B. Something delicious. C. Something very cheap. D. An act of buying. 73. London has become the second most expensive city because of ______. A. the high cost of clothing B. the stronger pound against the dollar C. its expensive transportation D. the high prices of fast food meals 74. Which city is the third most expensive on the list? A. Tokyo. B. Hong Kong. C. Moscow. D. Sydney. 75. Which city has dropped most on the list in North America? A. New York. B. Los Angeles. C. San Francisco. D. Toronto. 答案 72.C 73.B 74.A 75.D Passage 36 (08·湖北 D 篇) One morning a few years ago, Harvard President Neil Rudenstine overslept.For this busy man, it was a sort of alarm: after years of non-stop hard work, he might wear himself out and die an early death. Only after a week’s leave—during which he read novels, listened to music and walked with his wife on a beach—was Rudenstine able to return to work. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 42 In our modern life, we have lost the rhythm between action and rest.Amazingly, within this world there is a universal but silly saying: “I am so busy.” We say this to one another as if our tireless efforts were a talent by nature and an ability to successfully deal with stress.The busier we are, the more important we seem to ourselves and, we imagine, to others.To be unavailable to our friends and family, and to be unable to find time to relax—this has become the model of a successful life. Because we do not rest, we lose our way.We miss the guide telling us where to go, the food providing us with strength, the quiet giving us wisdom. How have we allowed this to happen? I believe it is this: we have forgotten the Sabbath, the day of the week—for followers of some religions—for rest and praying.It is a day when we are not supposed to work, a time when we devote ourselves to enjoying and celebrating what is beautiful.It is a good time to bless our children and loved ones, give thanks, share meals, walk and sleep.It is a time for us to take a rest, to put our work aside, trusting that there are larger forces at work taking care of the world. Rest is a spiritual and biological need; however, in our strong ambition to be successful and care for our many responsibilities, we may feel terribly guilty when we take time to rest.The Sabbath gives us permission to stop work.In fact, “Remember the Sabbath” is more than simply permission to rest; it is a rule to obey and a principle to follow. 73.The “alarm” in the first paragraph refers to “_______”. A.a signal of stress B.a warning of danger C.a sign of age D.a spread of disease 74.According to Paragraph 4, a successful person is one who is believed to _______. A.be able to work without stress B.be more talented than other people C.be more important than anyone else D.be busy working without time to rest 75.Some people feel guilty when taking time to rest because they _______. A.think that taking a rest means lacking ambitions B.fail to realize that rest is an essential part of life C.fail to realize that religions force them to rest D.think that taking a rest means being lazy 76.What is the main idea of this passage? 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 43 A.We should balance work with rest. B.The Sabbath gives us permission to rest. C.It is silly for anyone to say “I am so busy”. D.We should be available to our family and friends. 答案 73.B 74.D 75.B 76.A Passage 37 (08·天津 B 篇) I love charity(慈善) shops and so do lots of other people in Britain because you find quite a few of them on every high street. The charity shop is a British institution, selling everything from clothes to electric goods, all at very good prices. You can get things you won’t find in the shops anymore. The thing I like best about them is that your money is going to a good cause and not into the pockets of profit-driven companies, and you are not damaging the planet, but finding a new home for unwanted goods. The first charity shop was opened in 1947 by Oxfam. The famous charity’s appeal to aid postwar Greece had been so successful it had been flooded with donations(捐赠物). They decided to set up a shop to sell some of these donations to raise money for that appeal. Now there are over 7,000 charity shops in the UK. My favourite charity shop in my hometown is the Red Cross shop, where I always find children’s books, all 10 or 20 pence each. Most of the people working in the charity shops are volunteers, although there is often a manager who gets paid. Over 90% of the goods in the charity shops are donated by the public. Every morning you see bags of unwanted items outside the front of shops, although they don’t encourage this, rather ask people to bring things in when the shop is open. The shops have very low running costs: all profits go to charity work. Charity shops raise more than £110 million a year, funding(资助)medical research, overseas aid, supporting sick and poor children, homeless and disabled people, and much more. What better place to spend your money? You get something special for a very good price and a good moral sense. You provide funds to a good cause and tread lightly on the environment. 40. The author loves the charity shop mainly because of _______. A. its convenient location B. its great variety of goods 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 44 C. its spirit of goodwill D. its nice shopping environment 41. The first charity shop in the UK was set up to_______. A. sell cheap products B. deal with unwanted things C. raise money for patients D. help a foreign country 42. Which of the following is TRUE about charity shops? A. The operating costs are very low. B. The staff are usually well paid. C. 90% of the donations are second-hand. D. They are open twenty-four hours a day. 43. Which of the following may be the best title for the passage? A. What to Buy at Charity Shops B. Charity Shop: Its Origin & Development C. Charity Shop: Where You Buy to Donate D. The Public’s Concern about Charity Shops 答案 40.C 41.D 42.A 43.C Passage 38 (08·浙江 B 篇) Below is a discussion on a website. http://www.TalkingPoints.com/ Stuck on a desert island? Started on 23rd April by Steve Posts 1~7 of 42 Post 1 Steve USA Hi, everyone. What would you miss most and least if you were stuck on a desert island? For me, it would be the changing seasons in New England. I guess this will sound stupid but I’d probably miss the rain, too. I wouldn’ t miss getting up at six every day to go to work, though! What about you? Post 2 Tomas Good question,Steve.I think I’d miss different types of bread, and shopping at the supermarket. I’d miss the food most. What would I miss least? My 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 45 Germany mobile phone—I’d like to be completely quiet—at least for a little while. Post 3 Paola Italy I would miss the company of people because I know I ’ d like to have someone to share experiences with. I’d go mad on my own. And I sure wouldn’t miss junk mail(垃圾邮件)—I hate coming home every evening and finding a pile of junk mail in my post box. Post 4 Miko Japan Hi, I would miss Manga cartoon, the Internet and Japanese food, like sushi. I ’ d also miss TV shows and shopping for clothes... In fact, I ’ d miss everything. Post 5 Roger I would miss my daily newspaper and listening to the news on TV and radio. I’d feel very cut off if I didn’t know what was happening in the world. What I’d miss least would be traffic jams in the city, particularly my journey to work. Post 6 Jayne Why hasn ’ t anyone mentioned their family? I ’ d be lost without my husband and two kids. They’re the most important for me. And I can’t get started in the morning without a cup of black coffee. I wouldn’t miss doing the housework! Post 7 Jaime Mexico It would have to be music. I couldn’t live without my music. I wouldn’t miss going to school at all or doing homework! 45. Who would miss his or her family most? A. Jaime. B. Jayne. C. Miko. D. Paola. 46. Which of the following people would feel most uncomfortable without the news media? A. Steve. B. Jaime. C. Roger. D. Tomas. 47. How many of them mentioned that they would miss food or drink? A. One. B. Two. C. Three. D. Four. 答案 45.B 46.C 47.C Passage 39 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 46 (08·浙江 C 篇) A Brown University sleep researcher has some advice for people who run high schools: Don’ t start classes so early in the morning. It may not be that the students who nod off at their desks are lazy. And it may not be that their parents have failed to enforce (确保) bedtime. Instead, it may be that biologically these sleepyhead students aren’t used to the early hour. “Maybe these kids are being asked to rise at the wrong time for their bodies,” says Mary Carskadon, a professor looking at problems of adolescent (青春期的) sleep at Brown’s School of Medicine. Carskadon is trying to understand more about the effects of early school time on adolescents. And, at a more basic level, she and her team are trying to learn more about how the biological changes of adolescence affect sleep needs and patterns. Carskadon says her work suggests that adolescents may need more sleep than they did at childhood, not less, as commonly thought. Sleep patterns change during adolescence, as any parent of an adolescent can prove. Most adolescents prefer to stay up later at night and sleep later in the morning. But it’s not just a matter of choice—their bodies are going through a change of sleep patterns. All of this makes the transfer from middle school to high school—which may start one hour earlier in the morning—all the more difficult , Carskadon says. With their increased need for sleep and their biological clocks set on the “sleep late, rise late” pattern, adolescents are up against difficulties when it comes to trying to be up by 5 or 6 a.m. for a 7:30 a.m. first bell. A short sleep on a desktop may be their body’s way of saying,“I need a timeout.” 48. Carskadon suggests that high schools should not start classes so early in the morning because ________. A. it is really tough for parents to enforce bedtime B. it is biologically difficult for students to rise early C. students work so late at night that they can’t get up early D. students are so lazy that they don’t like to go to school early 49. The underlined phrase “nod off” Paragraph 1 most probably means “ _______”. A. turn around B. agree with others C. fall asleep D. refuse to work 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 47 50. What might be a reason for the hard transfer from middle school to high school? A. Adolescents depend more on their parents. B. Adolescents have to choose their sleep patterns. C. Adolescents sleep better than they did at childhood. D. Adolescents need more sleep than they used to. 51. What is the text mainly about? A. Adolescent health care. B. Problems in adolescent learning. C.Adolescent sleep difficulties. D. Changes in adolescent sleep needs and patterns. 答案 48.B 49.C 50.D 51.D Passage 40 (08·浙江 E 篇) A simple piece of clothesline hangs between some environmentally friendly Americans and their neighbors. On one side stand those who see clothes dryers(干衣机) as a waste of energy and a major polluter of the environment. As a result, they are turning to clotheslines as part of the “what-I-can-do environmentalism(环境保护主义).” On the other side are people who are against drying clothes outside, arguing that clotheslines are unpleasant to look at. They have persuaded Homeowners Associations (HOAs) across the U.S. to ban outdoor clotheslines, because clothesline drying also tends to lower home value in the neighborhood. This has led to a Right-to-Dry Movement that is calling for laws to be passed to protect people’s right to use clotheslines. So far, only three states have laws to protect clotheslines. Right-to-Dry supporters argue that there should be more. Matt Reck, 37, is the kind of eco-conscious(有生态意识的) person who feeds his trees with bathwater and reuses water drops from his air conditioners to water plants. His family also uses a clothesline. But on July 9, 2007, the HOA in Wake Forest, North Carolina, told him that a dissatisfied neighbor had telephoned them about his clothesline. The Recks paid no attention to 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 48 the warning and still dried their clothes on a line in the yard. “Many people say they are environmentally friendly but they don’t take matters in their own hands,” says Reck. The local HOA has decided not to take any action, unless more neighbors come to them. North Carolina lawmakers are saying that banning clotheslines is not the right thing to do. But HOAs and housing businesses believe that clothesline drying reminds people of poor neighborhoods. They worry that if buyers think their future neighbors can’t even afford dryers, housing prices will fall. Environmentalists say such worries are not necessary, and in view of global warming, that idea needs to change. As they say, “The clothesline is beautiful. Hanging clothes outside should be encouraged. We all have to do at least something to slow down the process of global warming.” 57. One of the reasons why supporters of clothes dryers are trying to ban clothesline drying is that ____. A. clothes dryers are more efficient B. clothesline drying reduces home value C. clothes dryers are energy-saving D. clothesline drying is not allowed in most U.S. states 58. Which of the following best describes Matt Reck? A. He is a kind-hearted man. B. He is an impolite man. C. He is an experienced gardener. D. He is a man of social responsibility. 59. Who are in favor of clothesline drying? A. Housing businesses. B. Environmentalists. C. Homeowners Associations. D. Reck’s dissatisfied neighbors. 60. What is mainly discussed in the text? A. Clothesline drying: a way to save energy and money. B. Clothesline drying: a lost art rediscovered. C. Opposite opinions on clothesline drying. D. Different varieties of clotheslines. 答案 57.B 58.D 59.B 60.C Passage 41 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 49 (08·全国ⅠC 篇) It is often necessary to release a fish,that is,set it free after catching,because it is too small, or you just don’t want to take it home to eat.In some cases,releasing fish is a good measure that will help keep fish variety and build their population size.The Department of Game and Inland Fisheries(DGIF)encourages fishermen who practice catch-and-release fishing to use a few simple skills when doing so. The advice provided below will help make sure that the fish you release will survive (存活) to bite again another day. — When catching a fish , play it quickly and keep the fish in the water as much as possible.Don’t use a net in landing the fish and release it quickly to prevent it from dying. —Hold the fish gently.Do not put your fingers in its eyes.Don’t wipe the scales(鱼鳞) off the fish because it might cause it to develop a disease and reduce its chance of survival. —Remove your hook(鱼钩) quickly.If the hook is too deep or hooked in the stomach,cut the line and leave the hook in.The hook left inside will cause no serious problem to the fish. —Take good care of the fish by moving it gently in water.Release the fish when it begins to struggle and is able to swim. —Do not hold fish in a bucket or some other containers and later decide to release it. If you are going to release a fish,do so right away. With a little care and by following the suggestions given above,you can give the released fish a better chance of survival. 64.People sometimes set a fish free after catching it because they . A.don’t want it to die B.hope it will grow quickly C.don’t want to have it as food D.want to practice their fishing skills 65.Which of the following will probably make a fish ill? A.Taking the hook off it. B.Removing its scales. C.Touching its eyes. D.Holding it in your hand. 66.A proper way to release a fish is to . 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 50 A.move it in water till it can swim B.take the hook out of its stomach C.keep it in a bucket for some time D.let it struggle a little in your hand 67.What is the purpose of the text? A.To show how to enjoy fishing. B.To persuade people to fish less often. C.To encourage people to set fish free. D.To give advice on how to release fish. 答案 64.C 65.B 66.A 67.D Passage 42 (08·全国ⅡC 篇) Do you know of anyone who uses the truth to deceive(欺骗)?When someone tells you something that is true,but leaves out important information that should be included,he can give you a false picture. For example,someone might say,“I just won a hundred dollars on the lottery(彩票).It was great.I took that dollar ticket back to the store and turned it in for one hundred dollars!” This guy’s a winner,right? Maybe,maybe not.We then discover that he bought $200 worth of tickets,and only one was a winner.He’s really a big loser! He didn’t say anything that was false,but he left out important information on purpose.That’ s called a half-truth.Half-truths are not technically lies,but they are just as dishonest. Some politicians often use this trick.Let’s say that during Governor Smith’s last term,her state lost one million jobs and gained three million jobs.Then she seeks another term.One of her opponents(对手) says,“During Governor Smith’s term,the state lost one million jobs!”That’ s true.However,an honest statement would have been,“During Governor Smith’s term,the state had a net gain of two million jobs.” Advertisers( 广 告 商 ) will sometimes use half-truths.It ’ s against the law to make false statements so they try to mislead you with the truth.An advertisement might say,“Nine out of ten doctors advised their patients to take Yucky Pills to cure toothache.”It fails to mention that they 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 51 only asked ten doctors and nine of them work for the Yucky Company. This kind of deception happens too often.It’s a sad fact of life:Lies are lies,and sometimes the truth can lie as well. 49.How much did the lottery winner lose? A.One hundred dollars. B.Two hundred dollars. C.Three hundred dollars. D.Four hundred dollars. 50.We may infer that the author believes people should . A.buy lottery tickets B.make use of half-truths C.not take anything at face value D.not trust the Yucky Company 51.What do the underlined words “net gain” in Paragraph 5 mean? A.Final increase. B.Big advantage. C.Large share. D.Total saving. 52.What can we know from the example of the Yucky Pill advertisement? A.False statements are easy to see through. B.Half-truths are often used to mislead people. C.Doctors like to act in advertisements. D.Advertisements are based on facts. 答案 49.A 50.C 51.A 52.B Passage 43 (08·上海 A 篇) ASK LASKAS YOU’VE GOT QUESTIONS,SHE’S GOT ANSWERS Q My children go to a primary school where they are not allowed to play football in the playground for fear that a child might be hurt.Besides,now the school says there must be no homework because the local secondary school can’t keep up with the amount of homework given in the primary school.Can the school do this?Puzzled Dad A It can’t if enough parents do something about it.It is not just schools.We live in a society which wishes to get rid of risk.However,schools should have a little common sense and 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 52 courage.Children need risk if they are to grow up self-sufficient and confident.They need homework,too,if they are to fulfill their academic poten- tial.Complain,loudly. Q I have a beautiful teenage daughter who spends an hour making up her face in front of the mirror every day.I tell her to go easy.She just gets mad or bursts into tears.How can I make her understand she’s beautiful the way she is.Plain Mom A You can’t.Your daughter is at the age when she’s trying to look beauty- ful,trying on new masks.And if her friends all dress up as she does,you’re in for an extra hard time.Support her and tell her she’s beautiful—even if she looks ridiculous for now.Then invite her to join you for a day at a spa(健康美容中心).Let her try various looks until she’s comfortable in her own skin. 65.Why are the children not allowed to play football in the playground? A.The school is afraid that children might be injured. B.The school is not sensible and confident. C.The children don’t have enough time to do homework. D.The children may fail to fulfill their academic potential. 66.What disturbs Plain Mom is that her daughter . A.becomes mad B.cries a lot C.spends much time before the mirror D.is not beautiful enough 67.The solution to Plain Mom’s problem is to . A.make her daughter look less ridiculous B.let her daughter dress up like her friends C.make her daughter go to a spa every week D.let her daughter feel herself what beauty is 答案 65.A 66.C 67.D Passage 44 (08·上海 C 篇) 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 53 A study involving 8,500 teenagers from all social backgrounds found that most of them are ignorant when it comes to money.The findings,the first in a series of reports from NatWest that has started a five-year research project into teenagers and money,are particularly worrying as this generation of young people is likely to be burdened with greater debts than any before. University tuition fees ( 学 费 ) are currently capped at £ 3,000 annually,but this will be reviewed next year and the Government is under enormous pressure to raise the ceiling. In the research,the teenagers were presented with the terms of four different loans but 76 per cent failed to identify the cheapest.The young people also predicted that they would be earning on average £31,000 by the age of 25,although the average salary for those aged 22 to 29 is just £17,815.The teenagers expected to be in debt when they finished university or training,although half said that they assumed the debts would be less than £10,000.Average debts for graduates are £12,363. Stephen Moir,head of community investment at the Royal Bank of Scotland Group which owns NatWest,said,“The more exposed young people are to financial issues,and the younger they become aware of them,the more likely they are to become responsible,forward-planning adults who manage their finances confidently and effectively.” Ministers are deeply concerned about the financial pressures on teenagers and young people because of student loans and rising housing costs.They have just introduced new lessons in how to manage debts.Nikki Fairweather,aged 15,from St Helens,said that she had benefited from lessons on personal finance,but admitted that she still had a lot to learn about money. 72.Which of the following can be found from the five-year research project? A.Students understand personal finances differently. B.University tuition fees in England have been rising. C.Teenagers tend to overestimate their future earnings. D.The students’ payback ability has become a major issue. 73.The phrase “to raise the ceiling” in Paragraph 2 probably means “ ”. A.to raise the student loans B.to improve the school facilities C.to increase the upper limit of the tuition D.to lift the school building roofs 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 54 74.According to Stephen Moir,students . A.are too young to be exposed to financial issues B.should learn to manage their finances well C.should maintain a positive attitude when facing loans D.benefit a lot from lessons on personal finance 75.What can we learn from the passage? A.Many British teenagers do not know money matters well. B.Teenagers in Britain are heavily burdened with debts. C.Financial planning is a required course at college. D.Yong people should become responsible adults. 答案 72.C 73.C 74.B 75.A Passage 45 (08·上海 D 篇) The world economy has run into a brick wall.Despite countless warnings in recent years about the need to address a potential hunger crisis in poor countries and an energy crisis worldwide,world leaders failed to think ahead.The result is a global food crisis.Wheat,corn and rice prices have more than doubled in the past two years.And oil prices have increased more than three times since the start of 2004.These food-price increases,combined with increasing energy costs,will slow if not stop economic growth in many parts of the world and will even affect political stability.Practical solutions to these problems do exist,but we’ll have to start thinking ahead and acting globally. Here are three steps to ease the current food crisis and avoid the potential for a global crisis.The first is to promote the dramatic success of Malawi,a country in southern Africa,which three years ago established a special fund to help its farmers get fertilizer and seeds with high productivity.Malawi ’ s harvest doubled after just one year.An international fund based on the Malawi model would cost a mere $10 per person annually in the rich world,or $10 billion altogether. Second,the U.S.and Europe should abandon their policies of paying partly for the change of food into biofuels.The U.S.government gives farmers a taxpayer- 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 55 financed payment of 51 cents per gallon of ethanol(乙醇) changed from corn.There may be a case for biofuels produced on lands that do not produce foods—tree crops,grasses and wood products —but there’s no case for the government to pay to put the world’s dinner into the gas tank. Third,we urgently need to weather-proof the world’s crops as soon and as effectively as possible.For a poor farmer,sometimes something as simple as a farm pond — which collects rainwater to be used in dry weather—can make the difference between a good harvest and a bad one.The world has already committed to establishing a Climate Adaptation Fund to help poor regions climate-proof vital economic activities such as food production and health care but has not yet acted upon the promise. 76.An international fund based on the Malawi model would . A.coat each of the developed countries $10 billion per year B.aim to double the harvest in southern African countries in a year C.decrease the food prices as well as the energy prices D.give poor farmers access to fertilizer and highly productive seeds 77.With the second step,the author expresses the idea that . A.it is not wise to change food crops into gas B.it is misleading to put tree crops into the gas tank C.we should get alternative forms of fuel in any way D.biofuels should be developed on a large scale 78.Which of the following is true according to the passage? A.A rain-collecting pond is a simple safeguard against dry weather. B.A Climate Adaptation Fund has been established to help poor regions. C.The world has made a serious promise to build farm ponds. D.It makes a great difference whether we develop wood products or not. 79.In the passage,the author calls on us to . A.slow down but not to stop economic growth B.develop tree crops,grasses and wood products C.achieve economic growth and political stability D.act now so as to relieve the global food shortage 答案 76.D 77.A 78.A 79.D 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 56 Passage 46 (08·重庆 C 篇) Being able to multitask—doing several things at the same time—is considered a welcome skill by most people.But if we consider the situation of the young people aged from eight to eighteen,we should think again. What we often see nowadays is that young people juggle an ever larger number of electronic devices( 电 子 产 品 ) as they study.While working,they also surf on the Internet,send out emails,answer the telephone and listen to music on their iPods.In a sense,they are spending a significant amount of time in fruitless efforts as they multitask. Multitasking is even changing the relationship between family members.As young people give so much attention to their own worlds,they seem to have no time to spend with the other people around them.They can no longer greet family members when they enter the house,nor can they eat at the family table. Multitasking also affects young people ’ s performance at university and in the workplace.When asked about their opinion of the effect of modern gadgets( 器 具 ) on their performance of tasks,many young people gave a positive response(反应). However,the response from the worlds of education and business was not quite as positive.Educators feel that multitasking by children has a serious effect on later development of study skills.They believe that many college students now need help to improve their study skills.Similarly,employers feel that young people entering the job market need to be taught all over again,as modern gadgets have made it unnecessary for them to learn special skills to do their work. 64.What does the underlined word “juggle” in Paragraph 2 most probably mean? A.Want to buy. B.Take the place of. C.Use at the same time. D.Seek for information from. 65.In Paragraph 3,the author points out that . A.family members do not eat at the family table 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 57 B.family members do not greet each other C.young people live happily in their families D.young people seldom talk with their family members 66.What is the main idea of the last paragraph? A.Multitasking is harmful to young people’s development. B.Young people benefit a lot from modern gadgets. C.Multitasking is an important skill to young people. D.Young people must learn skills for future jobs. 67.The author develops the passage mainly by . A.providing typical examples B.following the natural time order C.comparing opinions from different fields D.presenting a cause and analyzing its effects 答案 64.C 65.D 66.A 67.D Passage 47 (08·重庆 E 篇) Almost every day we come across situations in which we have to make decisions one way or another.Choice,we are given to believe,is a right.But for a good many people in the world,in rich and poor countries,choice is a luxury,something wonderful but hard to get,not a right.And for those who think they are exercising their right to make choices,the whole system is merely an illusion,a false idea created by companies and advertisers hoping to sell their products. The endless choice gives birth to anxiety in people’s lives.Buying something as basic as a coffee pot is not exactly simple.Easy access to a wide range of everyday goods leads to a sense of powerlessness in many people,ending in the shopper giving up and walking away,or just buying an unsuitable item(商品) that is not really wanted.Recent studies in England have shown that many electrical goods bought in almost every family are not really needed.More difficult decision-making is then either avoided or trusted into the hands of the professionals,lifestyle instructors,or advisors. It is not just the availability of the goods that is the problem,but the speed with which new 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 58 types of products come on the market.Advances in design and production help quicken the process.Products also need to have a short lifespan so that the public can be persuaded to replace them within a short time.The typical example is computers,which are almost out-of-date once they are bought.This indeed makes selection a problem.Gone are the days when one could just walk with ease into a shop and buy one thing;no choice,no anxiety. 72.What does the author try to argue in Paragraph 1? A.The exercise of rights is a luxury. B.The practice of choice is difficult. C.The right of choice is given but at a price. D.Choice and right exist at the same time. 73.Why do more choices of goods give rise to anxiety? A.Professionals find it hard to decide on a suitable product. B.People are likely to find themselves overcome by business persuasion. C.Shoppers may find themselves lost in the broad range of items. D.Companies and advertisers are often misleading about the range of choice. 74.By using computers as an example,the author wants to prove that . A.advanced products meet the needs of people B.products of the latest design flood the market C.competitions are fierce in high-tech industry D.everyday goods need to be replaced often 75.What is this passage mainly about? A.The variety of choices in modern society. B.The opinions on people’s right in different countries. C.The problems about the availability of everyday goods. D.The helplessness in purchasing decisions. 答案 72.B 73.C 74.B 75.D Passage 48 (08·湖南 C 篇) You’re sitting on the train home and the person opposite you yawns(打哈欠).Suddenly,you’ 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 59 re yawning with him,though you’re not tired. This phenomenon confused scientists for years until a recent study found that people tend to sympathize with fellow humans.Supporting this claim was the discovery that those children who were unable to form normal emotional ties with others did not experience contagious(有感染力的) yawning,which showed that humans communicate regularly without words. Hugo Critchley,a neuroscientist,has conducted an experiment recently,which will prove that happiness and sadness can spread like the common cold.According to Critchley,our mind and body are in constant exchange about how we’re feeling.“Emotions are closely linked with states of internal(内部的) responses,”he explained.“There are also more visible changes in our gestures and facial expressions.When we ’re in a group,these signals can spread to another person.For example,there’s the obvious tendency to smile when smiled at and there are less obvious changes that reflect emotions of surprise,anger or sadness such as a change in our heart rate and blood pressure.” Hugo Critchley further explained, “ Our bodies synchronise and when we like the other person,we even copy his behavior.Next time you chat with a friend,take note of how you’re sitting —it’s pretty likely that you will be the same.Scientists believe it’s our way of telling each other that we’re partners.Through body language,humans give each other very subtle(微妙的) but clear signals that show emotions.” So,what lessons can we learn from this?“Spend time with happy people—otherwise your health could suffer,”said Critchley.“When we’re sad,our body goes into fight or flight mode.But when we ’ re happy,our body works normally and we feel relaxed and positive.So we look bright,our skin glows,we feel healthy and it affects everyone around us.” 65.According to Hugo Critchley, . A.emotions are as visible as facial expressions B.we yawn more frequently when we have a cold C.emotions are connected with states of internal responses D.the change of blood pressure is not linked with the change of emotions 66.The underlined word“synchronise”in Paragraph 4 means “ ”. A.move slowly B.change rapidly C.relax temporarily D.respond accordingly 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 60 67.From the passage we can learn . A.sadness is as contagious as happiness B.anger is less contagious than friendliness C.surprise is more contagious than smile D.surprise is the most contagious among emotions 68.Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage? A.Emotions have delicate influence on fellow humans. B.Children like copying the actions of fellow humans. C.Scientists are still confused about contagious yawning. D.People tend to communicate more with body language. 答案 65.C 66.D 67.B 68.A Passage 49 (08·四川 B 篇) As nanny(保姆),cook,cleaner,shopper,driver,and gardener,she has one of the most demanding jobs in Britain today.And paying someone else to do the chores(家务活)which take the average housewife 71 hours a week would cost 349. At over 18,000 a year that ’ s more than the earnings of 70 percent of the population,including train drivers,firemen,prison officers,and social workers. Looking after a baby less than a year old takes a housewife into an even higher pay league.According to a study,she earns 457 a week — at nearly 24,000 a year,the same as teachers,engineers,and chemists. Researchers put a price on each chore,then tried to find out how long the average person takes doing them.They found housewives spend an average 70.7 hours a week on housework— with looking after the children(17.9 hours)and cooking and cleaning (12.3 hours each) the most time-consuming(费时的). A wife with a part-time job still works an average of 59 hours a week at home.Those in full-time employment put in longer hours at home than in the workplace.The good news is that these hours drop sharply as children get older.While the average mother with a child under one puts in 90 hours weekly,the figure drops to 80 hours from one to four and to 66 hours from five to 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 61 ten. Mother of four Karen Williams from London said, “ Paying the housewives may not be practical,but the government should recognize the value of housework, perhaps through the tax.Running a house takes a lot of time and most husbands don’t understand this.For example,my husband only puts a shelf up now and again.He never cleans the kitchen—that’s the real test.” 40.Who earns most according to the text? A.A social worker. B.A fireman. C.A gardener. D.A teacher. 41.We learn from the text that looking after children . A.takes more time than doing any other housework B.means more duties than being a teacher C.requires the mother to be well-educated D.prevents the mother from working outside 42.According to the text,a housewife with a baby less than one year old may work . A.66 hours a week B.71 hours a week C.80 hours a week D.90 hours a week 43.By mentioning her husband,Karen Williams wants to show that . A.housework is no easy job B.her husband has no time to clean the kitchen C.a housewife needs to be paid for cleaning D.the kitchen is hard to clean 答案 40.D 41.A 42.D 43.A Passage 50 (08·四川 C 篇) Are you sometimes a little tired and sleepy in the early afternoon?Many people feel this way after lunch.They may think that eating lunch is the cause of the sleepiness.Or,in summer,they may think it is the heat.However,the real reason lies inside their bodies.At that time—about eight hours after you wake up—your body temperature goes down.This is what makes you slow down and feel sleepy.Scientists have tested sleeping habits in experiments where there was no night or 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 62 day.The people in these experiments almost always followed a similar sleeping pattern.They slept for one long period and then for one short period about eight hours later. In many parts of the world,people take naps(小睡)in the middle of the day.This is especially true in warmer climates( 气 候 ),where the heat makes work difficult in the early afternoon.Researchers are now saying that naps are good for everyone in any climate.A daily nap gives one a more rested body and mind and therefore is good for health in general.In countries where naps are traditional(传统的),people often suffer less from problems such as heart disease. Many working people,unfortunately,have no time to take naps.Though doctors may advise taking naps,employers do not allow it!If you do have the chance,however,here are a few tips about making the most of your nap.Remember that the best time to take a nap is about eight hours after you get up.A short sleep too late in the day may only make you feel more tired and sleepy afterward.This can also happen if you sleep for too long.If you do not have enough time,try a short nap—even ten minutes of sleep can be helpful. 44.Why do people feel sleepy in the early afternoon according to the text? A.They eat too much for lunch. B.They sleep too little at night. C.Their body temperature becomes lower. D.The weather becomes a lot warmer. 45.If you get up at 6∶30 am,what is the best time for you to take a nap? A.About 12∶30 pm. B.About 1∶30 pm. C.About 2∶30 pm. D.About 3∶30 pm. 46.What would be the best title for the text? A.Just for a Rest B.All for a Nap C.A Special Sleep Pattern D.Taking Naps in Warmer Climate 答案 44.C 45.C 46.B Passage 51 (08·四川 D 篇) Five million people visit Grand Canyon in the US every year.For the purpose of helping protect Grand Canyon for your fellow visitors and future generations,please follow the guidelines 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 63 below. Camping To protect the park,camping is allowed only within permitted campgrounds. Permits are required for overnight camping at the North Rim.Advance booking can be received by mail.Please write: Information Center,P.O.Box 129,Grand Canyon,AZ 86023 Fires Because of the extreme fire danger,campfires are not allowed except at Mather and Desert View campgrounds.Collection of firewood is not allowed either. Hiking(远足) Please stay on permitted paths.Otherwise you may destroy desert plants.Pack out what you pack in,so you leave no signs of your visit.It is important to keep in mind that you are in a national park where wildlife exists. Weather The weather at Grand Canyon can change very quickly.With so much rock, lightning( 闪 电 ) causes a particular danger during sudden summer storms.These storms also frequently bring floods inside valleys,a danger to hikers.Watch the skies and check daily weather reports. Wildlife Do not feed park wildlife.There have been a few cases at Grand Canyon National Park where deer(鹿) were purposely shot because they ate plastic bags that left them sick and weak.Hungry deer can be danger and have kicked and bitten visitors at Grand Canyon. Some other animals will also beg and bite.For your own safety and the well being of the animals,please do not feed wildlife,no matter how gentle they may appear. 47.What can you do first if you want to go camping? A.Know the permitted paths. B.Book campgrounds in advance. C.Make sure not to make a fire. D.Stop at Mather and Desert View. 48.What do the underlined words “pack out what you pack in”in Paragraph 4 probably mean? A.keep everything out of campgrounds B.take away everything you bring in 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 64 C.carry all the necessary food D.look after your personal belongings 49.Why were some deer killed on purpose at Grand Canyon? A.They ate wrong things and became very ill. B.They were a danger to other gentle animals. C.They begged food from visitors. D.They kicked and bit visitors. 50.What is the main purpose of the text? A.To provide travel information. B.To report some recent news. C.To teach tourists hiking skills. D.To introduce the wild life 答案 47.B 48.B 49.A 50.A Passage 52 (08·福建 B 篇) For years we have been told that encouraging a child’s self-respect is important to his or her success in life.But child experts are now learning that too much praise can lead to the opposite effect.Praise-aholic kids who expect it at every turn may become teens who seek the same kind of approval from their friends when asked if they want to go in the back seat of the car. The implication(含义)of saying“You are the prettiest girl in class,”or talking about the goals she scored but not her overall effort,is that you love her only when she looks the best,scores the highest,achieves the most.And this carries over to the classroom. Social psychologist Carol Dweck,PhD,tested the effects of overpraise on 400 fifth graders while she was at Columbia University.She found that kids praised for “trying hard”did better on tests and were more likely to take on difficult assignments than those praised for being “smart”. “Praising attributes(品质)or abilities makes a false promise that success will come to you because you have that quality,and it devalues effort,so children are afraid to take on challenges,” says Dweck,now at Stanford University.“They figure they’d better quit while they’re ahead.” 61.The underlined words“Praise-aholic kids”refer to kids who are . A.tired of being praised B.worthy of being praised C.very proud of being praised D.extremely fond of being praised 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 65 62.The author quoted(引用)Dr.Dweck’s words in the last paragraph in order to make the article . A.better-known B.better-organized C.more-persuasive D.more interesting 63.We can infer from the passage that . A.praise for efforts should be more encouraged B.praise for results works better than praise for efforts C.praising a child’s achievements benefits his or her success in life D.praising a child’s abilities encourages him or her to take on challenges 答案 61.D 62.C 63.A Passage 53 (07·广东 A 篇) How should one invest a sum of money in these clays of inflation (通货膨胀)? Left in a bank it will hardly keep its value, however high the interest rate. Only a brave man, or a very rich one, dares to buy and sell on the Stock Market. Today it seems that one of the best ways to protect your savings, and even increase your wealth is to buy beautiful objects from the past. Here I am going to offer some advice on collecting antique clocks, which I personally consider are among the most interesting of antiques. I sometimes wonder what a being from another planet might report back about our way of life. "The planet Earth is ruled by a mysterious creature that sits or stands in a room and makes a strange ticking sound. It has a face with twelve black marks and two hands. Men can do nothing without its permission, and it fastens its young round people's wrists so that everywhere men go they are still under its control. This creature is the real master of Earth and men are its slaves." Whether or not we are slaves of time today depends on our culture and personality, but it is believed that many years ago kings kept special slaves to tell the time. Certain men were very clever at measuring the time of clay according to the beating of their own hearts. They were made to stand in a fixed place and every hour or so would shout tire time. So it seems that the first clocks were human beings. However, men quickly found more convenient and reliable ways of telling the time. They learned to use the shadows cast by the sun. They marked the hours on candles, used sand in hour- glasses, and invented water-clocks. Indeed, any serious student of antique should spend as much time as possible visiting palaces, stately homes and museums to see some of the finest examples of clocks from the past. Antique clocks could be very expensive, but one of the joys of collecting clocks is that it is still possible to find quite cheap ones for your own home. After all, if you are going to be ruled by time, why not invest in air antique clock and perhaps make a future profit? 41. According to the passage, collecting antique clocks____. A. can hardly keep the value of your savings B. will cost much of your savings 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 66 C. may increase your wealth D. needs your bravery 42. By quoting (引用) the remark of a being from another planet, the author intends to____. A. suggest human beings are controlled by a clock B. describe why clocks can rule the planet Earth C. tell readers what clocks look like D. compare chicks to human beings 43. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as a way to measure the time? A. Counting the beating of one's own heart. B. Making use of candles, sand and water. C. Observing shadows cast by the sun. D. Keeping slaves busy day and night. 44. The underlined phrase stately homes in paragraph 4 means___. A. state-owned houses B. houses in very good condition C. grand houses open to the public D. houses where statesmen meet regularly 45. The purpose of the passage is___. A. to introduce the culture of antique clocks B. to offer some advice on collecting antique clocks C. to compare different ways to make a future profit D. to explain convenient and reliable ways of telling time 答案 41.C 42.A 43.D 44.C 45.B Passage 54 (07·广东 B 篇) Do you want to live with a strong sense of peacefulness, happiness, goodness, and self- respect? The collection of happiness actions broadly categorized as "honor" help you create this life of good feelings. Here's an example to show how honorable actions create happiness. Say a store clerk fails to charge us for an item. If we keep silent, and profit from the clerk's mistake, we would drive home with a sense of sneaky excitement. Later we might tell our family or friends about our good fortune. On the other hand, if we tell the clerk about the uncharged item, the clerk would be grateful and thank us for our honesty. We would leave the store with a quiet sense of honor that we might never share with another soul. Then, what is it to do with our sense of happiness? In the first case, where we don't tell the clerk, a couple of things would happen. Deep down inside we would know ourselves as a type of thief. In the process, we would lose some peace of mind and self-respect. We would also demonstrate that we cannot lie trusted, since we advertise our dishonor by telling our family and friends. We damage our own reputations by telling others. In contrast, bringing the error to the clerk's attention causes different things to happen. Immediately the clerk knows us to be honorable. Upon leaving the store, we feel honorable and our self-respect is increased. Whenever we take honorable action we gain the deep internal 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 67 rewards of goodness and a sense of nobility. There is a beautiful positive cycle that is created by living a life of honorable actions. Honorable thoughts lead to honorable actions. Honorable actions lead us to a happier existence. And it's easy to think and act honorably again when we're happy. While the positive cycle can be difficult to start, once it's started, it's easy to continue. Keeping on doing good deeds brings us peace of mind, which is important for our happiness. 46. According to the passage, the positive action in the example contributes to our___. A. self-respect B. financial rewards C. advertising ability D. friendly relationship 47. The author thinks that keeping silent about the uncharged item is equal to___. A. lying B. stealing C. cheating D. advertising 48. The phrase "bringing the error to the clerk's attention" (in para. 5) means___. A. telling the truth to the clerk B. offering advice to the clerk C. asking the clerk to be more attentive D. reminding the clerk of the charged item 49. How will we feel if we let the clerk know her mistake? A. We'll be very excited. B. We'll feel unfortunate. C. We'll have a sense of honor. D. We'll feel sorry for the clerk. 50. Which of the following can be the best title of this passage? A. How to Live Truthfully B. Importance of Peacefulness C. Ways of Gaining Self-respect D. Happiness through Honorable Actions 答案 46.A 47.B 48.A 49.C 50.D Passage 55 (07·宁夏、海南、全国ⅠA 篇) It was a winter morning, just a couple of weeks before Christmas 2005. While most people were warming up their cars, Trevor, my husband, had to get up early to ride his bike four kilometers away from home to work. On arrival, he parked his bike outside the back door as he usually does. After putting in 10 hours of labor, he returned to find his bike gone. The bike, a black Kona 18 speed, was our only transport. Trevor used it to get to work, putting in 60-hour weeks to support his young family. And the bike was also used to get groceries(食品杂 货),saving us from having to walk long distances from where we live. I was so sad that someone would steal our bike that I wrote to the newspaper and told them our story. Shortly after that, several people in our area offered to help. One wonderful stranger even bought a bike, then called my husband to pick it up. Once again my husband had a way to get to and from his job. It really is an honor that a complete stranger would go out of their way for someone they have never met before. People say that a smile can be passed from one person to another, but acts of kindness from strangers are even more so. This experience has had a spreading effect in our lives because it strengthened our faith in humanity(人性)as a whole. And it has influenced(影响)us to be more mindful of ways we, too, can share with others. No matter how big or how small, an act of 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 68 kindness shows that someone cares. And the results can be everlasting. 56. Why was the bike so important to the couple? A. The man’s job was bike racing. B. It was their only possession. C. It was a nice Kona 18 speed. D. They used it for work and daily life. 57. We can infer from the text that ____________. A. the couple worked 60 hours a week. B. people were busy before Christmas C. the stranger brought over the bike D. life was hard for the young family. 58. How did people get to know the couple’s problem? A. From radio broadcasts. B. From a newspaper. C. From TV news. D. From a stranger. 59. What do the couple learn from their experience? A. Strangers are usually of little help. B. One should take care of their bike. C. News reports make people famous. D. An act of kindness can mean a lot. 答案 56. B 57. D 58. B 59. C Passage 56 (07·宁夏、海南、全国ⅠC 篇) Our “Mommy and Me” time began two years ago. My next-door neighbor and fellow mother, Christie, and I were out in our front yards, watching seven children of age 6 and under ride their bikes up and down. “I wish I could take one of my children out alone,” said Christie. Then we worked out a plan: When Christie takes one of her children out, I’ll watch her other three. And when she watches two of mine, I’ll take someone out. The children were extremely quick to accept the idea of “Mommy and Me” time. Christie’s daughter, McKenzie, went first. When she returned, the other children showered her with tons of questions. McKenzie was smiling broadly. Christie looked refreshed and happy. “She’s like a different child when there’s no one else around,” Christie shared with me quickly. With her mother all to herself, McKenzie didn’t have to make an effort to gain attention. Just as Christie had noticed changes in McKenzie, I also discovered something different in each of my children during our alone times. For example, I am always surprised when my daughter, who is seldom close to me, holds my hand frequently. My stuttering(口吃的)son, Tom, doesn’t stutter once during our activities since he doesn’t have to struggle for a chance to speak. And the other son, Sam, who’s always a follower when around other children shines as a leader during our times together. The “Mommy and Me” time allows us to be simply alone and away with each child ---talking, sharing, and laughing, which has been the biggest gain. Every child deserves(应得到) to be an only child at least once in a while. 64. What is the text mainly about? A. The experience of the only child being with mother. B. The advantage of spending time with one child at a time. C. The happy life of two families. D. The basic needs of children. 65. Right after McKenzie came back, the other children were _____________. A. happy B. curious C. regretful D. friendly 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 69 66. What is one of the changes the author finds in her children? A. The daughter acts like a leader. B. Sam holds her hand more often. C. The boys become better followers. D. Tom has less difficulty in speaking. 67. The author seems to believe that ___________. A. having brothers and sisters is fun B. it’s tiring to look after three children C. every child needs parents’ full attention D. parents should watch others’ children 答案 64. A 65. D 66. D 67. A Passage 57 (07·北京 D 篇) The Best of Friends The evidence for harmony may not be obvious in some families.But it seems that four out of five young people now get on with their parents,which is the opppsite of the popularly held image(印象)of unhappy teenagers locked in their room after endless family quarrels. An important new study into teenage attitudes surprisingly shows that their family life is more harmonious than it has ever been in the past.”We were surprised by just how positive today’s young people seen to be about their families,”said one member of the research team.”They’re expected to be rebellious( 叛 逆 的 ) and selfish but actually they have other things on their minds;they want a car and material goods,and they worry about whether school is serving them well.There’s more negotiation(商议) and discussion between parents and children,and children expect to take part in the family decision-making process.They don’t want to rock the boat.” So it seems that this generation of parents is much more likely than parents of 30 years ago to theat their children as friends.”My parents are happy to discuss things with me and willing to listen to me,”says 17-years-old Daniel Lazall.”I always tell them when L’m going out clubbing.As long as they know what I’m doing,they’re fine with it.”Susan Crome,who is now 21,agrees.”Looking back on the last 10 years,there was a lot of what you could call negotiation.For example,as long as I’d done all my homework,I could go out on a Saturday night.But I think my grandparents were a lot stricter with my parents than that.” Maybe this positive view of family life shoululd not be unexpected.It is possible that the idea of teenages rebellion is not rooted in real facts.A researcher comments,”Our surprise that teenagers say they get along well with their parents comes because of a brief period in out social history when teenagers were regarded as different beings.But that idea of rebelling and breaking away from their parents really only happened during that one time in the 1960s when everyone rebelled.The normal situation throughout history has been a smooth change fromm helping out with the family business to taking it over.” 67.What is the popular images of teenagers today? A. They worry about school B. They dislike living with their parents C. They have to be locked in to avoid troubles D. They quarrel a lot with other family members 68.The study shows that teenagers don’t want to ___ 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 70 A. share family responsibility B. cause trouble in their families C. go boating with their family D. make family decisions 69.Compared with parents of 30 years age,today’s parents___. A. go to clubs more often with their children B. are much stricter with their children C. care less about their children’s life D. give their children moren freedom 70.According to the authour,teenage rebellion____. A. may be a false belief B. is common nowadays C. existed only in the 1960s D. resulted from changes in families 71.What is the passage mainly about? A. Negotiation in family B. Education in family C. Harmony in family D. Teenage trouble in family 答案 67.B 68.B 69.D 70.A 71.C Passage 58 (07·北京 E 篇) Hunting The days of the hunter are almost over in India.This is partly because there is practically nothing left to kill,and partly because some steps have been taken,mainly by banning tiger-shooting,to protect those animals which still survive. Some people say that Man is naturally a hunter.I disagree with this view.Surely out earliest fordfathers,who at forst possessed no weapons,spent their time digging for roots,and were no doubt themselves often hunted by meat-eating animals. I believe the main reason why the modern hunter kills is that he thinkds people will adminre his courage in overpowering dangerous animals.Of course,there are some who truly believe that the killing is not really the important thing,and that the chief pleasure lies in the joy of the hunt and the beauties of the wild countrysidel.There are also those for whom hunting in fact offers a chance to prove themselves and risk death by design;these men go out after dangerous animals like tigers,even if they say they only do it to rid the countryside of a threat.I can respect reasons like these,but they are clearly different from the need to strengthen your high opinion of yourself. The greatest big-game hunters expressed in their writings something of these finer motives(动机).One of them wrote. “You must properly respect what you are after and shoot it cleanly and on the animal’s own territory(领地)。You must fix forever in your mind all the wonders of that particular day.This is better than letting him grow a few years older to be attacked and wounded by his own son and eventually eaten,half alive,by other animals,Hunting is not a cruel and senseless killing – not if 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 71 you respect the thing you kill,not if you kill to enrich your memories,not if you kill to feed your people.” I can understand such beliefs,and can compare these hunters with those who hunted lions with spears( 矛 ) and bravely caught them by the tail.But this is very different from many tiger—shoots I have seen,in which modern weapons were used.The so—called hunters fired from tall trees or from the backs of trained elephants.Such methods made tigers seem no more dangerous than rabbits. 72.Theere is no more hunting in India now partly because___. A.it is dangerous to hunt there B.hunting is already out of date C.hunters want to protect animals D.there are few animals left to hunt 73.The author thinks modern hunters kill mainly____. A.to make the countryside safe B.to earn people’s admiration C.to gain power and influence D.to improve their health 74.What do we learn about the big-game hunters? A.They hunt old animals B.They mistreat animals C.They hunt for food D.They hunt for money 75.What is the author’s view on the tiger-shoots he has seen? A.Modern hunters lack the courage to hunt face-to-face B.Modern hunters should use more advanced weapons C.Modern hunters like to hunt rabbits instead of tigers D.Modern hunters should put their safety first 答案 72.D 73.B 74.C 75.A Passage 59 (07·天津 A 篇) The city of Rome has passed a new to prevent cruelty to animals. All goldfish bowls are no longer allowed and dog owners must walk their dogs. This comes after a national law was passed to give prison sentences to people who desert cats or dogs. “The civilization of a city can be measured by this,” said Monica Carina, the councilor (议员) behind the new law. “It’s good to do whatever we can for our animals who in exchange for a little love fill our existence with their attention,” she told a Rome newspaper. The newspaper reported that round bowls don’t give enough oxygen for fish and may make them go blind. “Rome has tried to protect fish more than anywhere else in the world .It stands out for recognizing that fish are interesting animals who deserve(值得)over respect and compassion 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 72 every bit as much as dogs and cats and other animals,” said Karin Robertson, a director of the People for the Ethical Treatment of Animals. Last year a law was passed in Italy that gives people who desert pets big fines (罚款)and prison sentences. Since then local governments have added their own animal protection rules. The northern city of Turin passed a law in April to give pet owners fines of up to $598 if they do not walk their dogs three times a day. The new law in Rome also says that owners mustn’t leave their dogs in hot cars or cut their dogs’ tails to make them look lovelies. The law also gives legal recognition to the “cat ladies” who feed homeless cats. The cats live all over the city from ancient ruins to modern office car parks. 36. The new law passed in Rome will ________. A. help improve fishing environment B. guarantee better conditions for goldfish C. stop people from catching goldfish D. discourage keeping goldfish at home 38. The underlined word “compassion” in Paragraph 6 is the closest in meaning to ________. A. pity B. praise C. support D. popularity 39. People may break the law in Turin if they ________. A. keep their dogs or cats in cars B. feed homeless animals in car parks C. raise their cats near ancient ruins D. shut their dogs home all day long 答案 36. B 37.C 38.A 39.D Passage 60 (07·天津 C 篇) I recently turned fifty, which is young for a tree, midlife for an elephant ,and ancient for a sportsman. Fifty is a nice number for the states in the US or for a national speed limit but it is not a number that I was prepared to have hung on me. Fifty is supposed to be my father’s age, but now I am stuck with this number and everything it means. A few days ago, a friend tried to cheer me up by saying, “ Fifty is what forty used to be .”He had made an inspirational point ,Am I over the hill ?People keep telling me that the hill has been moved, and I keep telling them that he high-jump bar has dropped from the six feet I once easily cleared to the four feet that is impossible for me now. “ Your are not getting older, you are getting better.” says Dr. Joyce Brothers. This, however, is the kind of doctor who inspires a second opinion. And so .as I approach the day when I cannot even jump over the tennis net. I am moves to share some thoughts on aging with you. I am moved to show how aging feels to me physically and mentally. Getting older. of course, is obviously a better change than the one that brings you eulogies(悼词).In fact ,a poet named Robert Browning considered it the best change of all: Grow old along with me! The best is yet to me. Whether or not Browning was right, most of my first fifty years have been golden ones, so I will settle for what is ahead being as good as what has gone by. I find myself moving toward what is 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 73 ahead with a curious blend ( 混 合 ) of both fighting and accepting my aging, hoping that the philosopher (哲学家) was right when he said .”Old is always fifteen years from now.” 44. The author seems to tell us in Paragraph 1 that ________. A. time alone will tell B. time goes by quickly C. time will show what is right D. time makes one forget the past 45. When the author turned fifty ,people around him ________. A. tried to comfort him B. got inspiration with him C. were friendlier with him D. found him more talkative 46. The author considers his fifty years of life A. peaceful B. ordinary C. satisfactory D. regretful 47. We can infer from the passage that A. the old should led a simple life B. the old should face the fact of aging C. the old should take more exercise D. the old should fill themselves with curiosity 答案 44. B 45.A 46.C 47.B Passage 61 (07·上海 A 篇) What do you want to be when you grow up? A teacher? A doctor? How about an ice-cream taster? Yes, there really is a job where you can get paid to taste ice-cream. Just ask John Harrison, an “Official Taste Tester” for the past 21 years. Testing helps manufacturers to be sure of a product’s quality. During his career Harrison has been responsible for approving large quantities of the sweet ice cream — as well as for developing over 75 flavors (味道). Some people think that it would be easy to do this job, after all, you just have to like ice cream, right? No — there’s more to the job than that, says Harrison, who has a degree in chemistry. He points out that a dairy or food-science degree would be very useful to someone wanting a career in this “cool” field. In a typical morning on the job, Harrison tastes and assesses 60 ice-cream samples. He lets the ice cream warm up to about 12℉. Harrison explains, “You get more flavor from warmer ice cream, which is why some kids like to stir it, creating ice-cream soup.” While the ice cream warms up, Harrison looks over the samples and grades each one on its appearance. “Tasting begins with the eyes,” he explains. He checks to see if the ice cream is attractive and asks himself, “Does the product have the color expected from that flavor?” Next it’s time to taste! Continuing to think up new ideas, try out new flavors, and test samples from so many kinds of ice cream each day keeps Harrison busy but happy — working at one cool job. 65. What is John Harrison’s job? A. An official. B. An ice-cream taster. C. A chemist. D. An ice-cream manufacturer. 66. According to John Harrison, to be qualified in the “cool field”, it is helpful to ______. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 74 A. keep a diary of work B. have a degree in related subjects C. have new ideas every day D. find out new flavors each day 67. What does Harrison do first when testing ice cream? A. He stirs the ice cream. B. He examines the color of the ice cream. C. He tastes the flavor of the ice cream. D. He lets the ice cream warm up. 68. Which of the following is probably the best title of the passage? A. Tasting with Eyes B. Flavors of Ice Cream C. John Harrison’s Life D. One Cool Job 答案 65.B 66.B 67.D 68.D Passage 62 (07·上海 C 篇) Mail carriers will be delivering some good news and some bad news this week. The bad news: Stamp prices are expected to rise 2 cents in May to 41 cents, the Postal Regulatory Commission announced yesterday. The good news: With the introduction of a “forever stamp,” it may be the last time Americans have to use annoying 2-or-3-cent stamps to make up postage differences. Beginning in May, people would be able to purchase the stamps in booklets of 20 at the regular rate of a first-class stamp. As the name implies, “forever stamps” will keep their first-class mailing value forever, even when the postage rate goes up. The new “forever stamp” is the United States Postal Service’s (USPS) answer to the complaints about frequent rate increases. The May increases will be the fifth in a decade. Postal rates have risen because of inflation (通货膨胀), competition from online bill paying, and the rising costs of employee benefits, including healthcare, says Mark Saunders, a spokesman for USPS. The USPS expects some financial gain from sales of the “forever stamp” and the savings from not printing as many 2-or-3-cent stamps. “It’s not your grandfather’s stamp,” says Mr. Saunders. “It could be your great-grandchildren’s stamp.” Other countries, including Canada, England, and Finland use similar stamps. Don Schilling, who has collected stamps for 50 years, says he’s interested in the public’s reaction. “This is an entirely new class of stamps.” Mr. Schilling says. He adds that he’ll buy the stamps because he will be able to use them for a long period of time, not because they could make him rich — the volume printed will be too large for collectors. “We won’t be able to send our kids to college on these,” he says, laughing. The USPS board of governors has yet to accept the Postal Regulatory Commission’s decision, 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 75 but tends to follow its recommendations. No plans have been announced yet for the design of the stamps. 72. The main purpose of introducing a “forever stamp” is ______. A. to reduce the cost of printing 2-or-3-cent stamps B. to help save the consumers’ cost on first-class mailing C. to respond to the complaints about rising postal rates D. to compete with online bill paying 73. By saying “It could be your great-grandchildren’s stamp”, Mr. Saunders means that forever stamps ________. A. could be collected by one’s great-grandchildren B. might be very precious in great-grandchildren’s hands C. might have been inherited from one’s great-grandfathers D. could be used by one’s great-grandchildren even decades later 74. Which of the following is true according to the passage? A. The investment in forever stamps will bring adequate reward. B. America will be the first country to issue forever stamps. C. The design of the “forever stamp” remains to be revealed. D. 2-or-3-cent stamps will no longer be printed in the future. 75. What can be concluded from the passage? A. With forever stamps, there will be no need to worry about rate changes. B. Postal workers will benefit most from the sales of forever stamps. C. The inflation has become a threat to the sales of first-class stamps. D. New interest will be aroused in collecting forever stamps. 答案 72.C 73.D 74.C 75.A Passage 63 (07·上海 D 篇) The traditional tent cities at festivals such as Glastonbury may never be the same again. In a victory of green business that is certain to appeal to environmentally-aware music-lovers, a design student is to receive financial support to produce eco-friendly tents made of cardboard that can be recycled after the bands and the crowds have gone home. Major festivals such as Glastonbury throw away some 10,000 abandoned tents at the end of events each year. For his final year project at the University of the West of England, James Dunlop came up with a material that can be recycled. And to cope with the British summer, the cardboard has been made waterproof. Taking inspiration from a Japanese architect, who has used cardboard to make big buildings including churches, Mr. Dunlop used cardboard material for his tents, which he called Myhabs. The design won an award at the annual New Designers Exhibition after Mr. Dunlop graduated from his product design degree and he decided to try to turn it into a business. To raise money for the idea, he toured the City’s private companies which fund new business and found a supporter in the finance group Mint. He introduced his idea to four of Mint’s directors and won their support. Mint has committed around £500,000 to MyHab and taken a share of 30 per cent in Mr. Dunlop’s business. The first Myhabs should be tested at festivals this summer, 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 76 before being marketed fully next year. Mr. Dunlop said that the design, which accommodates two people, could have other uses, such as for disaster relief and housing for the London Olympics. For music events, the cardboard houses will be ordered online and put up at the sites by the Myhab team before the festival-goers arrive and removed by the company afterwards. They can be personalized and the company will offer reductions on the expense if people agree to sell exterior (外部的) advertising space. The biggest festivals attract tens of thousands of participants, with Glastonbury having some 150,000 each year. Altogether there are around 100 annual music festivals where people camp in the UK. The events are becoming increasingly environmentally conscious. 76. “Eco-friendly tents” in paragraph 1 refer to tents _______. A. economically desirableB. favorable to the environment C. for holding music performances D. designed for disaster relief 77. Mr. Dunlop established his business ______. A. independently with an interest-free loan from Mint B. with the approval of the City’s administration C. in partnership with a finance group D. with the help of a Japanese architect 78. It is implied in the passage that _______. A. the weather in the UK is changeable in summer B. most performances at British festivals are given in the open air C. the cardboard tents produced by Mr. Dunlop can be user-tailored D. cardboard tents can be easily put up and removed by users. 79. The passage is mainly concerned with ______. A. an attempt at developing recyclable tents B. some efforts at making full use of cardboards C. an unusual success of a graduation project D. the effects of using cardboard tents on music festivals 答案 76.B 7.C 78.C 79.A Passage 64 (07·江苏 A 篇) Su Hua is studying at Cambridge, UK. She has bought a bicycle and is worried about security (安 全). Her friend, Kate, found this article and sent it to her. Introduction A lot of crime is against bicycles. About 150,000 bicycles are stolen every year and most are never found. You can prevent this happening by following a few careful steps. Basic Security Do not leave your bicycle in out-of-the-way places. Always lock your bicycle when you leave. Secure it to lampposts or trees. Take off smaller parts and take them with you, for example lights and saddles (车座). Locks Get a good lock. There are many different types in the shops. Buy one that has been tested 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 77 against attack. Ask for a recommendation from a bike shop. Marking Security marking your bike can act a deterrent to a thief. It can also help the police find your bicycle. It should be clearly written and include your postcode and your house or flat number. This will provide a simple way to identify your bicycle. Registration There are a number of companies who will security mark your bicycle for you. They will then put your registration number and personal details on their computer database. Then if your bicycle is found it will be easy to contact you. Finally Keep a record of the bicycle yourself: its make, model and registration number. You can even take a photograph of it. This will prove the bicycle belongs to you. 56. Which part of the text gives you information on how to lock up your bicycle when you leave it? A. Locks. B. Marking. C. Registration. D. Basic Security. 57. The underlined phrase “act as a deterrent to a thief” means ______. A. help you recognize your bike B. help the police find your bicycle C. stop someone stealing your bicycle D. stop you worrying about your bike 58. The article advises you to keep a record of your bicycle _______. A. in the bike shop and your computer B. in the police station and a security company C. in a security company and your university D. by yourself and in a security company 59. The main purpose of this article is _________. A. to tell you what to do if your bicycle is stolen B. to suggest ways of keeping your bicycle safe C. to give you advice on where to buy a good lock D. to say why you shouldn’t keep your bicycle in a quiet place 答案 56. D 57.C 58.D 59.B Passage 65 (07·福建 B 篇) A small town in southwest Britain is banning( 禁 止 ) plastic bags in an attempt to help the environment and cut waste-a step that environmentalists believe is a first for Europe. Shopkeepers in Modbury population 1,500, agreed to stop handing out disposable plastic bags to customers on Saturday. They said paper sacks and cloth carrier bags would be offered instead. Last month, San Franciso became the first U.S. city to ban plastic grocery bags. Internationally, laws to discourage the use of plastic bags have been passed in parts of South Africa and Ireland, where govermments either tax shoppers who use them or fine companies that hand them out. Bangladesh already bans them, and so do at least 30 remote Alaskan villages. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 78 Modbury, about 225 miles southwest of London, has also declared a bag ammesty(宽限期), allowing local people to hand in plastic bags that have piled up at home. They will be sent for a recveling. The Modbury ban was the idea of Rebecca Hosking, who saw the effect of bags on manne life while working in the Pacific as a wildlife camerawoman. She said response(反应) in the town so far had been “really positive”. “Modbury is quite an old-fashioned town and a lot of people have wicker baskets to go out shopping anyway,” Hosking told Sky News Television. The Worldwatch Institute, an environmental research agency, states that 100 billion plastic bags are thrown away each year in the United States alone. More than 500 billion are used yearly around the world. 60.What was Rebecca Hosking? A.A lawyer. B.An environmentalist. C.A sailor. D.A photographer. 61.The underlined word “disposable” in the passage probably means . A.acceptable B.valuable C.throw-away D.long-lasting 62.It can be inferred from the passage that . A.most of the people in Modbury cntinue to use plastic bags B.fewer and fewer plastic bags will be used in the world. C.San Francisco is the first city to ban plastic bags in the world D.most countries in the world have passed laws to ban plastic bags 63.Which of the following would be the best title of the passage? A.Environmental Protection B.Big Cities Banning Plastic Bags C.Effect of Plastic Fags on Sea Animals D.British Town Banning Plastic Bags 答案 60.D 61.C 62.B 63.D Passage 66 (07·湖北 C 篇) Almost every child is scared of something, from monsters in the cupboard to dogs in the park. But the fact that such fears are common and normal doesn’t mean they can be taken lightly. Kids experience fears and phobias (恐惧症) much more strongly than adults. And the influence of the fear can be physical as well as psychological (心理的). It can build up so they almost seem scared of everything-a kind of childhood anxiety. Dr. Creswell says:“Your child may always seem to expect the worst to happen and lack confidence in his or her ability to deal with any challenge.”So don’t make the same old mistake of treating them as if they’re silly for boing a“scaredy cat”. Handing the fears is essential. Children can be born nervous and., if you have such a baby, you’ll tend to prevent them from getting worried. So if they fear dogs, You’ll keep them away from dogs, but in fact that can just confirm to the child that dogs are scary. What is worse, keeping your child away from what they fear can turn that feeling into a phobia. Instead, you should encourage them to get in touch with the thing they fear, in a safe and supportive environment. Dr. Andy Field, a researcher of 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 79 childhood fears, says:“You should’t force, for example, a dog anxious child to go up to a dog. But you can approach it yourself, show them there is nothing to be afraid of, stroke (抚摸) it, and talk about the dog being friendly. Once your child dares to stroke a dog-one that’s good with children, of course-then you should encourage them to carry on until they feel calmer, and reward them for ‘being brave’.” 69.Children’s fears are usually taken lightly because . A.they will not develop into phobias B.their influence is psychological C.they exist widely in the world D.they will disappear gradually 70.If we fail to help children to overcome fears, they will . A.make the same old mistake B.overcome them by themselves C.experience the worst of things D.grow up lacking self-confidence 71.According to Dr. Andy Field, if a child is afraid of a cat, parents should . A.tell the child not to be afraid of it B.show the child how to approach it C.keep the child away from it D.ask the child to stroke it 答案 69.C 70.D 71.B Passage 67 (07·湖南 D 篇) One of our biggest fears nowadays is that our kids might some day get lost in a “sea of technology” rather than experiencing the natural world. Fear-producing TV and computer games are leading to a serious disconnect between kids and the great outdoors, which will changes the wild places of the world, its creatures and human health for the worse, unless adults get working on child’s play. Each of us has a place in nature we go sometimes, even if it was torn down. We cannot be the last generation to have that place. At this rate, kids who miss the sense of wonder outdoors will not grow up to be protectors of natural landscapes. “If the decline in parks use continues across North America, who will defend parks against encroachment (蚕食)?” asks Richard Louv, author of Last Child in the Woods. Without having a nature experience, kids, can turn out just fine, but they are missing out a huge enrichment of their lives. That applies to everything from their physical health and mental health, to stress levels, creativity and cognitive (认知的) skills. Experts predict modern kids will have poorer health than their parents—and they say a lack of outside play is surely part of it; research suggests that kids do better academically in schools with a nature component and that play in nature fosters (培养) leadership by the smartest, not by the toughest. Even a tiny outdoor experience can create wonder in a child. The three-year-old turning over his first rock realizes he is not alone in the world. A clump of trees on the roadside can be the whole universe in his eyes. We really need to value that more. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 80 Kids are not to blame. They are over-protected and frightened. It is dangerous out there from time to time, but repetitive stress from computers is replacing breaking an arm as a childhood rite (仪式)of passage. Everyone, from developers, to schools and outdoorsy citizens, should help regain for our kids some of the freedom and joy of exploring, taking friendship in fields and woods that cement (增强) love, respect and need for landscape. As parents, we should devote some of our energies to taking our kids into nature. This could yet be our greatest cause. 69. The main idea of Paragraph 2 is that __________. A. kids missing the sense of wonder outdoors B. parks are in danger of being gradually encroached C. Richard Louv is the author of Last Child in the Woods D. children are expected to develop into protectors of nature 70. According to the passage, children without experiencing nature will _________. A. keep a high sense of wonder B. be over-protected by their parents C. be less healthy both physically and mentally D. change wild places and creatures for the better 71. According to the author, children’s breaking an arm is ___________. A. the fault on the part of their parents B. the natural experience in their growing up C. the result of their own carelessness in play D. the effect of their repetitive stress from computers 72. In writing this passage, the author mainly intends to ________. A. blame children for getting lost in computer games B. encourage children to protect parks from encroachment C. show his concern about children’s lack of experience in nature D. inspire children to keep the sense of wonder about things around 答案 69.D 70.C 71.B 72.C Passage 68 (07·安徽 A 篇) Many facts suggest that children are overweight and the situation is getting worse, according to the doctors. I feel there are a number of reasons for this. Some people blame the fact that we are surrounded (包围) by shops selling unhealthy, fatty foods, such as fried chicken and ice cream, at low prices. This has turned out a whole generation of grown-ups who seldom cook a meal for themselves. If there were fewer of these restaurants, then probably children would buy less take-away food. There is another argument that blames parents for allowing their children to become overweight. I agree with this, because good eating habits begin early in life, long before children start to visit fast food shops. If children are given fried chicken and chocolate rather than healthy food, or are always allowed to choose what they eat, they will go for sweet and salty foods every time, and this will carry on throughout their lives. There is a third reason for this situation. Children these days take very little exercise. They do 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 81 not walk to school. When they get home, they sit in front of the television or their computers and play computer games. Not only is this an unhealthy pastime(消遣), it also gives them time to eat more unhealthy food. What they need is to go outside and play active games or sports. The above are the main reasons for this problem, and therefore we have to encourage young people to be more active, as well as steering them away from fast food shops and bad eating habits. 56. According to the text, what kind of children may eat more unhealthy food? A. Those who often take exercise. B. Those who often watch television. C. Those who often have meals at home. D. Those who often walk to school. 57. The author thinks that children are becoming overweight because A. their parents often cook meals for them B. they are too busy to go out and play C. they can' t choose what to eat D. there are too many fast food shops around 58. The word "steering" underlined in the last sentence most probably means _______. A. forcing B. guiding C. driving D. moving 59. The main purpose of the text is to _________. A. tell a story B. provide facts C. give advice D. compare opinions 答案 56.B 57.D 58.B 59.C Passage 69 (07·安徽 C 篇) As societies develop, their members start to see things not so much according to what they need, but according to what they want. When people have enough money, these wants become demands. Now, it' s important for the managers in a company to understand what their customers want if they are going to develop effective marketing strategies (策略). There are various ways of doing this. One way at supermarkets ( 超市), for example, is to interview(采访) customers while they're doing their shopping. They can be asked what they prefer to buy and then the results of the research can be studied. This provides information on which to base future marketing strategies. It' s also quite normal for top managers from department stores to spend a day or two each month visiting stores and mixing freely with the public, as if they were ordinary customers, to get an idea of how customers act. Another way to get information from customers is to give them something. For example, some fast food restaurants give away tickets in magazines or on the street that permit customers to get part of their meal for nothing. As well as being a good way of attracting customers into the restaurants to spend their money, it also allows the managers to get a feel for where to attract customers and which age-groups to attract. Another strategy used at some well-known parks such as Disneyland is for top managers to spend at least one day in their work, touting the park dressed as Mickey Mouse or something like 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 82 that. This provides them with a perfect chance to examine the scene and watch the customers without being noticed. 64. The text is designed for _______ A. mangers B. salesmen C. researchers D. customers 65. Which of the following can help managers get useful information? A. Visiting customers themselves. B. Giving customers free food on the street. C. Visiting parks as ordinary customers. D. Asking customers questions at supermarkets. 66. What does the word "this" underlined in the last sentence refer to? A. Visiting Disneyland. B. Wearing attractive clothes. C. Acting Mickey Mouse. D. Dressing up and walking around. 67. The main idea of the text is _________. A. how to do market research B. how to develop marketing strategies C. how to find out customers' social needs D. how to encourage customers to spend more money 答案 64.A 65.D 66.D 67.A Passage 70 (07·江西 C 篇) As a professor at a large American university, there is a phrase that I hear often from students: “I’m only a 1050.”The unlucky students are speaking of the score on the Seholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), which is used to determine whether they will be admitted to the college or university of their choice, or even have a chance to get a higher education at all. The SAT score, whether it is 800, 1 100 or 1550, has becomes the focus at this time of their life. It is obvious that if students value highly their test scores, then a great amount of their self-respect is put in the number. Students who perform poorly on the exam are left feeling that it is all over. The low test score, they think, will make it impossible for them to get into a good college. And without a degree from a prestigious university, they fear that many of life’s doors will remain forever closed. According to a study done in the 1990s, the SAT is only a reliable indicator of a student’s future performance in most cases. Interestingly, it becomes much more accurate when it is set together with other indicatorn——like a student’s high school grades. Even if standardieed tests like the SAT could show a steudnt’s academic profieiency(学业水平),they will never be able to test things like confidence, efforts and willpower, and are unable to give us the full picture of a student’s potentialities(潜力).This is not to suggest that we should stop using SAT scores in our college admission process. The SAT is an excellent test in many ways, and the score is still a useful means of testing students. However, it should be only one of many methods used. 64.The purpose of the SAT is to test students’ . A.strong will B.academic ability C.full potentialities D.confidence in school work 65.Students’ self-respect is influeneed by their . 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 83 A.seores in the SAT B.achievements in mathematic C.job opportunities D.money spent on education 66.“A prestigious university”is most probably A.a famous university B.a technical universtiy C.a traditional university D.an expensive university 67.This passage is mainly about . A.how to prepare for the SAT B.stress caused by the SAT C.American higher education D.the SAT and its effects 答案 64.B 65.A 66.A 67.D Passage 71 (07·四川 C 篇) It's great fun to explore (探索) new places—it feels like an adventure, even when you know you're not the first to have been there. But make sure not to get lost or waste time going round in circles. ● Do the map reading if you're being driven somewhere. It'll be easier if you keep turning the map so it follows the direction you' re traveling in. Keep looking ahead so that you can give the driver lots of warning before having to make a turn, or you'll have to move to the back seat. ● Get a group of friends together and go exploring. You'll need a good map, a compass (指南针), a raincoat, a cell phone to call for help in case you get lost, and a bit of spare cash for emergencies (应急现金). Tell someone where you're going before you set out and let them know what time you expect to be back. The test is in not getting lost, not in seeing how fast you can go, so always stick together, waiting for slower friends to catch up. ● See if your school or a club organizes orienteering activities, in which you need a map and a compass to find your way. This can be done as a sport, with teams trying to find the way from A to B (and B to C, etc. ) in the fastest time, or simply as a spare-time activity. Either way, it's not only good fun, but a great way to keep fit. 63. Sitting beside the driver, you should ________. A. direct the driver when necessary B. look ahead to see where there's a turn C. move to the back seat if feeling uncomfortable D. keep looking at the map to find a place to go to 64. Why do you need to tell someone your exploration plan before setting out? A. To get information when in danger. B. To be saved in case of an accident. C. To share the fun with him/her in exploration. D. To tell him/her what's going on with the group members. 65. Orienteering activities can ________. A. make people work fast B. help people stay healthy C. help people organize other activities D. make people get prepared for sports 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 84 答案 63.A 64.B 65.B Passage 72 (07·陕西 D 篇) Teens don’t understand the big fass (小题大做).As the first generation to grow up in a wired world,they hardly know a time when computers weren ’ t around, and they cagerly eatch the chance to spend hours online, chatting with friends,So what? But researchers nationwide are increasingly worried that teens are becoming isolated( 孤 寂),less skillful at person-to-person relationships, and perhaps numb (麻木) to the chcatings that are so much a part of the e-mail world.“And a tenn’s sense of self and values may be changed in a world where personal connections can be limitless,”said shetty Turklt. Another resarcher, Pobert Kraut, said he’s worried about the“opportunity costs”(机会成本) of so much online time for youths. He found that teens who used computers,even just a few hours a week, showed incrcased signs of loneliness and socol isolation.“Chatting onine may be better than watching television, but it’s worse than hanging out (闲逛)with real friends,”he said. Today’s teens, however,don’t see anything strange in the fact that the computer takes up a central place in their social lives,“School is busy and full of pressurs. There’s almost no time to just hang out.”said Parker Rice, 17. “Talking online is just catch up time.” Teens say they feel good about what they say online or taking the time to think about a reply. Some teens admit that asking someone for a date, or breaking up, can be easier in message form,though they don’t want to do so. But they insist there’s no harm. 53.The researchers argue that . (A) A.teens may develop a different sense of values B.nothing is wrong with teens’chatting online C.teens can manage their social connections D.spending hours online does much good to teens 54.The text mainly deals with . (D) A.use computers properly B.improve their school work C.develop an interest in soeial skills D.reduce their mental pressures 55.The text mainly deals with . (D) A.tcens’ pleasant online experience B.teens’ computer skills and school work C.the effects of the computer world on teens D.different opinions on teens’ chatting online 56.The purpose of the text is to . (B) A.describe computer research results B.draw attention to teens’ computer habits C.suggest ways to deal with problem teens D.discuss problems teens have at school 答案 53.A 54.D 55.D 56.B Passage 73 (07·陕西 E 篇) 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 85 Last year more than one million Filipinos worked abroad as servants, nurses,sailors and in other difficult but low paid jobs. Southeast Asians leave their poorer countries for their richer neighbours. Many of these wage earners return in the end. In the meantime, they send home huge amounts of money-in the Philippines’ case, over 10% of its GDP. Between January and November, the amount was up 18% on the same period of 2005, Poverty and unemployment are still bigh in the Philippines and other labour exporring(劳务输出)countries. They would be far worse but for this outflow of bodies and inflow of doflars As for those Asian countries that inport ( 输 入)labour,as in Europe, falling birth rates mean they are going to need more foreign workers. On Jamuary 13th leaders of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations(ASEAN)signed an agreement to help migrant(流动的)workers-with the realization that the flow of labour between their countries is a growing problem that they cannot blame on outsiders. A 2005 study showed that 8.4 million Southeast Asians worked outside their home countries, but this did not include the huge numbers of Indonesians doing so without papers. So the true total is probably rather higher. Of the ten ASEAN countries, the Philippines,Indonesia, Myanmar,Carnbodia,Victram and Lacs export labour, Singapore and Brunci import it, and Thailand and Malaysia do both. Sriracaki of the UN’s Internstional Labour Organiztion points out that,in the next ten years,the total labour foree of the worker expotting countries should grow by about a third. It makes semse to work on the problem before it gets out of control. People in the receiving countries seem to be worried about competition for their jobs.Most Thais said theit government should admit (准入) no more foreign workers, and a few thought otherwise. Even in Singapore,just over ball of people are against adunitting more foreign workers. Malaysians think that the incrcase in foreign workers has worsened crime rates(犯罪率). 57.It can be inferred from the case of the Philippines that . A.the country is Asla’s main source of migrant workets B.labour exparts lend to a 10% growth of its GDP C.the outflow of lend to helps solve its social probiems D.the country Both exports and imports labour force 58.The flow of labour is a growing problem because . A.there is a greater flow of labour than reported B.more Indonesians work abroad without papers C.some countries suffer from low birth rates D.the ASEAN is against admitting foreign workers 59.For the labour importing countries, the flow of labour may lead to . A.higher birth rates B.lower crime rates C.greater money inflows D.stronger job competition 60.The writer of the text seems to . A.support the flow of labour between countries B.report fairly on the question of labour flow C.express his worries over the ASEAN’s decision D.regard the outflow of labour as a serious problem 答案 57.C 58.A 59.D 60.B Passage 74 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 86 (06·全国ⅠD 篇) Since my retirement(退休) from teaching music in 2001, I have spent a good deal of time painting as an artist. I actually began drawing again in the summer of 1995 when my father died, so perhaps I was trying to recover from the loss of my father, or maybe it was just that it brought back memories of him. In any case, I drew pen and ink animals and landscapes(风景画) much influenced(影响) by Krenkel and St. John for five years. For some strange reason, I had been waiting until my retirement to start doing watercolors again, but as soon as I walked out of the school door for the last time I picked up my brushes and rediscovered Andrew Wyeth, who quickly became my favorite artist. I had looked through all the art books I had on my shelves and found his watercolors to be the closest to how I thought good watercolors should look. So I painted landscapes around Minnesota for three years and tried out many other types of painting. However, watercolors remained my first choice, and I think I did my best work there, showing my painting at a number of art exhibitions. Art is now together with my piano playing and reading. There is a time for everything in my world, and it is wonderful to have some time doing what I want to do. As Confucius once said, “At seventy I can follow my heart’s desire.” 69.What is the text mainly about? A.Learning to paint in later life. B.How to paint watercolors. C.An artist-turned teacher. D.Life after retirement 70.The author started drawing again in 1995 because ___________. A.he hoped to draw a picture of his father B.he couldn’t stop missing his father C.he had more time after retirement D.he liked animals and landscapes 71.We can infer from the text that the author ____________. A.had been taught by Krenkel and St. John B.painted landscapes in Minnesota for 5 years C.believed Wyeth to be the best in watercolors D.started his retirement life at the age of seventy 72.How does the author probably feel about his life as an artist? A.Very enjoyable. B.A bit regretful. C.Rather busy. D.Fairly dull. 答案 69.D 70.B 71.C 72.A Passage 75 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 87 (06·全国ⅡD 篇) When asked to point out one or two things that are most important to themselves, many put friends ahead of homes, jobs, cloth and cars. A true friendship carries a long history of experience that determines who we are and keeps us connected. It is a treasure we should protect, Unfortunately, the better friends you are, the more probably you’ll have disagreements. And the result can be what you don’t want — an end to the relationship. The good news is that most troubled friendships can be mended First, don’t let your pride get in your way. Most of us can forgive each other when differences are brought out in the open. Second, apologize when you’re wrong — even if you’ve been wronged. Over the course of a friendship, even the best people make mistakes. Sometimes, it may be best if the wronged person takes the lead and apologizes. When you apologize, give your friend a chance to admit that he has been wrong. Third, see things from your friend’s point view(观点).And finally, accept that friendships change as our needs and lifestyles(生活方式)change. Making friends can sometimes seem easy. The hard part is keeping the connections strong during the natural ups and downs that have an effect on all relationships. My suggestion: Consider friendship an honor and a gift, and worth the effort to treasure and nurture(培养) 53.What would be the best title for the text? A.Easy Ways to Make Friends B.Ups and Downs in Friendship C.How to Mend a Troubled Friendship D.How to Take the Lead in Making Friends 54.The “wronged person ” underlined in the text refers to a person__________. A.who has been mistaken for another B.who has been blamed unfairly C.who has treated friends badly D.who has admitted his mistakes 55.According to the text a friendship can last long only if . A.we have much in common B.we know our friends’ mistakes C.we treat our disagreements wisely D.we have known one another for long 56.What should we do if we follow the author’s second suggestion? A.Stick to our own points of view. B.Avoid making mistakes . C.Make an apology first. D.Change our lifestyles. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 88 答案 53.C 54.B 55.C 56.C Passage 76 (06·全国ⅡE 篇) “Who made your T-shirt?” A Geo letown University student raised that question. Pietra Rivoli, a professor of business, wanted to find the answer. A few weeks later, she bought a T-shirt and began to follow its path from Texas cotton. rim to Chinese factory to charity bin (慈善捐赠 箱).The result is an interesting new book .The trat ’ s of a T-shirt in the Global Economy(经 济). Following a T-shirt around the world in a way to make her point more interesting, but it also frees Rivoli from the usual arguments over global trade. She goes wherever the T-shirt goes, and there are surprises around every corner. In China, Rivoli shows why a clothing factory, even with its poor conditions, means a step toward a better are for the people who word there. In the colorful used-clothing markets of Tanzania, she realizes that “it is only in this final stage of life that the T-shirt will meet a real market,” where the price of a shirt changes by the hour and is different by its size and even color. Rivoli ’ s book is full of me able people and scenes, like the noise, the bad air and the “muddy-sweet smell(泥土香味)of the cotton. ”She says, “Here in the factory, Shanghai smells like Shallowater Texas.” Rivoli is her best when making those sorts of unexpected connections, She even finds one between the free traders and those who are against globalization. The chances opened up by trade are vast, she argues, but free markets need the correcting force of politics to keep them in check. True economic progress needs them both. 57.What do we learn about Professor Rivoli ? A.She used to work on a cotton farm. B.She wrote a book about world trade. C.She wants to give up her teaching job. D.She wears a T-shirt wherever she goes. 58.By saying T-shirts “meet a real market”, Rivoli means in Tanzania . A.cheaper T-shirts are needed B.used T-shirts are hard to sell C.prices of T-shirts rise and fall frequently D.prices of T-shirts are usually reasonable 59.What does the word “them” underlined in the last paragraph refer to? A.Free markets. B.Price changes. C.Unexpected connections. D.Chances opened up by trade. 60.What would be the best title for the text? A.What T-shirts Can Do to Help Cotton Farms B.How T-shirts Are Made in Shanghai 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 89 C.How T-shirts Are Sold in Tanzania D.What T-shirts Can Teach Us 答案 57.B 58.A 59.A 60.D Passage 77 (06·北京 A 篇) How to Make a Budget (预算) Most likely, you aren’t the family breadwinner. But doing a small job or getting a weekly allowance (零花钱) would put some money in your pocket. For kids and grown-ups alike, money is easy to spend. If you aren’t careful, it can be going in no time. Being responsible with your money is an important skill to learn — and the sooner you start the better. Whether you are tracking your spending or saving for something special, creating a budget can help you deal with your expenses and plan for the future. All you need are paper and a pencil — and some self-control. First, take a look at our sample monthly budget. Then, use a separate sheet of paper to plan your own. In the first two columns (栏), list your sources (来源) of income and how much you expect to earn from them. In the third and fourth columns, list what you expect to spend your money on and the amount. The left-hand total should be more than or equal to the right-hand total. If it is, you have an effective budget. Budgets are not complex, but sticking to them can be tough. When planning your budget, be realistic about your expenses. If you know that you drop $18 at a movie, don’t write $12 in that space simply because you wish you were spending less. If you are eyeing a big purchase, such as a $150 skateboard, spend less and save more until you have the total amount. No matter how attractive it may be, avoid spending your savings. One day, you will thank yourself! 56. Who is the passage written for? A. Children. B. Parents. C. Breadwinners. D. Bank managers. 57. The purpose of making a budget is to help people _________. A. learn to be realistic B. increase their saving C. manage their money well D. test their power-control 58. What should people do when planning a budget? A. Fill in the expenses as they really are. B. Avoid spending money on expensive things. C. Set aside a fixed amount of money as savings. D. List income and expenses on two pieces of paper. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 90 59. Which of the following budgets is effective? 答案 56.A 57.C 58.A 59.D Passage 78 (06·北京 C 篇) Why I Don’t Spare “Spare Change” “Poor but honest.” “The deserving (值得帮助的) poor.” These words always come to my mind when I think of “the poor.” But I also think of people who, perhaps through alcohol (酒) or drugs, have ruined not only their own lives but also the lives of others in order to give way to their own pleasure. Perhaps alcoholism and drug addiction (上瘾) really are “diseases,” as many people say, but my own feeling — based. Of course, not on any serious study — is that most alcoholics 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 91 and drug addicts belong to the “undeserving poor.” And that is largely why I don’t give spare change to beggars. But surely among the street people there are also some who can rightly be called “deserving.” Deserving what? My spare change? Or simply the government’s assistance? It happens that I have been brought up to believe that it is proper to make contributions to charity (慈善机构), but if I give some change to a beggar, am I making a contribution to charity and thereby helping someone, or, am I perhaps simply encouraging someone not to get help? Or, maybe even worse, am I supporting a cheat? If one believes in the value of private charity, one can either give to needy people or to charitable organizations. In giving to a beggar one may indeed be helping a person who badly needs help, but one cannot be certain that one is giving to a needy person. In giving to an organization, on the other hand, one can feel that one’s money is likely to be used wisely. True, facing a beggar one may feel that this particular unfortunate person needs help at this moment — a cup of coffee or a sandwich — and the need will not be met unless I put my hand in my pocket right now. But I have come to think that the beggars whom I meet can get along without my spare change, and indeed perhaps they are actually better off for not having money to buy alcohol or drugs. I know nothing about these beggars, but it’s my impression that they simply prefer begging to working. I am not generalizing about street people. I am talking about the about whom I acturally meet. That’s why I do not give “spare change,” and I don’t think I will in the future. 64. What does the author think of beggars who take drugs? A. They should be given a check-up. B. They really need money to live. C. They have no pleasure in life. D. They are not worth helping. 65. Why doesn’t the author give money to street people? A. He doesn’t think they need help. B. He doesn’t have enough money to give. C. He is not convinced they will use it rightly. D. He believes they can get help from the government. 66. In the second paragraph, the author presents his idea by _______. A. asking questions for people to think about B. giving examples to support his argument C. raising questions and answering them D. expressing his opinions directly 67. Which of the following opinions does the author accept? A. Drug addiction is a disease. B. Some street people are poor and needy. C. Most beggars have received enough help. D. Charitable organizations handle money properly. 答案 64.D 65.C 66.A 67.B Passage 79 (06·上海 A 篇) 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 92 Cara Lang is 13. She lives in Boston, Massachusetts, in the U.S. Last Thursday, she didn’t go to school. She went to work with her father instead. Every year , on the fourth Thursday in April, millions of young girls go work. This is Take Our Daughters to Work Day. The girls are between the ages of 9 and 16. They spend the day at work with an adult, usually a mother, father, aunt, or uncle. They go to offices, police stations, laboratories, and other places where their parents or other family members work. Next year, the day will include sons, too. The Ms. Foundation, an organization for women, started the program about ten years ago. In the U.S, many women work outside the home. The Ms. Foundation wanted girls to find out about many different kinds of jobs. Then, when the girls grow up, they can choose a job they like. Cara’s father is a film director, Cara says, “It was very exciting for me to go to the studio with my dad. I saw a lot of people doing different jobs.” Many businesses have special activities for girls on this day. Last year, Cara went to work with her aunt at the University of Massachusetts. In the engineering department, the girls learned to build a bridge with toothpicks and Candy. In the chemistry department, they learned to use scales. They learned about many other kinds of jobs, too. Right now, Cara does not know what job she will have when she grows up. But because of Take Our Daughters to Work Day, she knows she has many choices. 65.What is Cara’s father? A.An engineer. B.An official. C.A moviemaker. D.A professor 66.According to the passage, Take our Daughters to work Day is . A.on every Thursday in April B.a holiday for girls of all ages C.a day for girls to know about jobs D.a day for girls to get a job easily 67.On this special day, Cara has done all the following EXCEPT that . A.she learned to use scales B.she worked as an actress C.she went to work with her aunt D.she used toothpicks and Candy to build a bridge 68.What is probably the best title for the passage? A.Cara Lang, a Fortunate Girl B.Take Our Daughters to Work Day C.Children’s Day and Work Day D.Ms. Foundation, an Organization for Women 答案 65.C 66.C 67.B 68.B Passage 80 (06·上海 D 篇) 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 93 The “Bystander Apathy Effect” was first studied by researchers in New York after neighbours ignored—and in some cases turned up the volume on their TVs—the cries of a woman as she was murdered (over a half-hour period). With regard to helping those in difficulty generally, they found that . (1)women are helped more than men; (2)men help more than women; (3)attractive women are helped more than unattractive women. Other factorsrelate to the number of people in the area, whether the person is thought to be in trouble through their own fault, and whether a person sees himself as being able to help. According to Adrian Furnham, Professor Of University College, London, there are three reasons why we tend to stand by doing nothing: (1) “Shifting of responsibility”—the more people there are, the less likely help is to be given. Each person excuses himself by thinking someone else will help, so that the more “other people’ there are ,the greater the total shifting of responsibility.” (2) “Fear of making a mistake” — situations are often not clear. People think that those involved in an accident may know each other or it may be a joke, so a fear of embarrassment makes them keep themselves to them selves. (3) “Fear of the conse quences if attention is turned on you, and the person is violent.” Laurie Taylor, Professor of Sociology at London University, says: “In the experiments I’ve seen on intervention(介入), much depends on the neighborhood or setting, There is a silence on public transport which is hard to break. We are embarrassed to draw attention to something that is happening, while in a football match, people get involved, and a fight would easily follow.” Psyhotherapist Alan Dupuy identifies the importance of the individual: “The British as a whole have some difficulty intervening, but there are exceptional individuals in every group who are prepared to intervene, regardless of their own safety : These would be people with a strong moral code or religious ideals.” 76.Which of the following statements is true according to the passage? A.Pretty women are more likely to be helped. B.People on a bus are more likely to stop a crime. C.Religious people are more likely to look on. D.Criminals are more likely to harm1 women. 77.Which factor is NOT related with intervention according to the passage? A.Sex B.Nationality. C.Profession. D.Setting. 78.Which phenomenon call be described as the “Bystander Apathy Effect”? A.When one is in trouble, people think it’s his own fault. B.In a football match, people get involved in a fight. C.Seeing a murder, people feel sorry that it should have happened. D.On hearing a cry for help, people keep themselves to themselves. 79.The author wrote this article . A.to explain why bystanders behave as they do B.to urge people to stand out when in need C.to criticize the selfishness of bystanders D.to analyze the weakness of human nature 答案 76.A 77.C 78.D 79.A Passage 81 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 94 (06·广东 B 卷 C 篇) Members of the working class have blue-collar jobs. They are construction workers, truck drivers, mechanics, steel workers, electricians, and the like. What makes this class differ from the lower class is, first, longer periods of employment--and therefore, more fixed incomes — and, second, employment in skilled or semiskilled ( 半 熟 练 的 ) occupations, not unskilled ones. Although unemployment hits all levels of the American economy, including those of skilled and semi-skilled workers, it is most common at the bottom of the class structure and increasingly less common at each level upward. They consider themselves to be respectable and hard working and they look down upon members of the "lower" class, whom they often consider to be lazy, dishonest, and too ready to exploit public assistance. Most people in the working class have at least high school education. Many have some experience of college ( especially community college), though few are college graduates. Unionization has helped the working class, but a rapidly changing economy and frequent periods of high unemployment make it difficult for most of its members to be able to increase their savings greatly. Purchasing a house for people in this class is extremely difficult, although a certain percentage may receive houses from their parents.(Home-owning rises with social class.) A greater number of the members of the working class take relatively little satisfaction in their jobs, because much of their work is ordinary and boring. As a result, many seek their main satisfaction in recreational ( 娱乐的) activities. Many members of this class would like to earn enough money to leave their jobs and start their own businesses, though few make it. Many place their expectations on their children, hoping that they at least will rise in the ladder of success, American style. 64. Which of the following is true about the working class.? A. They are often employed as skilled and semi-skilled workers. B. They are often offered jobs with high incomes. C. They are often considered lazy and dishonest. D. They are often exploited by the public. 65. The underlined word “hit” (paragraph 1 ) roughly means . A. strike with a blow B. have bad effects on C. break up 66. Most people in the working class . A. have difficulty increasing their savings greatly B. have at least some experience of college C. receive houses from their parents D. buy houses by themselves 67. Many members from the working class are not satisfied with their jobs because . A. they could not rise in the ladder of success B. they are not interested in their jobs C. they could not earn much money D. they are not their own bosses 答案 64.A 65.B 66.A 67.B Passage 82 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 95 (06·广东 B 卷 D 篇) How many people have I met who have told me about the book they have been planning to write but have never yet found the time7 Far too many. This is Life, all right, but we do treat it like a rehearsal (排演) and, unhappily, we do miss so many of its best moments. We take jobs to stay alive and provide homes for our families always making ourselves believe that this style of life is merely a temporary state of affairs along the road to what we really want to do. Then, at 60 or 65, we are suddenly presented with a clock and several grandchildren and we look back and realize that all those years waiting for Real Life to come along were in fact real life. In America they have a saying much laughed at by the English:“Have a nice day” they speak slowly and seriously in their shops, hotels and sandwich bars. I think it is a wonderful phrase, reminding us, in effect, to enjoy the moment: to value this very day. How often do we say to ourselves, "I'll take up horse-riding (or golf, or sailing) as soon as I get a higher position," only to do none of those things when I do get the higher position. When I first became a reporter I knew a man who gave up a very well paid respectable job at the Daily Telegraph to go and edit a small weekly newspaper. At the time I was astonished by what appeared to me to be his completely abnormal (反常的) mental state. How could anyone turn his back on Fleet Street in central London for a small local area?I wanted to know. Now I am a little older and possibly wiser, I see the sense in it. In Fleet Street the man was under continual pressure. He lived in an unattractive London suburb and he spent much of his life sitting on Southern Region trains. 68. The first paragraph of the passage tells us that . A. we always try to find some time to write a book B. we always make plans but seldom fulfil them C. we always enjoy many of life's best moments D. we always do what we really want to do 69. The underlined phrase "turn his back on" (paragraph 6) most probably means . A. leave for B. return to C. give up D. rely on 70. The man ( paragraph 6) left his first job partly because he was . A. in an abnormal mental state B. under too much pressure C. not well paid D. not respected 71. What is probably the best title for the passage? A. Provide Homes For Our Family B. Take Up Horse-riding C. Value This Very Day D. Stay Alive 答案 68.B 69.C 70.B 71.C 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 96 Passage 83 (06·重庆 D 篇) Tragedy at the Circus In yesterday’s circus(马戏团)show, a tiger suddenly attacked its trainer and had to be shot dead. As the circus packed up and left, circus officials said the show would go on, even without tigers. However, the officials can’t simply turn a blind eye to the ethical problems left behind. Even before this tragedy (悲剧), animal rights activists protested against keeping wild animals in unnatural conditions and forcing them to suffer for the profit(利润)of circus organizers. It is now time for us to take effective steps to make sure that circus animals are treated properly. * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Circus Safe for Animals Our circus recently suffered a most tragic event in its history. While we are thankful for the pity from the public, we also astonished by the opinion expressed in “Tragedy at the Circus.” First, our performing animals are not taken from the wild. As to the ethical problems. we always believe humans and animals can — and should — live together nicely. To us, the performing animals are representatives of their species(物种),and our circus is one of the only places left willing to support this special role of performing animals in the existence of the species. Those who argue that circus life is harmful to animals show little knowledge of these facts. Life in the “wild” is unsafe, but a continuous struggle for existence. To overlook these realities is the greatest fault against the animal kingdom. This circus has proven that animals are stronger and smarter than we could imagine. Within the circus is a joyful atmosphere for both animals and humans : people are educated, and species saved. 67.What is the main purpose of the first passage ? A.To show pity for the performing animals. B.To express worries about animal trainers’ safety . C.To deal with the difficult situations of the circus. D.To call for action to protect circus animals. 68.What will the circus most probably do? A.Take no notice of the tragedy. B.Continue its performances. C.Use fewer wild animals. D.Limit its profit. 69.What does the circus think of its performing animals? A.They are as clever as human beings. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 97 B.They struggle continuously with human beings for existence. C.They are helpful in saving their species. D.They have equally natural living conditions as wild animals. 70.What is the most probable relationship between the two passages? A.A public request and a newspaper report. B.A newspaper article and a reply to it. C.Two parts of a newspaper article. D.Two newspaper reports. 答案 67.D 68.B 69.C 70.B Passage 84 (06·山东 D 篇) Increasingly, Americans are becoming their own doctors, by going online to diagnose their symptoms, order home health tests or medical devices, or even self-treat their illnesses with drugs from Internet pharmacies(药店). Some avoid doctors because of the high cost of medical care, especially if they lack health insurance. Or they may stay because they find it embarrassing to discuss their weight, alcohol consumption or couch potato habits. Patients may also fear what they might learn about their health, or they distrust physicians because of negative experiences in the past. But playing doctor can also be a deadly game. Every day, more than six million Americans turn to the Internet for medical answers – most of them aren’t nearly skeptical enough of what they find. A 2002 survey by the Pew Internet & American Life Project found that 72 percent of those surveyed believe all or most of what they read on health websites. They shouldn’t. Look up “headache”, and the chances of finding reliable and complete information, free from a motivation for commercial gain, are only one in ten, reports an April 2005 Brown Medical School study. Of the 169 websites the researchers rated, only 16 scored as “high quality”. Recent studies found faulty facts about all sorts of other disorders, causing one research team to warn that a large amount of incomplete, inaccurate and even dangerous information exists on the Internet. The problem is most people don’t know the safe way to surf the Web. “They use a search engine like Google, get 18 trillion choices and start clicking. But that’s risky, because almost anybody can put up a site that looks authoritative(权威的), so it’d hard to know if what you’re reading is reasonable or not,” says Dr. Sarah Bass from the National Cancer Institute. 68. According to the text, an increasing number of American _____. A. are suffering from mental disorders B. turn to Internet pharmacies for help C. like to play deadly games with doctors D. are skeptical about surfing medical websites 69. Some Americans stay away from doctors because they _____. A. find medical devices easy to operate B. prefer to be diagnosed online by doctors C. are afraid to face the truth of their health D. are afraid to misuse their health insurance 70. According to the study of Brown Medical School, ______. A. more than 6 million Americans distrust doctors 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 98 B. only 1/10 of medical websites aim to make a profit C. about 1/10 of the websites surveyed are of high quality D. 72% of health websites offer incomplete and faulty facts 71. Which of the following is the author’s main argument? A. It’s cheap to self-treat your own illness. B. It’s embarrassing to discuss your bad habits. C. It’s reasonable to put up a medical website. D. It’s dangerous to be your own doctor. 答案 68.B 69.C 70.C 71.D Passage 85 (06·江苏 B 篇) The first reality TV show in the world was called Expedition Robinson and it was shown in Sweden in 1997 . Half the population of the country watched the final event and a new kind of TV program was born . Two years later in Holland , the first series of Big Brother was filmed. Again , it was a great success and the final program was watched by 15 million people . Now more than 20 countries around the world have Big Brother or Expedition Robinson on their TV screens . The ordinary people who take part in the programs are known by millions of people in their own countries and reality TV has become big , big business . For the TV producers , reality TV is a dream come true because many of the programs cost nothing to make . At some point , the television viewers (观众) are asked to telephone the program to vote or to apply to take part in the show . It is the cost of these telephone calls that pays for the shows . One of the most popular shows is Pop Idol. In the show, a group of attractive young people are made into pop stars. TV viewers vote for their favorite person on the show. The winner makes a record and millions of copies of the record are sold . His or her pictures are published on the covers of magazines or on the front pages of newspapers , and then , they are quickly forgotten . But not everyone is happy about reality TV. In Portugal , two TV channels got into trouble because they showed too much of the personal lives of the people in the shows . In France , reality TV is called “rubbish TV ” and the TV studios of Big Brother were attacked three times in one week . In Greece , Big Brother was described as “against human rights and civilization”. 60.Those who take part in reality TV shows are usually . A.common people B.pop TV Stars C.attractive people D.famous film stars 61.Who would pay for the cost of reality TV shows according to the passage ? A.TV producers who make reality TV shows . B.TV actors who take part in reality TV shows . C.TV viewers who telephone reality TV shows . D.TV companies which broadcast reality TV shows . 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 99 62.Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage ? A.Pop Idol is one of the popular reality TV shows in the world . B.Big Brother was one of the first reality TV shows in the world . C.Rubbish TV is one of the personal reality TV shows in the world . D.Expedition Robinson was the first reality TV show in the world . 63.It can be concluded from the passage that . A.everyone is happy about reality TV B.reality TV will do well in many countries C.all the people in Europe are in favor of reality TV D.reality TV will not be broadcast in any countries 答案 60.A 61.C 62.C 63.B Passage 86 (06·浙江 D 篇) Old Computers Make for Unhappy Workers-Survey LONDON(Reuters) - Dealing with the dissatisfaction of ageing and unreliable office computers leads to workers’ unhappiness and more sick-leave, a survey ( 调 查 )showed on Wednesday. A survey carried out by care4free. net of over 2,700 European office workers from the UK, France and Germany found that workplace dissatisfaction increased greatly with the age of computer equipment. “We do know that job satisfaction is falling in Britain and in most advanced nations,” said Stephen White, a researcher from the Work Foundation. “The actual reasons for this are the subject of very heated discussion. It’s certainly one interesting theory that technology may be the cause of this in some way,” White added. A quarter of those using outdated computers in Britain said they were “quite” or “very dissatisfied” with their everyday job compared to 16 percent of those who had enjoyed an advantage from up-to-date technology. The survey also said that among workers dealing with outdated equipment, there was a 35 percent greater probability they would take six or more days of sick-leave per year compared with the average worker. In France, where more workers use older computers, the probability jumped to 55 percent. Results also showed that women in the three countries were more likely to be using outdated equipment. In the UK, where more workers have up-to-date computers than in the other countries surveyed, the number of women using old equipment doubled that of men. White pointed out that there were two sides to this problem, saying that continually having to deal with new technology and new equipment can also be a source of worry. “Old and faulty equipment is a major cause of office dissatisfaction, there’s no question about it. But you also have to say that the frequent change of equipment is also, or could be, a main cause of dissatisfaction.” 53.The underlined word “this”(paragraph 3) refers to . A.workplace dissatisfaction B.computer use in most jobs C.the ageing of office computers D.the survey by care4free.net 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 100 54.How many office workers using old computers in Britain expressed their dissatisfaction? A.16% B.25% C.35% D.55% 55.According to White, why were the women surveyed more likely to use old computers? A.Most office workers use old computers. B.They do some of their work with computers. C.Dealing with new equipment can cause anxiety. D.They are easier to be satisfied with new technology. 56.What is the subject of this news story? A.Poor working conditions in offices. B.Research work of the Work Foundation. C.Influence of technology in the workplace. D.different attitudes to old computers. 答案 53.A 54.B 55.C 56.C Passage 87 (06·浙江 E 篇) You are from a middle-class family, and live in a normal-size home without any showy possessions, but you are worried that he will want to live as they do ,and wonder if you should move. Sometimes big pocket money, joyful birthday parties, special playrooms and super-big houses tell you that your neighbors probably have more money than you do, and that they’re not as careful as you are with money, but you may. Find that they cook and dig in the garden with their children just as often as you do, talk with them as freely and read to them every night. Or you may find that some of these parents stay in one wing of their big house while their child plays by himself, way off in a wing of his own. In that unfortunate case, he is basically growing up alone without being looked after properly, but this can happen to a child who lives in a normal—size house, too, if he has a TV, a computer and a few video games in his room. Even the most caring parent doesn’t walk in and out of it to see what show her child is watching, what Internet site he has found and if he’s still playing that video game. Too much uncontrolled screen time may lead to a certain loss of innocence(天真), but mostly this child will lose the sense of unity and satisfaction that comes from being in a family. A neighborhood should also provide you with a sense of unity and satisfaction, and if it doesn’t, you might decide to move. Don’t judge your neighborhood too harshly(严厉地),though. There are some things that are right with almost any neighborhood and some things that are wrong with the best of them—like those super-big houses. The wealth of their owners—and the way they throw money around—may make your son feel sorry for himself, unless you help him understand that you and his dad save some of the money, give some to people who don’t have enough and use the rest to pay for whatever the family needs. Children want---should be provided with—explanations when their parents don’t give them what they want. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 101 57.What is the problem with the worried parent in the text? A.Her house isn’t as big as her rich neighbors’. B.Her son is left alone without anyone in charge. C.She cannot provide her son with a special playroom. D.She worried about the effect of her neighbors on her son. 58.In paragraphs 2 and 3 , the author seems to agree that parents should . A.spend more time with their children B.give their children more freedom C.work hard to lead a richer life D.set an example for their children to follow 59 . By saying “throw money around” (paragraph5), the author means that rich people . A.spend money carelessly B.save money for their children C.help the poor people willingly D.leave money all round the house 60.What is the main idea the author aims to express in the text? A.Children are unfortunate to have poor parents. B.Children should enjoy their comfortable life. C.Children need proper guidance from their parents. D.Children feel ashamed of themselves in a rich neighborhood. 答案 57.D 58.A 59.A 60.C Passage 88 (06·福建 A 篇) Getting paid to talk about the World Cup is a great job. I’m not a football commentator(评 论员),though-just an English teacher in Japan. I came to Japan two years ago, and didn't think I would stay, but Japan has that effect on you. People often end up living here longer than they planned. I think it’s best to teach in a biggest city where there are other foreigners to mix with. Rather than a small town where English teachers often complain of feeling like a goldfish in a bowl. Many people choose to live in Tokyo, of course, which is good for the nightlife factor. But I’d say that for general quality of living, cities of neither too large nor too small, like Sapporo where I live, are better choices. I teach English privately, which means I’m my own boss. If you want to devote yourself to private teaching, it’s well worth doing a TEFL course first. Because your lessons will be much better for it. The problem with private teaching is finding students; it took me a year to build up a full schedule(日程表)of private lessons, so I started out teaching in schools part time. Most of my foreign friends here work full-time for big English conversation schools. The salary is fine to live on. But whether you can save money depends on how much going out and traveling you do here. The schools are reluctant to take time off–even teachers with tickets for the England-Argentina game had trouble getting the day off. 56.From the passage we know in Japan the write likes to jive in_______. A. Tokyo B. a small town C. a city of middle site D. a big city 57.According to the writer, one had better ________ first to do private teaching better. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 102 A. take a TEFL course B. decide his or her own lessons C. find students D. build up a full schedule 58.The underlined sentence in the second paragraph implies that_______. A. there are many foreigners in Japan B. Japan is good for nightlife C. they can teach English privately in Japan D. Japan has something more attractive than expected 59.The underlined word “reluctant” in the passage may probably mean_____. A. kind B. unwilling C. free D. careless 答案 56.C 57.A 58.D 59.B Passage 89 (06·福建 E 篇) Despite the high technology and investment(投资)in flood defenses by the Environment Agency.( 环 保 局 ) , there is no way to stop all flooding-sooner or later nature will produce something that will beat even the strongest defenses. Warning people of this danger is very important if we are to prevent the great loss of life seen fifty-three years ago. Indeed if the Flood Warning system that currently exists had been around on that cold, stormy night in January 1953 ,many lives would have been spared. The Environment Agency took over the role of flood warning in 1995 from the police who had to go door to door or sound alarms to get the news not. The service is being constantly improved and a combination of better technology and increased investment following the Easter Floods of 1998 has led to the creation of Floodline and an automatic (自动)messaging system that can warn thousands of people in very little time. The Flood Warning team in Kent has also sent letters to the people living close to the rivers or the sea and invited them to join the AVM (automated voice messaging) system. Anyone choosing to take up this free service will receive a recorded message directly to their home, business or pager telling them of the level of warming, giving them as much time as possible to carry out their flood plan and save items that cannot be replaced if lost or daraged, such as photographs or children’s favorite toys. 72.Choose the correct statements from the following according to the passage. a. Many people lost their lives in the flood in 1953. b. The Flood Warning system was already in use in 1953. c. Flood defenses can stop all flooding. d. The Environment Agency began to warn people of flood in 1995. e. Floodline was created after the Easter Floods of 1998. A. a, b, c B. b, c, d C. a, c, c D. a, d, e 73.What does the underlined word “pager” mean in the passage? A. A boy employed to carry luggage in hotels. B. A piece of equipment designed to receive and show messages. C. A page of papers written to offer messages. D. A person invited to write pages of messages. 74. People can easily get information and advice about flood any time of the day from______. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 103 A. automatic messaging system B. Floodline 0845 988 1188 C. the Flood Warning team in Kent D. automated voice messaging system 75.The best title for this passage may probably be_______. A. Environment Agency B. Technology In Flood Defenses C. Flood Warning System D. Easter Floods 答案 72.D 73.B 74.B 75.C Passage 90 (06·江西 C 篇) Early people had very little effect on the environment. They lived in eaves in very small ' elan'groups. They collected or killed only enough for the dan's survival. Early clans were nomadic, which means that they did not stay in one place. Instead, they moved around, following the animals that were their main food source and seeking areas where seasonal plants grew wild. Moving around seasonally helped to protect the environment. The land had time to recover and animals had time to breed (繁殖) before the clan returned for the next season. As time went by, these small family clans joined with others to form larger groups for protection. Joining with other clans gave them more hunters and more women to help cut up the meat and share it between families. Eventually, people tamed(驯养) wild animals such as dogs and horses. People settled around rivers and fertile plains to share responsibilities and duties. Then, people began to plant crops instead of moving to areas where the plant grew. This development changed the environment. Traditional forms of work also changed. Some people were hatter at performing a particular task than other clan members, so they began to specialize in things they were good at doing. This also meant that they began to exchange their goods for things that others produced. People began to communicate with distant tribes. Land was cleared for roads. Foreign plants and animals were transported to places where they had not existed before. Specialization also gave people more free time. So art, dance and music became important ways of expressing feelings and thoughts. This was how many great civilizations started. Compared to the past, modern civilization has experienced many changes to become the highly developed society that exists today. Populations have increased rapidly. Forests have been cleared for farms. Inventions and technology have made work easier. However, pollution and other serious problems have also resulted from human progress. As concerned citizerns, it is up to us to learn from past mistakes and to help maintain and improve our environment. 64. Early tribes didn't have much effect on animal population because_______. A. they kept animals for themselves B. they ate only vegetables C. they killed only enough for food D. they loved animals 65. The main purpose for small clans to join together was _______. A. to hunt animals B. to seek safety C. to share caves D. to protect environment 66. Which of the following is TRUE according to this passage? 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 104 A. Early people moved to new places looking for new sources of food. B. Modem civilization began when people started to live together in big groups. C. Modem advancements are always good for the environment. D. People began to exchange goods because they didn't have enough money. 67. It can be concluded from the passage that _______. A. human progress has brought civilization to the society B. civilization has improved traditional forms of work C. our environment has been affected by human progress D. early people understood environmental protection 答案 64.C 65.B 66.A 67.C Passage 91 (06·江西 D 篇) An ichthyologist is a scientist who studies fish. Most people who do this job say they love their work because it is very rewarding and varied. They work not only inside a laboratory, but also out in the field. Fieldwork includes traveling to river?, oceans and lakes in order to collect information and specimens (~2~), Reading, writing and speaking me also very important to the job, Fish scientists need to read the research of other scientists. They must he able to write up their own research clearly so that others can follow it. They also need to be able to give lectures about their findings, so that they can spread knowledge. Ichthyologists who wish to specialize can choose any one of three areas of study. The first area is aqnaeuhure ( 水 产 养 殖 ). This involves the study and practice of fish farming and management. Because it is a rather new study,there are very few job opportunities available. However, as there is so much to discover, many see it as an exciting area for a new ichthyologist to enter. The second area is fisheries science, which means working with a team of scientists to find out more about different fish species. The third area is about the protection of natural fish populations. This is very important today, given that many fish species are in danger of dying out because of the actions of humans. To become a successful fish scientist, you need to have a curious mind and be able to work on your own. You also need to be able to handle equipment and perform experiments; but most importantly, you must love fish. To become an ichthyologist, you will need to train at a university to pass a Bachelor of Science degree. For this, you will need to be good at mathematics, physical science and biology. Then, you will need to study for another year to complete an henours degree in ichthyology. This honours degree contains eoursework about all aspects of fish. You also need to complete a research paper. 68. What makes the jobs of ichthyologists so varied? A. They study fish habits and collect information. B. They have to study science and mathematics. C. They work in fields as well as in laboratories. D. They read research papers written by others. 69. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage? A. An ichthyologist has an interesting and varied profession. B. Aquaculture is the study of fish protection. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 105 C. The life of an ichthyologist can involve lots of travel. D. A fish scientist needs to be independent and curious about things. 70. Who is most likely to become an ichthyologist? A. Tom, because he likes fishing and outdoor sports. B. Jack, because he likes to travel and read adventure books. C. Jenny, because she likes science, mathematics and reading about dinosaurs. D. Jane, because she likes mathematics, science, biology and searching rock-pools. 7l. The passage is probably written for _______. A. university students B. science researchers C. fisheries experts D, fish farmers 答案 68.C 69.B 70.D 71.A Passage 92 (06·湖北 B 篇) Have you ever received a gift that was so dearly, not your taste that you wondered if perhaps it had been handed to you by mistake? Worse, have you ever given a present and watched your friend look as though she had opened the wrong box? Maybe she responded with a polite "Why, thank you," but you knew you had missed the mark. Why do presents sometimes go wrong? And what do your choices (good and bad) reflect about your persona] qualities? Choosing the right gift is an art, I believe. It calls for empathy—the ability to put yourself into someone else's head and heart We're all able to do this; in fact, we're born with a kind of natural empathy. After the earliest period of childhood, however, it needs to be reinforced (加强) — by our parents, teachers, friends. When it isn't, we're not able to understand other people's feelings as sharply. This can show in the gifts we select, and so can many other emotional (情感的) qualities. Think back to the presents you’ve given over the past year, the time and effort you put into your selection, how much you spent, your thoughts while you were shopping, and your feelings when the receiver opened the package. Keep in mind that what you choose displays your inner world. Of course, you may express yourself differently with different friends, relatives, and other people you know. We live in a society where exchanging presents is an important part of communication. Ignoring the tradition won't make it go away. If you really dislike such a tradition, tell your friends ahead of time. 60. The underlined expression "you had missed the mark" means "you had failed to _____'. A. make her feel better B. keep your friendship C. receive a present in return D. get the expected effect 61. Which of the following is the main idea of the second paragraph? A. Natural empathy needs to be reinforced. B. Emotional changes influence one's choice of gifts. C. Selecting the right gift is an ability people are born with. D. Choosing gifts requires one to understand the receivers. 62. In the third paragraph, the author tells us that________. A. attention should be paid to the receivers' responses 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 106 B. one learns from what he did in the past C. the choice of gifts reflects one's emotional qualities D. one should spend more time choosing gifts 63. The best possible title for this passage is “_______”. A. Ways of Choosing Gifts B. An Important Tradition C. Exchanging Presents D. Message in a Gift 答案 60.D 61.D 62.C 63.D Passage 93 (06·湖北 D 篇) An environmental group called the Food Commission is unhappy and disappointed because of the sale of bottled water from Japan. The water, it angrily argues an public, has traveled 10,000 "food miles" before it reaches Western customers. "Transporting water halfway across the world is surely the extremely stupid use of fuel when there is plenty of water in the UK." It is also worried that we are wasting our fuel by buying prawns( 对 虾 ) from Indonesia (7,000 food miles) and carrots from Sooth Africa (5,900 food miles). Counting the number of miles traveled by a product is a strange way of trying to tell the true situation of the environmental damage clone by an industry. Most food is transported around the world on container ships that are extremely energy-efficient (高能效的). It should be noted that a ton of butter transported 25 miles in a truck to a farmers' market does not necessarily use less fuel on its journey than a similar product transported hundreds of miles by sea. Besides, the idea of "food miles" ignores the amount of fuel used in the production. It is possible to cut down your food miles by buying tomatoes grown in Britain rather than those grown in Ghana; the difference is that the British ones will have been raised in heated greenhouses and the Ghanaian ones in the open sun. What the idea of "food miles” does provide, however, is the chance to cut out Third World countries from First World food markets. The number of miles traveled by our food should, as I see it, be regarded as a sign of the success of the global (全球的) trade system, not a sign of damage to the environment. 68. The Food Commission is angry because it thinks that_______ A. UK wastes a lot of money importing food products B. some imported goods cause environmental damage C. growing certain vegetables damages the environment D. people waste energy buying food from other countries 69. The phrase "food miles" in the passage refers to the distance _______. A. that a food product travels to a market B. that a food product travels from one market to another C. between UK and other food producing countries D. between a Third World country and a First World food market 70. By comparing tomatoes raised in Britain and in Ghana, the author tries to explain that ______ A. British tomatoes are healthier than Ghanaian ones B. Ghanaian tomatoes taste better than British ones C. cutting down food miles may not necessarily save fuel 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 107 D. protecting the environment may cost a lot of money 71. From the passage we know that the author is most probably.__ A. a supporter of free global trade B. a member of the Food Commission C. a supporter of First World food markets D. a member of an energy development group 答案 68.D 69.A 70.C 71.A Passage 94 (06·湖北 E 篇) Silence is unnatural to man. He begins life with a cry and ends it in stillness. In between he does all he can to make a noise in the world, and he feats silence more than anything else. Even his conversation is an attempt to prevent a fearful silence. If he is introduced to another person, and a number of pauses occur in the conversation, he regards himself as a failure, a worthless person, and is full of envy of the emptiest headed chatterbox (喋喋不休的人). He knows that ninety-nine percent of human conversation means no more than the buzzing of a fly, but he is anxious to join in the buzz and to prove that he is a man and not a waxwork figure (蜡塑人像). The aim of conversation is not, for the most part, to communicate ideas; it is to keep up the buzzing sound. There are, it must be admitted, different qualities of buzz; there is even a buzz that is as annoying as the continuous noise made by a mosquito (蚊子). But at a dinner party one would rather be a mosquito than a quiet person. Most buzzing, fortunately, is pleasant to the ear, and some of it is pleasant even to the mind. He would be a foolish man if he waited until he had a wise thought to take part in the buzzing with his neighbours. Those who hate to pick up the weather as a conversational opening seem to me not to know the reason why human beings wish to talk. Very few human beings join in a conversation in the hope of learning anything new. Some of them are content if they are merely allowed to go on making a noise into other peoples ears, though they have nothing to tell them except that they have seen two or three new plays or that they had food in a Swiss hotel At the end of an evening during which they have said nothing meaningful for a long time, they just prove themselves to be successful conservationists 72. According to the author, people make conversation to ______ A. exchange ideas B. prove their value C. achieve success in life D. overcome their fear of silence 73. By "the buzzing of a fly" (Para. 1), the author means"________” A. the noise of an insect B. a low whispering sound C. meaningless talks D. the voice of a chatterbox 74. According to the passage, people usually ______talk to their neighbors ______. A. about whatever they have prepared B. about whatever they want to C. in the hope of learning something new D. in the hope of getting on well 75. What is the author's purpose in writing the passage? ________. A. To discuss why people like talking about weather. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 108 B. To encourage people to join in conversations. C. To persuade people to stop making noises. D. To explain why people keep talking. 答案 72.D 73.C 74.B 75.D Passage 95 (06·湖南 B 篇) For the first time in modern history,less than half of the U.S.adult population now reads literature,according to a recent survey.Reading at Risk A Survey of Lilerary Reading in America presents a detailed review of the decline of reading’s role in the nation’s culture. Reading at Risk is a survey of national fashion in adult literary reading.The data souree for Reading at Risk is as reliable and objective(客观的)as any such survey can be.The key results of the survey are presented in the “Surnmary”,but the report can be further exploined as:literary teading in America is not only declining rapidly among all groups,but the rate of decling has been speeded up,especially among the young.Reading at Risk merely shows a great cultural change that most Americans have already noted-our society’s great turn to clectronic media for entertainment and information. Reading a book requires a degree of active attention and devotion.Indced,reading itself is a progressive skillo that depends on years of cducation nand practice.On the contrary,most electronic media such as television,recordings,and radio make fewer demands on their audiences,and indced require no more than passive participation.While oral culture has a rich reality and electronic media offer the commdenbic atteation of variety.print culture affords irreplaceable forms of focused and thought than make varicen communications and views possible.The deline in reading.thenfore ,equals a larger retreat(减少)from participation in public and culutural life. What is to be done?There is surely no single solution to the pretent problem.just as there is no single cause .The important thing now is to underwand that America can no longer take active and devoted reading for granted. Reading is not a timeless,common ability.As more Americans love thus ability .out nation becomes less informed,active ,and independent minded .There are not speakeras that a free, inventive,or productive society can afford to love. 59.The main purpose of the survey is to _______. A.focus on the role of electronic media ang reading B.show that American young people read less and less C.give a report of the national of literary reading D.review that less that half of the population now reads litersture 60.According to the passage ,reading _______. A.requires less attention and devotion B.demsnds no more than passive participation 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 109 C.limits various communications and views D.means active participation in pubnlic and cultural life 61.The underlined phrase “cultural chang”in Paragraph 2 refers to the change _______. A.from oral culture to electronic media B.from print culture to electronic to electronic media C.from electronic media to oral D.from electr onic media to print culture 62.The author of the passage ________. A.misunderstands oral culture B.doubts the Americans to read more C.encourages the Americans to read more D.agrees to the solution to present problem in reading 答案 59.C 60.D 61.B 62.C Passage 96 (06·安徽 A 篇) When a storm is coming, most people leave the area as quickly ad possible and head for safety. But there are a few people who will get into their cars and go straight for the center of the storm. These people are willing to risk(冒…危险)being killed by floods or 100-kilometer-an-hour winds for the excitement of watching the storm close up. “Storm chasing(追逐)” is becoming an increasingly popular hobby(喜好), especially in the Midwest of the United States, where there are frepuent storms between March and July. A storm chaser begins the day by checking the Internet for the latest weather reports, and then drives up to 1,000 kilometers to where the storm will be and wits for it to develop. Although anyone can do it , storm chasing is extremely dangerous. The power of a big storm can throw a cow into the air or destroy a whole house in seconds. Storm chasers are also often hurt in accidents caused by driving in a heavy rain. If you are a beginner, it is much safer to join a group for storm-chasing vacations during the storm season. Even then, storm chasing is not all adventure and excitement . “Storm chasing is 95% driving,” says Daniel Lynch, who spends most of his summer storm-chasing. “Sometimes you can sit around for hours waiting for something to happen, and all you get is blue sky and a few light showers.” However, for storm chasers, it is all worth it. “When you get close to a storm, it is the most exciting sight you will ever see in your life,” says Jasper Morley. “Every storm is an example of the power of nature, It is the greatest show on Earth.” 56. For storm chasing, the first thing storm chasers do is to . A. head straight for the center of the storm B. get into the car for safety C. wait patiently for the storm to develop 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 110 D. collect information about a coming storm 57. Beginners of storm chasing are advised . A. not to drive in a heavy rain B. to do it in an organized way C. not to get too close to a storm D. to spend more time on it in summer 58. By saying “it is all worth it” in the last paragraph, the author means that . A. storm chasing costs a lot of money B. storm chasing is worth hours of waiting C. efforts in storm chasing are well paid D. a storm presents the greatest show on Earth 59. What can we learn from the text? A. Sometimes storm chasers get nothing but disappointment B. Many storm chasers get killed in the storms. C. Storm chasing is becoming popular around the world/ D. Storm chasing is only fit for young people. 答案 56.D 57.B 58.C 59.A Passage 97 (06·安徽 E 篇) Childhood was an illusion (错觉) and the illusion was this: everything was bigger. No, Imean everything, not just houses and shops and grown-ups, but colors and flowers and journeys, especially journeys which seemed endless. “Are we there yet, Daddy?” Funfairs (游乐场) were huge things that spread for miles around you with noise and lights and exciting danger. Rainy days at home when you were ill seemed to last for ever. Being a grown-up yourself was an unthinkable distant possibility. Every sound was louder, every game was grander, every pain unbearable. As I’ve grown old, life has become smaller. Tastes have bulled. Surprises have lurned into shocks. Days go by unnoticed. How can I regain childhood when it was an illusion? I have only one repeatable and wonderful way and even in this way I can regain only part of that larger world. I can play upon the stage like a child and make the crowd laugh and laugh with them, sometimes helplessly like a child, and then, even though I’m a sixty-one-year-old man, I can almost catch the colors and sounds and stillness of those bigger years when I was little. 72. How does the author feel about his childhood? A. It was endless. B. It was unpleasant. C. He is glad that it is over. D. He misses it as a grown-up 73. The author thinks that everything was bigger in childhood because . A. children could not make proper judgments. B. children were curious and eager about life C. things appeared really big in children’s eyes D. to grow up seemed so long for children 74. The world seems to have become smaller to the author because . A. life is disappointing B. time goes by too fast 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 111 C. he has had too many surprises D. foods no longer taste delicious 75. The author enjoys playing on the stage so as to . A. act like a child B. live an unusual life C. make the crowd laugh D. regain his childhood Passage 98 (06·四川 D 篇) EAT YOUR VEGETABLES.Wash your hands. Always say “please” and “thank you”. We are full of advice for our children, but when it comes to money, we often have little to say. As a result, our children may grow up with clean hands and good manners, but without any idea how tomanage their money. Here are some basics that will help guide them their entire lives: Show them the future. If your 13-year-old girl were to save $1.000,invest(投资)it at 8% and add $100 every month, by the time she’s 65,she would have $980,983! Be careful of credit(信用).Credit cards can help you buy necessary things and build a credit history, but they must be used responsibly, which means paying off your debt in time. Explain to your children that when you buy something using a credit card, you can easily end up paying two or three times what you would have paid if you used cash. Teach patience. Suppose your child wants a new bicycle that costs $150.Rather than paying the cash, give him some regular pocket money and explain that by putting aside,say,$15 each week, he will be able to buy it for himself in only ten weeks. Provide incentive. Tell your children the importance of saving. “For every dollar he or she agrees to save and invest rather than spend, you agree to add another dollar to the pot,” says Cathy Pareto, expert in money planning. Explain your values. Values and money are deeply intertwined, says Eilleen Gallo,co-author of The Financially Intelligent Parent. When your child demands that you buy something, explain why you really don’t want to buy it.“You might say, ‘I’d rather save that money for your education,’” advises Gallo. Every time you spend or don’t spend money, you have a chance to share your values. 67.The writer gives some basics to help in a proper way. A. parents teach their children how to deal with money B. children follow their parents ’instructions C. children manage their money D. parents save their money 68.The writer thinks that, if a child wants to buy something, his parents should . A. give him some regular pocket money B. encourage him to put money away for it C. explain to him the importance of investment D. tell him to save some money by using a credit card 69.The underlined word “incentive” in paragraph 6 means . 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 112 A. honor B. praise C. excitement D. encouragement 70.What leads the writer to write this article? A. Parents want to know how to educate their children. B. He wants to share his good ideas about money matters. C. He thinks money management the most important for children. D. Parents care Little about their children’s management of money. 答案 67.A 68.B 69.D 70.D Passage 99 (06·四川 E 篇) Instead of hitting the beach, fourteen high school students traded swimming suits for lab coats last summer and turned their attention to scientific experiments. The High School Research Program offers high school students guidance with researchers in Texas A&M’s College of Agriculture and Life Sciences.Jennifer Funkhouser, academic adviser for the Department of Rangeland Ecology and Management, dirests this four-week summer program designed to increase understanding of research and its career potential(潜能)。 Several considerations go into selecting students, including grades, school involvement and interest in science and agriculture. And many students come from poorer school districts, Funkhouser says. “This is their chance to learn techniques and do experiments they never would have a chance to do in high school. Warner Ervin of Houston is interested in animal science and learned how to tell male from female mosquitoes(蚊子).His adviser, Craig Coates, studies the genes of mosquitoes that allow them to fight against malaria and yellow fever. Coates thought this experience would be fun and helpful to the high school students. The agricultural research at A&M differs from stereotypes. It’s “molecular(分子)science on the cutting edge,” Funkhouser says. The program broadened students’ knowledge. Victor Garcia of Rio Grande City hopes to become a biology teacher and says he learned a lot about chemistry from the program. At the end of the program, the students presented papers on their research.They’re also paid $600 for their work-another way this program differs from others, which often charge a fee. Fourteen students got paid to learn that science is fun, that agriculture is a lot more than milking and plowing and that research can open many doors. 71.The research program is chiefly designed for . A. high school advisers from Houston B. college students majoring in agriculture C. high school students from different places D. researchers at the College of Agriculture and Life Sciences 72.It can be inferred from the text that the students in poorer areas . 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 113 A. had little chance to go to college B. could often take part in the program C. found the program useful to their future D. showed much interest in their high school experiments 73.When the program was over, the students . A. entered that college B. wrote research reports C. paid for their research D. found way to make money 74.The underlined expression “on the cutting edge” in paragraph 5 means “on the most position”. A. important B. favourable C. astonishing D. advanced 75.What would be the best title for the text? A.A Program for Agricultural Science Students B. A Program for Animal Science Students C. A Program for Medical Science Lovers D. A Program for Future Science Lovers 答案 71.C 72.C 73.B 74.D 75.D Passage 100 (06·陕西 B 卷 C 篇) If you’re like most students,you probably read both at home and outside your home:perhaps somewhere on your schoolyard and maybe even at work during your breaks.Your reading environment can have a great effect on your understanding,so give some thought to how you can create(营造)or choose the right reading environments.The right environment allows you to stay alert(专注的) and to keep all of your attention on the text,especially when it is both interesting and difficult. When you’re at home,you can usually create effective conditions for reading.You might want to choose a particular place-a desk or table,for example-where you always read.Make sure the place you choose is well lighted,and sit in a chair that requires you to sit straight.Reading in a chair that’s too soft and comfortable is likely to make you sleepy!Keep your active reading tools(pens,markers,notebooks or paper) and a dictionary close at hand. Before you sit down for a reading period,try to reduce all possible interruptions.Turn off your phone,the television,and the radio,Tell your family members or roommates that you’ll be busy for a while.If necessary,put a“Do not disturb”sign on your door!The more interruptions you must deal with while you read,the harder it will be to keep your attention on the task at hand. 49.The author believes that the right reading environment_________. A. hels readers a little in their reading tasks B. helps readers a lot in their readers a lot in their reading tasks C. can only be created at one’s home D. can only be created outside one’s home 50.Which type of the following interruptions is mentioned in the text? A.Dictionaries. B.Paper. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 114 C.Phone calls. D.Notebooks. 51.What would be the best title for the text? A. How to read fast B. Creating an Effectuve Reading Environment C. The Ways to Reduce Possible Interruptions D. What to Read 答案 49.B 50.C 51.B Passage 101 (06·陕西 B 卷 D 篇) In many countries the standard of living enjoyed by their peole has increased rapidly in recent years. Sadly,not everyone in these coyntries is so fortunate and many people in rich contries are homeless. The reasons for homelessness are various, but poverty(贫穷)is undoubtedly one of the main causes. The homeless people may have become jobless and then been unable to pay their rent and so no longer have a roof over their heads. Often, the fact that unemployed people get help from the government prevents this from happening, but not always. Some homeless people are mentally ill and have no one to look after them. Some are young people who, for one reason or another , have left home and have nowhere to live. Many of them have had a serious disagreement with their parents and have left home, choosing to go to a city and live on the streets. Sometimes they have taken such action because they have been unable to get on with a step-parent. Many homeless people get into the habit of begging to get enough money to stay alive, but many of the general public tefuse to give anything to beggars. Often they are moved on by the police, being accused (指控),whether rightly or wrongly, of forceful begging . There are many who disrespect homeles people. Some cynics(愤世嫉俗的人)declare that homeless people choose to live the life which they lead. But who would willingly choose to live in z shop doorway, under a bridger or in a cardboard box? 52.According to the text, what causes some people to be homeless? A.Lack of money. B.The increased standard of living. C.No government help. D. Agreement with their parents. 53.It can be inferred from the text that________. A. the homeles are willing to live under a bridge or in a cardboard box B. you will not find homeless people in countries with a high standard of living C. the mentally ill live on the stress becausethey want the company of other homeless people D. the unemployed who receive help may still be among the homeless 54.In paragraph 2 , “a roof over their needs ”most probably means _________. A.a cap B. a car C.a home D.a covering 55.The author thinks that the homeless people are_________. A. pitiful B. troublesome C. respectable D. admirable 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 115 答案 52.A 53.D 54.C 55.A Passage 102 (06·陕西 B 卷 E 篇) Among rich countries , people in the United States work the longest hours. T hey work much longer than in Europe. This difference is quite surprising because productivity per hour worked is the same in the United States as it is in France, Spain and Germany, and it is growing at a similar speed. In most countries and at most times in history, as people have become richer they have chosen to work less. In other words they have decided to “spend”a part of their extra income on a fuller personal life. Over the last fifty years Europeans have continued this pattern, and hours of work have fallen sharply. But not in the United States. We do not fully know why this is. One reason may be more satisfying work,or less satisfying personal lives. Longer hourd do of course increase the GDP (国内生产总值). So the United States has produced more per worker than, say,France.The United States also has more of its people at work,while in Frence many more mothers and older workers have decided to stay at home.The overall result is that American GDP per head is 40% higher than in France,even though productivity per hour worked is the same. It is not clear which of the two situations is better.As we have seen, work has to be compared with other values like family life, which often get lost in interest.It is too erly to explain the different trends(趋势)in happiness over time in different countries. But it is a disappointingidea that in the United States happiness has made no progress since 1975, while it has resen in Europe. Could this have anything to do with trends in the work-life balance (平衡) ? 56.From the text we know that the autor . A.believes that longer working hours is better B.prefers shorter working hours to longer ones C.says nothing certain about which pattern is better D.thinks neither of the patterns is good 57.Which of the following countries has mone of its pcople at work? A.Spain. B.France. C.Germany. D.America. 58.In the last paragraph,the underlined word“which”refers to_______. A.family life B.situations C.other values D.trends 59.What message can we get from the text? A.The GDP of Europe is higher than that of America. B.Two possible reasons are given for working longer hours in the US. C.People all over the world choose to work less when they are richer. D.Amerleans are happler than Europeans. 60.Which of the following would be the best title for the text? A.Americans and Europeans B.Staying at Home C.Work and Productivity D.Work and Happiness 答案 56.C 57.D 58.C 59.B 60.D 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 116 Passage 103 (06·辽宁 C 篇) Department stores sell ready-to-wear clothing, which is also called ready-made clothing. Such clothing is made in fixed sizes. Those people who find that ready-made clothing fits them well can save money by buying it. Most often, people do not fit exactly into a producer’s size. Their clothing must be altered(改变)to make it fit better, However, most alterations are not very expensive. The small cost of most alterations means that ready-made clothing can meet the needs of most customers. Those who can afford it often get someone to design and make their clothing. Such clothing is called custom-made(定做的). The person who makes it measures the customer, and then sews it so that it fits perfectly. Alterations are not needed. Custom-made clothing is largely sewn by hand, has better quality, better material, and is of the style you have chosen. Of course, it costs much more than ready-to-wear clothing. You need to pay the difference for the special fitting and better skill that you are receiving. This often means that you spend double or more than you would for a ready-made garment(衣服). Custom-made clothing is not always that much better than ready-made clothing. It costs more partly because only one garment has been made, just for you. Companies that produce ready-made products make thousands of garments at a time. This means they can buy large quantities of material. Workers cut each size by the hundreds. Companies work out ways to make the garments, quickly by machine and pay workers according to their skill. Thus they can sell the finished products at a low price while still making money. Most of the clothing sold in the United States is made in this way. Customers gain from the lower prices which are made possible by mass production(批量生产). It may or may not give them high quality. 64. According to the passage, people who buy ready-made clothing _______. A. wish to make alterations B. can fit into the sizes C. want to make it better D. will spend less money 65. We can learn from the passage that custom-made clothing is _______. A. specially made B. fashionably designed C. chosen by few people D. made with difficulties 66. Which of the following is true about ready-made clothing? A. It is of poor quality. B. It suits all people. C. It takes more time to make it. D. It is labor-saving to make it. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 117 67. The purpose of the writer is_______. A. to explain why custom-made clothing costs more B. to show the advantages of mass production C. to provide information about different kind-of clothing D. to tell readers how to make money from ready-made clothing 答案 64.D 65.A 66.D 67.C Passage 104 (06·辽宁 D 篇) Collecting information about pre-employment and filling out an application form(申请表) are closely connected, However, filling out an application form is much easier because you have total control and have enough time to think and plan. That you are given a form to fill out does not necessarily mean that you have to answer all the questions in it. If the form contains unclear questions or terms and conditions, you can make some changes before signing(签约)it, or refuse to answer some of the questions. What you must realize is that those terms and conditions have been written by highly paid lawyers. Each word is important, or it would not be there; and you can be sure that there is not anything there that is written with your interests in mind. I know what I speak of because, as a lawyer for Litton Industries. I wrote the terms and conditions that were printed on the back of order forms, I wrote the most tiring terms and conditions anyone has ever seen. Still, 90 percent of the buyers would just sign on them without questioning anything. If anyone questioned them, we would reach an agreement on something that was acceptable to both sides. So when you see a preprinted application that contains questions or terms and conditions, read it all and read it slowly. If you don’t like something, you can simply change the parts you don’t like, Remember that everything can be settled by discussion. To what degree it can be settled depends on your position(立场),of course, and that is something only you can determine. 68. Filling out application forms is much “easier” because_______. A. everything connected with application forms is easier B. it is easier to collect information about pre-employment 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 118 C. you can plan and have control of the needed time D. you can control the form filling with enough time 69. We can learn from the underlined part “Each word is important” that _______. A. everything in a form must be read carefully B. questions in a form must be answered C. the conditions that interest you are changeable D. something of your interests is most important 70. The writer points out with an example that the side who will sign a form _______. A. it depends on your position to settle everything in a form B. questions in a form are more important than your position C. you have little right to determine the conditions you like most D. you must change a preprinted application before it is discussed 71.It can be inferred from the 4th paragraph that_______. A. it depends on your position to settle everything in a form B. questions in a form are more imoortant C. you have little right to determine the contions you like most D. you must change a preprinted applicationbefore it is discussed 答案 68.D 69.A 70.D 71.A Passage 105 (06·辽宁 E 篇) Important change took place in the lives of women in the 19th century. When men went out from their farms to cities to seek jobs in industry, peasant women had to take over the sowing, growing, and harvesting of the fields as well as caring for cattle and raising their children. When women also moved to the cities in search of work, they found that it was increasingly. Separated 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 119 by sex and that employment opportunities for women were limited to the lower-paid jobs. Later in the century, women in industry gathered mainly in cloth-making factories, though some worked in mining or took similarly difficult and tiring jobs. In the 1800s, service work also absorbed(吸纳)a great number of women who arrived in the cities from the country. Young women especially took jobs as servants in middle-class and upper-class homes; and as more and more men were drawn into industry, domestic service(家庭 服务)became increasingly a female job. In the second half of the century, however, chances of other service work also opened up to women, from sales jobs in shops to teaching and nursing. These jobs came to be done mainly by women and low paid. For thousands of years, when almost all work was done on the family farm or in the family firm(家庭作坊),home and workplace had been the same, In these cases, women could do farm work or hand work, and perform home duties such as child care and preparation of meals at the same time, Along with the development of industry, the central workplace, however, such as the factory and the department store, separated home from work, Faced with the necessity for women to choose between home and workplace, Western society began to give particular attention to the role of women as homemakers with more energy than ever before. 72. We learn from the first paragraph that ______ had been done chiefly by men before they went to cities to seek jobs. A. mining, teaching, and nursing B. sewing clothes and mining C. sowing, growing, and harvesting D. caring for cattle and growing crops 73. Domestic service because a female job mainly because_______. A. more and more women began to work in domestic service B. women mainly worked as servants, nurses, and miners C. service and industrial jobs absorbed more women than men D. women enjoyed working as sellers, teachers, and miners 75. This passage is about ______ in the 19th century. A. service and industry B. female and male jobs C. women and their work D. female jobs and the pay 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 120 答案 72.C 73.C 74.A 75.C Passage 106 (05·全国ⅠA 篇) Pet owners are being encouraged to take their animals to work, a move scientists say can be good for productivity, workplace morale (士气), and the well-being of animals. A study found that 25% of Australian women would like to keep an office pet. Sue Chaseling of Petcare information Service said the practice of keeping office pets was good both for the people and the pets. “On the pets’ side, They are not left on their own and won’t feel lonely and unhappy,” she said. A study of major US companies showed that 73% found office pets beneficial (有益的), while 27% experienced a drop in absenteeism (缺勤). Xarni Riggs has two cats walking around her Global Hair Salon in Paddington. “My customers love them. they are their favorites, ” she said. “They are not troublesome. They know when to go and have a sleep in the sun. ” Little black BJ has spent nearly all his two years “working” at Punch Gallery in Balmain. Owner Iain Powell said he had had cats at the gallery for 15 years. “BJ often lies in the shop window and people walking past tap on the glass, ” he said. Ms Chaseling said cats were popular in service industries because they enabled a point of conversation. But she said owners had to make sure both their co-workers and the cats were comfortable. 56.The percentage of American companies that are in favor of keeping office pets is_______. A. 73% B. 27% C. 25% D. 15% 57. We know from the text that “BJ” _______. A. works in the Global Hair Salon B. often greets the passers-by C. likes to sleep in the sun D. is a two-year-old cat 58. The best title for this text would be_______. A. Pets Help Attract Customers B. Your Favorite Office Pets C. Pets Join the Workforce D. Busy Life for Pets 答案 56.A 57.D 58.C 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 121 Passage 107 (05·全国ⅠD 篇) As any homemaker who has tried to keep order at the dinner table knows, there is far more to a family meal than food. Sociologist Michael Lewis has been studying 50 families to find out just how much more. Lewis and his co-workers carried out their study by videotaping(录像) the families while they ate ordinary meals in their own homes. They found that parents with small families talk actively with each othes Ner and their children. But as the number of children gets larger, conversation gives way to the parents’ efforts to control the loud noise they make. That can have an important effect on the children. “In general the more question-asking the parents do, the higher the children’s IQ scores,” Lewis says. “And the more children there are, the less question-asking there is. ” The study also provides an explanation for why middle children often seem to have a harder time in life than their siblings(兄弟姐妹). Lewis found that in families with three or four children, dinner conversation is likely to center on the oldest child, who has the most to talk about, and the youngest, who needs the most attention. “Middle children are invisible,” says Lewis. “When you see someone get up from the table and walk around during dinner, chances are it’s the middle child. ” There is, however, one thing that stops all conversation and prevents anyone from having attention: “When the TV is on,” Lewis says, “dinner is a non-event. ” 66. The writer’s purpose in writing the text is to ______. A. show the relationship between parents and children B. teach parents ways to keep order at the dinner table C. report on the findings of a study D. give information about family problems 67. Parents with large families ask fewer questions at dinner because ______. A. they are busy serving food to their children B. they are busy keeping order at the dinner table C. they have to pay more attention to younger children D. they are tired out having prepared food for the whole family 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 122 68. By saying “Middle children are invisible” in paragraph 3, Lewis means that middle children ______. A. have to help their parents to serve dinner B. get the least attention from the family C. are often kept away from the dinner table D. find it hard to keep up with other children 69. Lewis’ research provides an answer to the question ______. A. why TV is important in family life B. why parents should keep good order C. why children in small families seem to be quieter D. why middle children seem to have more difficulties in life 70. Which of the following statements would the writer agree to? A. It is important to have the right food for children. B. It is a good idea to have the TV on during dinner. C. Parents should talk to each of their children frequently. D. Elder children should help the younger ones at dinner 答案 66.C 67.B 68.B 69.D 70.C Passage 108 (05·全国Ⅱ、全国ⅢE 篇) Last year my sixth-grader daughter ,Elizabeth ,was forced to put up with science .Her education week after week ,contained mindless memorization of big words like “batholith” and “saprophyte” She learned by heart the achievements of famous scientists who did things like “improved nuclear fu-sion(核聚变) “—never mind that she hasn’t the least idea of what nuclear fusion means .Eliza—beth did very well (she’s good at memorizing things ). And now she hates science .My eighth-grad-er son ,Ben ,also suffered from science education . Week after week he had to perform lab experiments with answers already known .Ben figured out how to guess the right answers ,so he got good grades .Now he hates science ,too. Science can provide an exciting way to develop children’s curiosity .Science education should teach ways to ask questions and week answers .But my children got the mistaken idea in school than science is difficult dull and has no relation to their everyday interests . As a physicist ,I am saddened and angered to see “the great science turnoff” I know that science is important in our lives .Yet studies prove that our schools are turning out millions of graduates who know almost nothing about and have almost no interest in science .What’s gone wrong ?Who is to blame ? 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 123 58.We learn from paragraph 1 that . A.the writer was proud of Elizabeth and Ben B.both Elizabeth and Ben could become scientists C.Elizabeth had to learn much about great scientists D.Ben was good at trying new ideas in lab experiments 59.The writer thinks that in science education we should first . A.get students interested in the subject B.answer students’ questions in delightful ways. C.smooth out difficulties in lab experiments D.explain the special terms clearly 60.By writing the text ,the author questions . A.the difficulty level of the science texts B.the way science is taught in school C.the achievements of famous scientists D.students’ poor records in science classes 答案 58.B 59.D 60.A Passage 109 (05·北京 B 篇) Good tool design is important in the prevention of overuse injuries. Well – designed tools and equipment will require less force to operate them and prevent awkward(别扭的)hand positions. They will allow the worker to keep the elbows(肘)next to the body to prevent damage to the shoulder and arm. Overuse injuries can therefore be prevented or reduced if the employer provides, and workers use: ●power tools rather than having to use muscle(肌肉)power ●tools with specially designed handles that allow the wrist(手腕)to keep straight (See Figure 1). This means that hands and wrists are kept in the same position as they would be if they were hanging relaxed at a person’s side 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 124 Figure l. Bend the tool, not the wrist ● tools with handles that can be held comfortably by the whole hand. This means having a selection of sizes – remember that tools that provide a comfortable firm hold for a person with a very large hand may be awkward for someone with a very small hand. This is a particularly important consideration for women who may use tools originally designed for men. ●tools that do not press fingers (or flesh) between the handles, and whose handles do not have sharp edges or a small surface area. 60.What is the best title for the passage? A.Good Tool Design for Women. B.Importance of Good Tool Design. C.Tool Design and Prevention of Injuries. D.Overuse of Tools and Worker Protection. 61.Which of the following describes a well-designed tool? A.It’s kept close to the body. B.It fully uses muscle power. C.It makes users feel relaxed D.It’s operated with less force. 62.What is Figure 1 used to show? A.The effective use of the tool. B.The way of operating the tool. C.The proper design of the handle. D.The purpose of bending the wrist. 63.In choosing tools for women, _________ of the handle is the most important. A.the size B.the edge C.the shape D.the position 答案 60.C 61.D 62.C 63.A Passage 110 (05·北京 E 篇) ① Brain-injured boy set for £1.75m payout A YOUNGSTER who was knocked off his tricycle by a taxi and left with a serious brain injury is set to be awarded £1.75 million. Fourteen-year-old George Currie, from Dalkeith, was living in County Durham with his parents Allister and Paula at the time of the accident in September 1993. George, who was then three years old, was riding his small tricycle along the pavement when he lost control and swerved on to the road into the path of an on-coming taxi. The driver’s insurance company has now accepted responsibility for the accident and New Castle County Court is expected to rule on the payout on Mondy. TOP 10 Boating accidents reduce ② 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 125 pavement: 人行道 swerve: 突然转向 insurance: 保险 73.What does Passage ① tell us about the boy? A.He was injured in the head when he was 14. B.He has waited for the payout for a long time. C.He has lived in the same place since the accident. D.He was run over by a taxi when riding on the pavement. 74.What can we learn about Lee and Collier counties from Passage ②? A.They both became safe places. B.They won the same place in a race. C.They had the same number of accidents. D.They joined hands in reducing accidents. 75.Which passage would give more information on the prevention of road accidents? A.① B.② C.③ D.④ 答案 73.B 74.C 75.D 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 126 Passage 111 (05·天津 A 篇) Everyone’s at it , even my neighbors. I thought I might be the only person left in the world who hadn't done an eBay deal. So, I decided to try my hand at online auction(网上拍卖).Buying for beginners: Sign up on www. ehay. co. uk. Most items ( e. g. tables, computers, and books) ready for auction will come with a picture and a short description; others may be marked with "Buy It Now" and have a fixed price. You can buy these right away. If the item is being auctioned, you offer the. highest price you are prepared to pay and eBay bids (出价') for you. The bid will be increased little by little until it goes beyond your highest bid, then you are emailed and asked if you would like to bid again. Auctions last up to 10 days and when they finish you get an email telling you whether you have won the item. How to pay: Sellers decide how they would like to be paid and you need to check this before placing a bid as you might not want to post a cheque or postal orders. The easiest way is through PayPal, an online payment system that takes the money away from your credit card (信用). Selling made simple: If you plan to sell on eBay, it helps to include a picture of the item. I followed my friends' advice and put up the items I wanted to sell for a 10-day auction, starring on a Thursday. This way buyers had two weekends to bid. The big things in life: It' s easy to post a small item, but furniture is a big part of eBay and this has to be collected or sent by deliverymen. Cheek the ways of delivery before you bid. 36. What is the passage mainly about? A. How to make payment online. B. Ways of making delivery online C. Advantages of an online-auction system. D. How to use an online-auction system. 37. After bidding for an item, a buyer A. will get what he wants in ten days B. should make payment immediately C. has chances to make higher bids ' D. may check its picture and description 38. The easiest way of making payment mentioned in the passage is A. through an online payment system B. through a local banking system C. by sending the money to the seller D. by paying the dallvex3rman directly 答案 36.D 37.C 38.A Passage 112 (05·天津 B 篇) Lack of parent willpower may contribute more to juvenile obesity than under-exercising or overeating. Research suggests that having overweight parents is a big, influence ( 影响) upon a child' s weight, with one study finding that children with overweight parents were four times more likely 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 127 to be overweight themselves. The findings add heat to an already fierce political debate (争论) over childhood obesity. The Prime Minister, John Howard, last week decided that $116 million be Used for programs to deal with obesity, while the Opposition Leader, Mark Latham, recently announced that his party would move to protect children from unhealthy food advertisements.. Clare Colins a senior lecturer at the University of Newcastle, believes such programs will definitely fail unless they influence the way of life of whole families. "If we can' t get parents to take action against their own weight problems, then we can' t expect to influence their kids," she said. However, Professor, Louise Baur from the Children’ s Hospital at Westmead, doubts whether adult education programs offer any solution to weight problems. "Many parents know they need to lose weight and they knew it influences their kids, but they lack the willpower to do anything about it. The, l0-year study of 150 American children found two-thirds of children with overweight parents became overweight. Only one in six children whose parents were of average weight became overweight. The president of the Australasian Society for the .Study of Obesity, Associate Professor Gary Wittert, said parents needed help in doing their job and the Opposition Party’s policy(政策) might be on the right track. "We know that driving without a seat belt is unsafe, so we make law against it,” he said. "Obesity is a major public health concern, so why shouldn’t we change the law regarding unhealthy food ads?" 39. What does the underlined phrase “juvenile obesity” mean? A. Adult education. B. Childhood overweight C. Parents’ influence D. Growing pains 40. What is TRUE about the programs supported by the Prime Minister? A. Debates on them will become less fierce. B. They will be effective in dealing with obesity. C. A large sum of money will be spent on them. D. They will influence people' s way of life. 41.Both Collins and Baur believe that overweight parents_______, A. will come up with .better solutions B. will help with their children' s education C. should be more active in reducing weight D. should carry out at least 10 years' study 42. According to some experts, the Opposition Party's policy________. A. can help fight against unemployment B. may protect kids from unhealthy food ads C. should be brought back to the right track D. will work well to prevent traffic accidents 答案 39.B 40.C 41.C 42.B Passage 113 (05·上海 A 篇) 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 128 You either have it, or you don’t—a sense of direction, that is. But why is it that some people could find their way across the Sahara without a map, while others can lose themselves in the next street? Scientists say we’re all born with a sense of direction, but it is not properly understood how it works. One theory is that people with a good sense of direction have simply worked harder at developing it. Research being carried out at Liverpool University supports this idea and suggests that if we don’t use is, we lose it. “Children as young as seven have the ability to find their way around,” says Jim Martland, Research Director of the project. “However, if they are not allowed out alone or are taken everywhere by car, they never develop the skills.” Jim Martland also emphasizes that young people should be taught certain skills to improve their sense of direction. He makes the following suggestions: ●If you are using a map, turn it so it relates to the way you are facing. ●If you leave your bike in a strange place, put it near something like a big stone or a tree. Note landmarks on the route as you go away from your bike. When you return, go back along the same route. ●Simplify the way of finding your direction by using lines such as streets in a town, streams, or walls in the countryside to guide you. Count your steps so that you know how far you have gone and note any landmarks such as tower blocks or hills which can help to find out where you are. Now you need never get lost again! 65. Scientists believe that_______. A. some babies are born with a sense of direction. B. people learn a sense of direction as they grow older C. people never lose their sense of direction D. everybody possesses a sense of direction from birth 66. What is true of seven-year-old children according to the passage? A. They never have a sense of direction without maps B. They should never be allowed out alone if they lack a sense of direction C. They have a sense of direction and can find their way around D. They can develop a good sense of direction if they are driven around in a car. 67. If you leave your bike in a strange place, you should ________. A. tie it to a tree so as to prevent it from being stolen B. draw a map of the route to help remember where it is C. avoid taking the same route when you come back to it D. remember something easily recognizable on the route 68. According to the passage, the best way to find your way around is to ________. A. ask policemen for directions. B. use walls, streams, and streets to guide yourself C. remember your route by looking out for steps and stairs D. count the number of landmarks that you see 答案 65.D 66.C 67.D 68.B 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 129 Passage 114 (05·上海 C 篇) Across the world, 1.1 billion people have no access to clean drinking water. More than 2.5 billion people lack basic sanitation.(卫生设备) The combination proves deadly. Each year, diseases related to inadequate water and sanitation kill between 2 and 5 million people and cause an estimated 80 percent of all sicknesses in the developing world. Safe drinking water is a precondition for health and the fight against child death rate, inequality between men and women, and poverty. Consider these facts: ●The average distance that women in Africa and Asia walk to collect water is 6 kilometers. ●Only 58 percent of children in sub-Saharan Africa are drinking safe water., and only 37 percent of children in South Asia have access to even a basic toilet. ●Each year in India alone, 73 million working days are lost to water-borne diseases. Here are three ways you can help: 1) Write Congress Current U.S. foreign aid for drinking water and sanitation budgets only one dollar per year per American citizen. Few members of Congress have ever received a letter from voters about clean drinking water abroad. 2) Sponsor a project with a faith-based organization Many U.S. religious groups already sponsor water and sanitation projects, working with partner organizations abroad. Simply put a single project by a U.S. organization can make safe water a reality for thousands of people. 3) Support nonprofit water organizations Numerous U.S.-based nonprofits work skillfully abroad in community-led projects related to drinking water and sanitation. Like the sample of non-profits noted as follows: some organizations are large, other small-scale, some operate worldwide, others are devoted to certain areas in Africa, Asia, or Latin America. Support them generously. 72. The three facts presented in the passage are used to illustrate that________. A. poverty can result in water-borne diseases B. people have no access to clean drinking water C. women’s rights are denied in some developing countries D. safe drinking water should be a primary concern 73. The intended readers of the passage are________. A. Americans B. overseas sponsors C. Congressmen D. U.S.-based water organizations 74. The main purpose of the passage is to call on people to _________. A. get rid of water-related diseases in developing countries 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 130 B. donate money to people short of water through religious groups C. fight against the worldwide water shortage and sanitation problem D. take joint action in support of some nonprofit water organizations 75. What information will probably be provided following the last paragraph? A. A variety of companies and their worldwide operation. B. A list of nonprofit water organizations to make contact with. C. Some ways to get financial aids from U.S. Congress. D. A few water resources exploited by some world-famous organizations. 答案 72.D 73.A 74.C 75.B Passage 115 (05·重庆 C 篇) "My kids really understand solar and earth-heat energy," says a second-grade teacher in Saugus, California. "Some of them are building solar collectors for their energy course. ” These young scientists are part of City Building Educational Program (CBEP), a particular program for kindergarten through twelfth grade that uses the stages of city planning to teach basic reading, writing and math skills, and more. The children don't just plan any city. They map and analyze (分析) the housing, energy, and transportation requirements of their own district and foretell its needs in 100 years. With the aid of an architect ( 建筑师) who visits the classroom once a week, they invent new ways to meet these needs and build models of their creations. " Designing buildings of the future gives children a lot of freedom," says the teacher who developed this program. "They are able to use their own rich imagination and inventions without fear of blame, because there are no wrong answers in a future context. In fact, as the class enters the final model-building stage of the program, an elected ‘ official’ and ‘ planning group’ make all the design decisions for the model city, and the teacher steps back and becomes an adviser. " CBEP is a set of activities, games and imitations that teach the basic steps necessary for problem-solving: observing, analyzing, working out possible answers, and judging them based on the children's own standards. 63. The Program is designed _____. A. to direct kids to build solar collectors B. to train young scientists for city planning C. to develop children's problem-solving abilities D. to help young architects know more about designing 64. An architect pays a weekly visit to the classroom ______. A. to find out kids' creative ideas B. to discuss with the teacher C. to give children lectures D. to help kids with their program 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 131 65. Who is the designer of the program? A. An official. B. An architect. C. A teacher. D. A scientist. 66. The children feel free in the program because______. A.they can design future buildings themselves B.they have new ideas and rich imagination C.they are given enough time to design models D.they need not worry about making mistakes 答案 63.C 64.D 65.C 66.D Passage 116 (05·重庆 D 篇) Everyone should visit a lighthouse at least once. The most important reason for such a visit is to realize how our ancestors (祖先) battled nature with the basic tools they had. "They had only basic ways of creating light, and yet they found a way of using this simple technology in isolated(孤零零的) places to save ships from hitting rocks. Secondly, visiting lighthouses will help us to understand the lives of lighthouse keepers. By their very nature, lighthouses were built on some rocks or cliffs. Thus, the lighthouse keepers often lived lonely lives. To walk around their small home and imagine the angry storm outside beating against the walls, is to take a step towards understanding the lives they had. The reasons for a visit to a lighthouse are not all so backward-looking in time. It is true that lighthouses were built in out-of-the-way places. But on a pleasant sunny summer day, this very isolation has a natural beauty that many people will love to experience. Therefore, with the gentle waves touching all round the lighthouse, the visitor is likely to think it 13 a world preferable to the busy and noisy modem life. Another reason for considering a visit is that the lighthouses themselves can be very attractive buildings. Mankind could often not be content just to put up a basic structure, but felt the need, even in such an isolated place, to build with an artistic touch. The result is a view for tired eyes to enjoy. Finally, lighthouses have a romantic attraction, summed up by the image of the oil-skin coaled keeper climbing his winding stairs to take care of the light to warn ships and save lives, 67. What is the reason to look back into the past of a lighthouse? A. To escape from the busy and noisy city. B. To look for die tools used by our ancestors. C. To experience the natural beauty of a lighthouse. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 132 D. To learn about the living condition of lighthouse keepers. 68. The underlined phrase "out-of-the-way" in Paragraph 4 means A. far-away B. dangerous C. ancient D. secret 69. Lighthouses were often built with an artistic touch _________ A. to attract visitors B. to guide passing ships C. to give a pleasant sight D. to remember lighthouse keepers 70. How many reasons are mentioned for a visit to a Hothouse? A. Three. B. Four C. Five. D. Six, 答案 67.D 68.A 69.C 70.C Passage 117 (05·重庆 E 篇) In modern society there is a great deal of argument about competition. Some value it highly, believing that it is responsible for social progress and prosperity. Others say that competition is bad; that it sets one person against another; that it leads to unfriendly relationship between people. I have taught many children who held the belief that their self-worth relied (依赖) on how well they performed at tennis and other skills. For them, playing well and winning are often life-and-death affairs. In their single-minded pursuit (追求) of success, the development, of many other human qualities ia sadly forgotten. ' However, while sonic seem to be lost in die desire to succeed, others take an opposite attitude. In a culture which values only die winner and pays no attention to the ordinary players, they strongly blame competition. Among the most vocal are youngsters who have suffered under competitive pressures from their parents or society. Teaching these young people, I often observe in them a desire to fail. They seem to seek failure by not trying to win or achieve success. By not trying, they always have an excuse: "I may have lost, but it doesn't mailer because I really didn't try. " What is not usually admitted by themselves is the belief that if they had really tried and lost, that would mean a lot. Such a loss would be a measure of their worth. Clearly, this belief is the same as that of the true competitors who try to prove themselves. Both are based on the mistaken belief that one's self-respect relies on how well one performs in comparison with others. Both are afraid of not being valued. Only as this basic and often troublesome fear begins to dissolve (缓解) can we discover a new meaning in competition. 71. What does this passage mainly talk about? A. Competition helps to set up self-respect. B. Opinions about competition are different among people. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 133 C. Competition is harmful to personal quality development. D. Failures are necessary experiences in competition. 72. Why do some people favor competition according to the passage? A. It pushes society forward. B. It builds up a sense of duty. C. It improves personal abilities. D. It encourages individual efforts. 73. The underlined phrase "the most vocal" in Paragraph 3 means _____. A. those who try their best to win B. those who value competition most highly C. those who are against competition most strongly D, those who rely on others most for success 74. What is the similar belief of the true competitors and those with a "desire to fail"? A. One's worth lies in his performance compared with others. B. One's success in competition needs great efforts. C. One's achievement is determined by his particular skills. D. One's success is based on how hard he has tried. 75. Which point of view may the author agree to? A. Every effort should be paid back. B. Competition should be encouraged. C. Winning should be a life-and-death matter. D. Fear of failure should be removed in competition. 答案 71.B 72.A 73.C 74.A 75.D Passage 118 (05·山东 A 篇) Last August, Joe and Mary Mahoney began looking at colleges for their 17-year-old daughter, Maureen. With a checklist of criteria in hand, the Dallas family looked around the country visiting half a dozen schools. They sought a university that offered the teenager’s intended major, one located neat a large city, and a campus where their daughter would be safe. “The safety issue is a big one,” says Joe Mahoney, who quickly discovered he wasn’t alone in his worries. On 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 134 campus tours other parents voiced similar concerns, and the same question was always asked : what about crime? But when college officials always gave the same answer —“That’s not a problem here,” —Mahoney began to feel uneasy. “No crime whatsoever?” comments Mahoney today. “I just don’t buy it. ” Nor should he: in 1999 the U. S. Department of education had reent-count: 2.0; mports of nearly 400,000 serious crimes on or around our campuses. “Parents need to understand that times have changed since they went to college,” says David Nichols, author of Creating a Safe Campus. “Campus crime mirrors the rest of the nation.” But getting accurate information isn’t easy. Colleges must report crime statistics(统计数字) by law, but some hold back for fear of bad publicity, leaving the honest ones looking dangerous. “The truth may not always be serious,” warms S. Daniel Carter of Security on Campus, Inc. , the nation’s leading campus safety watchdog group. To help concerned parents, Carter promised to visit campuses and talk to experts around the country to find out major crime issues and effective solutions. 56.The Mahoneys visited quite a few colleges last August ________ A. to express the opinions of many parents B. to choose a right one four their daughter C. to check the cost of college education D. to find a tight one near a large city 57. It is often difficult to get correct information on campus crime because some colleges ____ A. receive too many visitors B. mirror the rest of the nation C. hide the truth of campus crime D. have too many watchdog groups 58. The underlined word “buy” in the third paragraph means _______ A. mind B. admit C. believe D. expect 59. We learn from the text that “the honest ones” in the fourth paragraph most probably refers to colleges _____. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 135 A. that are protected by campus security B. that report campus crimes by law C. that are free from campus crime D. that enjoy very good publicity 60. What is the text mainly about? A. Exact campus crime statistics B. Crimes on or around campuses C. Effective solutions to campus crime D. Concerns about kids’ campus safety 答案 56.B 57.C 58.C 59.B 60.D Passage 119 (05·山东 C 篇) Millions of people visit Yosemite National Park every year to see the tall waterfalls and mountains. Thee mountains are a splendid sight when viewed from the valley floor. Lots of stores, hotels, and restaurants are needed to handle the crowds. Also, water, roads, and other service systems are part of the infrastructure(基础设施) that must be maintained Unfortunately,these systems are starting to break down. It’s not just in Yosemite but in national parks around the nation. Yosemite is thirty years old according to Dennis Galvin, a National Park Service worker. The park is not only old but worn out. Two or three times as many visitors come every year. That is too many visitors for the parks to deal with. Four years ago a storm washed out a water pipeline in the Grand Canyon. The National Park service had to send water trucks to provide water for the visitors. Last month pipes almost broke again and roads had to be closed for a while. Why hasn’t the National Park Service kept up the park repairs? There is a lack of money. The United States has 378 monuments, parks, and wilderness areas. Between three and four billion dollars are needs for repairs. Yosemite is one national park that does have money for repairs. It has two hundred million 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 136 dollars but cannot spend it any way it chooses. When the park workers started widening the road, they were forced to stop by the Sierra Club. The club claimed that the road work was damaging the Merced River that runs through the park. A sierra Club lawyer, Julia Olson, feels that the infrastructure needs to be moved out of Yosemit. That way less pressure will be put on the already crowded park. 65. According to the text, the mountains in Yosemite look most splendid when they are appreciated from ______. A. the bottom of the valleys B. the top of the mountains C. the side of the mountains D. the edge of the valleys 66. National parks like Yosemite in the U. S. find it increasingly difficult to meet the need of visitors because ______. A. that transport management needs improving B. they spend too much on their service systems C. their service systems frequently go out of order D. they need help from environmental organizations 67. The main problem of Yosemite National Park is its _______ A. rundown water pipes B. overcrowdedness C. lack of money D. narrow roads 68. According to the text, the Sierra Club is most likely to be ______ A. an environmental group B. an information center C. a travel service D. a law firm 答案 65.A 66.C 67.B 68.A Passage 120 (05·江苏 C 篇) The Sahara Festival is a celebration of the very recent past. The three-day event is not fixed to the same dates each year, but generally takes place in November or December. It is well attended by tourists, but even better attended by locals. During the opening ceremonies, after the official greetings from the government leaders, people who attend the festival begin to march smartly before the viewing stands, and white camels 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 137 transport their riders across the sands. Horsemen from different nations display their beautiful clothes and their fine horsemanship. One following another, groups of musicians and dancers from all over the Sahara take their turn to show off their wonderful traditional culture. Groups of men in blue and yellow play horns and beat drums as they dance in different designs. On their knees in the sand, a group of women in long dark dresses dance with their hair: their long, dark, shiny hair is thrown back and forth in the wind to the rhythm of their dance. The local and visiting Italian dogs are anxious to run after hares. The crowd is on its feet for the camel races. Camels and riders run far into the distance, and then return to the finish Line in front of the cheering people. Towards the evening, there comes the grand finale of the opening day, an extremely exciting horserace. All the riders run very fast on horseback. Some riders hang off the side of their saddles. Some even ride upside down -- their legs and feet straight up in the air -- all at full speed. Others rush down the course together, men arm in arm, on different horses. On and on they went. SO fast and so wonderful! 64. The Sahara Festival is a festival which________. A. has a very long history in North Africa B. is held in the same place on the same day C. is attended mainly by the people in the Sahara D. is celebrated mostly by travelers from different countries 65. Before the races begin, ________ take part in the activities during the opening ceremonies. A. musicians, dancers, horses and hares B. camel riders, musicians, dogs and hares C. horseme.n, dancers, camels and dogs D. musicians, offi~:ials, camels and horses 66. The underlined word "finale" in the fourth paragraph most probably means the ________of the opening day. A. f'irst part B. middle C. last part D. whole 67. This passage mainly tells readers_______. A. what happens on the opening day of the Sahara Festival B. how people celebrate during the three-day Sahara Festival C. what takes place at the closing ceremonies of the Sahara Festival D. how animals race on the first and the last days of the Sahara Festival 答案 64.C 65.D 66.C 67.A Passage 121 (05·江苏 E 篇) The twentieth century saw greater changes than any century before: changes for the better, changes for the worse; changes that brought a lot of benefits to human beings, changes that put man in danger. Many things caused the changes, but, in my opinion, the most important was the progress in science. Scientific research in physics and biology has vastly broadened our views. It has given us a deeper knowledge of the structure of matter and of the universe; it has brought us a better understanding of the nature of life and of its continuous development. Technology m the 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 138 application of science m has made big advances that have benefited us in nearly every part of life. The continuation of such activities in the twenty-first century will result in even greater advantages to human beings: in pure science -- a wider and deeper knowledge in all fields of learning; in applied science -- a more reasonable sharing of material benefits, and better protection of the environment. Sadly, however, there is another side to the picture. The creativity of science has been employed in doing damage to mankind. The application of science and technology to the development and production of weapons of mass destruction has created a real danger to the continued existence of the human race on this planet. We have seen this happen in the case of nuclear weapons, Although their actual use has so far occurred only in the Second World War, the number of nuclear weapons that were produced and made ready for use was so large that if the weapons had actually been used, the result could have been the ruin of the human race, as well as of many kinds of animals. William Shakespeare said, "The web of our life is of a mingled yarn (纱线), good and ill together. '’The above brief review of the application of only one part of human activities -- science seems to prove what Shakespeare said. But does it have to be so? Must the ill always go together with the good? Are we biologically programmed for war? 72. Which of the following best shows the structure of the passage? A. B. C. D. 73.From the fourth paragraph, we can infer that________. A. a great many nuclear weapons were actually used for war B. a large number of nuclear weapons should have been used for war C. the author is doubtful about the ruin of human beings by nuclear weapons D. the author is anxious about the huge number of nuclear weapons on the earth 74.The underlined word "mingled" in the last paragraph most probably means________. A. simple B. mixed C. sad D. happy 75.What do you think the author is most likely to suggest if he continues to write? A. Further application of science to war. B. More reading of William Shakespeare. C. Proper use of science in the new century. D. Effective ways to separate the good from the ill. 答案 72.A 73.D 74.B 75.D Passage 122 (05·浙江 D 篇) 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 139 Supermarkets are trying out new computers that make shopping carts more intelligent (具备 智能的). They will help shoppers find cups or toilet soap, and keep a record of the bill. The touch-screen devices ( 触 摸 屏 装 置 ) are on show at the Food Marketing Institute's exhibition here this week. "These devices are able to create value and get you around the store quicker," said Michael Alexandor, manager of Springboard Retail Networks Inc., which makes a smart cart computer called the Concierge. Canadian stores will test the Concierge in July. A similar device, IBM's "shopping buddy," has recently been test-marketed at Stop & Shop stores in Massachusetts. Neither device tells you how many fat grams or calories are in your cart, but they will flash you with items on sale. The idea is to make it easier for people to buy, not to have second thoughts that maybe you should put something back on the shelf. "The whole model is driven by advertisers' need to get in front of shoppers," said Alexandor. "They're not watching 30-second TV ads anymore." People can use a home computer to make their shopping lists. Once at the store, a shopper can use a preferred customer card to start a system (系统) that will organize the trip around the store. If you're looking for toothpicks, you type in the word or pick it from a list, and a map will appear on the screen showing where you are and where you can find them. The devices also keep a record of what you buy. When you're finished, the device figures out your bill. Then you go to the checker or place your card into a self-checkout stand and pay. The new computerized shopping assistants don't come cheap. The Buddy devices will cost the average store about $160,000, and the Concierge will cost stores about $500 for each device. 53. The underlined word “they” (paragraph1) refers to_________. A.supermarkets B.shop assistants C.shopping carts D.shop managers 54. Which of the following is the correct order of shopping with the computerized shopping carts? a. Start the system. b. Make a shopping list. c. Find the things you want. D. Go to a self-checkout stand. A.abdc B.bacd C.acbd D.bcad 55. We can learn from the last paragraph that_________. A.intelligent shopping carts cost a large sum of money B.the Concierge is cheaper than the Buddy devices C.shop assistants with computer knowledge are well paid D.average stores prefer the Concierge to the Buddy devices 56. What might be the most suitable title for the text? A.New age for supermarkets B.Concierge and Shopping Buddy C.New computers make shopping carts smarter D.Touch-screen devices make shopping enjoyable 答案 53.C 54.B 55.A 56.C Passage 123 (05·福建 B 篇) Three months after the government stopped issuing(发放)or renewing permits for Internet cafes because of security(安全)concerns, some cafe owners are having financial(经济的) 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 140 concerns of their own. The permits were stopped suddenly three months ago by the government until new safeguards could be put in place to prevent misuse of the information superhighway, but for cafe owners it’s a business breakdown with no fix in sight. “I handed in a request to open up an Internet café and received the conditions,” said the businessman Obeidallah. “I rented a place in the Sharafiah district at SR45,000 and prepared the place with equipment that cost me more than SR100,000. When I went to the local government after finishing everything, I was surprised to find that they’d stopped issuing permits for Internet cafes.” Having an Internet cafe without Internet is much like having a coffee shop without coffee. “I’m avoiding closing the place, but it’s been more than three months with the situation ongoing as it is.” Obeidallah said. “Who will bear the losses caused by the permit issue?” The decision took many cafe owners by surprise. “I asked to open an Internet café, and I was handed a list of all the things that were needed to follow through, such as a sign for the place, filling out forms,” said Hassan Al-Harbi. “I did all that was asked and rented a place. And after the Haj vacation I went to the local government and they surprised me, saying that there are new rules that forbid the issuing of any more Internet cafe permits and that one can’t even renew his permit. I’ve lost more than SR80,000,” Al-harbi added. As for the government, officials say a method to deal with it is on the way. But security concerns come before profit(盈利). 60.The government stopped issuing or renewing permits for Internet cafes . A.to prevent misuse of new safeguards in Internet cafes B.to make cafe owners earn less profit from their business C.to stop the use of the information superhighway on Internet D.to make sure of the proper use of the information superhighway 61.The government’s decision led to the fact that many cafe owners . A.suffered heavy financial losses B.asked to open up Internet cafes C.continued to operate Internet cafes D.asked the government for payment 62.The underlined phrase in the last paragraph “on the way” means . A.to be studied B.to be put into practice C.to be changed D.to be improved 63.The cafe owners found the government’s decision . A.surprising and unacceptable B.understandable and acceptable C.reasonable but surprising D.surprising but acceptable 答案 60.D 61.A 62.B 63.A Passage 124 (05·福建 E 篇) NEWS BRIEF 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 141 ●Prime Minister Tony Blair new allegations(指控) on Thursday that he misled Parliament and the public in making the case for the war in Iraq after he disclosed his chief legal adviser’s written opinion raising questions about the legality(合法) of the war. ●U.S. Forest Service officials are reminding people to stay off Forest Service roads that are closed. The fine for disobeying the rule of road closures is a maximum of $5,000 fine and/ or six months in prison. Those who enter the area and cause road damage may also be required to pay for repairs. ●In a second study presented at the meeting, scientists from the UK and Denmark showed that even a few days of high temperatures can severely reduce production of crops such as wheat, soybeans, rice and groundnuts, if it occurs when the plants are flowering. ●A bomb exploded in Thailand’s mainly Muslin south on Sunday, killing two policemen and wounding three others, a day after Thailand’s queen condemned those behind a 15-month wave of violence(暴力). ●Mechanicsburg 3, West York 1: Ken Stamper and Rusty Bowman had seven kills each, and Ryan Warfield had six to lead the Wildcats past the Bulldogs, 25-11, 25-15, 15-25, 25-23, in a non-league match. 72.The news brief covers _____________. A.war, law, violence, culture and agriculture B.sports, war, violence, politics and climate C.politics, culture, violence, climate and sports D.violence, sports, politics, law and agriculture 73.From the news brief, we can learn that ____________. A.the Bulldogs defeated the Wildcats by 3-1 in a non-league match B.Forest Service roads are closed for repairs before they are opened again C.quite a few violent accidents happened in Tailand before the latest one D.the British people think the decision made by Blair about the war is of legality 74.According to the U.S. Forest Service officials, those who enter the area and damage the closed roads __________. A.shall have to pay a $ 5,000 fine for the repairs to them B.shall be fined or put in prison, and may pay for the repairs C.shall be fined $ 5,000 and kept in prison for six months D.shall pay a fine and repair the roads as a punishment 75.The study of the scientists from the UK and Denmark is about ____________. A.the importance of climate and the growth of crops B.the damage caused by high temperatures to some crops C.the relationship between crops flowering and high temperatures D.the effect of high temperatures on the production of some crops 答案 72.D 73.C 74.B 75.D 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 142 Passage 125 (05·辽宁 D 篇) While income worry is a rather common problem of the aged, loneliness is another problem that aged parents may face. Of all the reasons that explain their loneliness, a large geographical distance between parents and their children is the major one. This phenomenon(现象)is commonly known as “Empty Nest Syndrome” (空巢综合症). In order to seek better chances outside their countries, many young people have gone abroad, leaving their parents behind with no clear idea of when they will return home. Their parents spend countless lonely days and nights, taking care of themselves, in the hope that someday their children will come back to stay with them. The fact that most of these young people have gone to Europeanized or Americanized societies makes it unlikely that they will hold as tightly to the value of duty as they would have if they had not left their countries. Whatever the case, it has been noted that the values they hold do not necessarily match what they actually do. This geographical and cultural distance also prevents the grown-up children from providing response(回应) in time for their aged parents living by themselves. The situation in which grown-up children live far away from their aged parents has been described as “distant parent phenomenon”, which is common both in developed countries and in developing countries. Our society has not yet been well prepared for “Empty Nest Syndrome”. 68.According to the passage, the loneliness of aged parents is mainly caused by _________. A.their earlier experience of feeling lonely B.the unfavorable living conditions in their native countries C.the common worry about their income D.the geographical distance between parents and children 69.Many young people have gone abroad, leaving their aged parents behind, to _________. A.live in the countries with more money B.seek a better place for their aged parents C.continue their studies abroad 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 143 D.realize their dreams in foreign countries 70.If young people go abroad, _________. A.they do not hold to the value of duty at all B.they can give some help to their parents back home C.they cannot do what they should for their parents D.they believe what they actually do is right 71.From the last paragraph, we can infer that ________. A.the situations in the developed and developing countries are different B. “Empty Nest Syndrome” has arrived unexpectedly in our society C.children will become independent as soon as they go abroad D.the aged parents are not fully prepared for “Empty Nest Syndrome” 答案 68.D 69.D 70.C 71.B Passage 126 (05·江西 B 篇) When a rather dirty , poorly dressed person kneels at your feet and puts out his hands to beg for a few coins , do you hurry on , not knowing what to do , or do you feel sad and hurriedly hand over some money ? What should our attitude to beggars be ? There can be no question that the world is full of terribly sad stories . It must be terrible to have no idea where our next meal is going to come from . It seems cruel not to give some money to beggars . Certainly , most of the world’s great religions (宗教) order us to be open-hearted and share what we have with those less fortunate than ourselves .But has the world changed ?Maybe what was morally(道德方面)right in the old days ,when one knew exactly who in the village had suffered misfortune and needed help ,is no longer the best idea. Quite a few people will not give to beggars .Let us look at their arguments. First ,some believe that many city beggars dress up on purpose to look pitiable and actually make a good living from begging .Giving to beggars only encourages this sort of evil( 恶 行 ).Secondly ,there is the worry that the money you give will be spent on beer ,wine or drugs .Thirdly ,there is the opinion that there is no real excuse for begging. One might be poor ,but that is no reason for losing one’s sense of pride and self-dependence. Related to this is the opinion that the problem should be dealt with by the government rather than ordinary people .Some people think beggars should go to the local government department 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 144 and receive help. It is hard to come to any final conclusion ;there are various cases and we must deal with them differently .A few coins can save a life in some situations ,and even if the money is wasted ,that does not take sway the moral goodness of the giver. 60.What is mainly discussed in the passage? A.Moral deeds of people. B.Religious activities of the church. C.Moral goodness of the giver. D.Arguments on giving to beggars. 61.What can we infer from the sentence “But has the world changed ?”in the second paragraph? A.People no longer know who suffers misfortune in the village. B.Some people will not do what was morally right in the past . C.We don’t meet with those who need help any more. D.Now it is the government’s duty to help the beggars. 62.Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage? A.Some people dress up to pretend to be beggars . B.Some beggars want money to help their children go to school. C.Some beggars use the money to buy drugs. D.Some beggars have no excuse for begging. 63.In the last paragraph ,the writer thinks that it is hard to come to any final conclusion ,because . A.the cases can be so different B.there are so many beggars C.there is so much money wasted D.there are so many different arguments 答案 60.D 61.B 62.B 63.A Passage 127 (05·江西 E 篇) Do you have any strong opinion on co-educational or single-sex schools? A supporter of co-educational schools would probably say that schools should be like the societies they belong to .In Hong Kong , men and women mix socially on a day-to-day basis .In many fields men are even likely to have female bosses .It is ,therefore, desirable that boys and girls grow up together ,go to school together ,and prepare themselves for a society that does not value sexual separation. Some would go on to argue further that growing up with members of the opposite sex is important for personal development .Regular contact (接触)can remove the strange ideas about the opposite-sex and lead to more natural relationships .Single-sex conditions are seen as leading to more extreme opinions, and possibly even as encouraging homosexuality(同性恋),though there is no proof that this is the case. Those who are against coeducation often also fix their attention on the sexual side .Some parents fear that close contact with members of the opposite sex is dangerous for teenagers .They want their children to be attentive to their studies .Such parents feel uncomfortable with modern ways and the free mixing of the sexes. A stronger argument comes from research into school results .Girls grow up earlier than boys ,tend to be more orderly and are likely to be better at languages .In a mixed class ,boys who might do well in a single-sex class become discouraged and take on the rule of 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 145 troublemaker .Certainly in the UK this situation has greatly alarmed (惊动)the government for it to be encouraging co-educational schools to have some single-sex classes .In the UK the best schools are all single-sex ,strongly suggesting that co-education is not the best answer .This may ,however ,not be as simple as it looks .It may simply be that the famous old schools that attract the best students happen to be single-sex ,rather than that being single-sex makes them better schools. 72.In the third paragraph ,by saying “though there is no proof that this is the case” ,the writer means that . A.students in single-sex schools will certainly become homosexual B.students in co-educational schools cannot have extreme opinions C.students in co-educational schools are likely to be homosexual D.single-sex school conditions may or may not have effects on the students. 73.All the following arguments can be found in the passage EXCEPT that . A.co-education can produce a society-like situation B.co-educational schools may lead to love affairs between boys and girls C.co-education will help develop a better understanding about the opposite sex D.co-education can make boys perform well in mixed classes 74.Alarmed by the situation ,the UK government encourages . A.co-education B.single-sex education C.single-sex classes in co-educational schools D.co-educational classes in single-sex schools 75.At the end of the passage the writer suggests that . A.single-sex schools are the best schools in the UK B.being single-sex does not necessarily make a school better C.co-educational schools are better for both sexes in personal development D.because boys cannot compete with girls in study ,they go to single-sex schools 答案 72.D 73.D 74.C 75.B Passage 128 (05·湖北 C 篇) Goods must be of proper quality ,must be as described on the package and must be fit for any particular purpose made known by the seller .Those three rules used for the goods you buy can also be used for the goods you get on hire ,or for the goods you get as part of a service. There are also rules which deal with the standard of services you get—from ,say ,travel agents ,shoe repairers ,hairdressers and builders. These tell you what you should expect from any service you pay for. A person providing a service must do so: —With reasonable care and skill .You should expect a proper standard of workmanship(工 艺). A new house should have straight walls and the roof must not leak . —Within a reasonable time. A shop should not take three months to repair your TV. You can 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 146 always agree upon a completion time with the supplier of the service. You ,the customer ,must pay: —A reasonable charge for a service, where no price has been fixed in advance .A trader can not expect a large payment for a small job. 64.The underlined word “these” in Paragraph 2 refers to “ ”. A.the services B.the workers C.the goods D.the rules 65.What should the supplier do when offering a service? A.He should determine the completion time himself. B.He should provide free repairs within three months. C.He should make sure the service meets proper standards. D.He should reach an agreement on the payment with his workers. 66.The passage is trying to . A.ask the customer to buy goods and services of high quality B.advise the buyer how to pay a reasonable price for a service C.tell the customer what rights he has once he pays for something D.warn the seller what he sells must meet the buyer’s requirements 答案 64.D 65.C 66.C Passage 129 (05·安徽 A 篇) More American people take their troubles with them on holiday, according to a new survey. Although 40 percent said that the main reason for going away is to escape pressure (压力) from work, almost all said they worry more than they do at home. Only four in every 100 said that they are happy and free of care. The most common worry is burglary ( 入室盗窃) , with four out of 10 worrying about their homes being broken into while they’re abroad. More than a quarter fear they will feel crazy with some other noisy and rough holiday-makers and 22 percent worry they may be attacked or their possessions will be missing. One in five think the car may break down; and the same number worry about the chances of bad weather. The survey also showed that the stay-at-home Americans are no more. Three out of every five want to have a holiday abroad, a great increase from the figures only three years ago. The hotel holiday is still a winner, with about one third of all Americana preferring to go on a self-catering ( 自助 ) holiday. 56. The underlined word “survey” in the first paragraph most probably means ______. A. research B. review C. exhibition D. examination 57. According to the text, about ______ of people worry more on holiday than when they are at home. A. 25% B. 40% C. 80% D. 95% 58. The third most common worry of American holiday-makers is that they may ______. A. be attacked or lose their possessions B. have problems with their cars on the road C. have bad weather on holiday D. get mixed with some rough fellow holiday-makers 59. Where do American holiday-makers like to stay most? A. At a hotel. B. In a quiet place. C. At a friend's house. D. Where they can cook for themselves. 答案 56.A 57.D 58.A 59.A 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 147 Passage 130 (05·安徽 E 篇) Parents should stop blaming themselves because there’s not a lot they can do about it. I mean the teenager (十几岁的孩子) problem. Whatever you do or however you choose to deal with it, at certain times a wonderful, reasonable and helpful child will turn into a terrible animal. I’ve seen friends deal with it in all kinds of different ways. One strict mother insisted that her son, right from a child, should stand up whenever anyone entered the room, open doors and shake hands like a gentleman. I saw him last week when I called round. Sprawling himself (懒散地躺) on the sofa in full length, he made no attempt to turn off the loud TV he was watching as I walked in, and his greeting was no more than a quick glance at me. His mother was ashamed. “I don't know what to do with him these days,” she said. “He’s forgotten all the manners we taught him.” He hasn't forgotten them. He' s just decided that he' s not going to use them. She confessed (坦白) that she would like to come up behind him and throw him down from the sofa onto the floor. Another good friend of mine let her two daughters climb all over the furniture, reach across the table, stare at me and say, “I don’t like your dress; it’s ugly.” One of the daughters has recently been driven out of school. The other has left home. “Where did we go wrong?” her parents are now very sad. Probably nowhere much. At least, no more than the rest of that unfortunate race, parents. 71. This text is most probably written by ______. A. a specialist in teenager studies B. a headmaster of a middle school C. a parent with teenage children D. a doctor for mental health problems 72. The underlined word “it” in the second paragraph refers to ______. A. the change from good to bad that ' s seen in a child B. die way that parents often blame themselves C. the opinion that a child has of his parents D. the advice that parents want their children to follow 73. The boy on the sofa would most probably be described as ______. A. lazy B. quiet G. unusual D. rude 74. From the second example we can infer that the parents of the two daughters ______. A. pay no attention to them B. are too busy to look after them C. have come to hate them D. feel helpless to do much about them 75. What is the author' a opinion about the sudden change in teenage children? A. Parents have no choice but to try to accept it. B. Parents should pay still sore attention to the change. C. Parents should work more closely with school teachers. D. Parents are at fault for the change in their children. 答案 71.A 72.A 73.D 74.D 75.A 第二部分 三年联考题汇编 Passage 1 (湖北省新洲区实验高中 2009 届高三 5 月检测 B 篇) SHANGHAI, June 7(AP)—A 16-year-old girl's suicide after she was barred from a key exam draw attention to increasing worries over academic pressures, as millions of Chinese students began annual college entrance tests on Wednesday. The three-day exam, viewed as important to future career and financial success, has a record 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 148 9.5 million high school students across China competing for just 2.6 million university places. For kids and parents alike, it's a difficulty that experts say causes extreme emotional distress. "Pressure from study and exams is a top reason for psychological problems among Chinese youth," said Jin Wuguan, director of the Youth Psychological Counseling Center at Shanghai's Ruijin Hospital. In China's increasingly success oriented, pressure-cooker cities, academic stress is seen as a rising cause of youth suicides and even murders of parents by children who are driven crazy by intolerable pressure to perform. According to her family and newspaper accounts, 16-year-old Wu Wenwen drowned herself after she was stopped at the exam room door because her hair wasn't tied back as her school required. Returning in tied hair, she was then told the end-of-term exam had already started and she was too late to take it. In tears, Wu called her mother, and then disappeared. Her body was found the same night in a nearby lake. China doesn't keep comprehensive statistics on student suicides, but Jin said health care professionals see the problem worsening, even among elementary students. Most Chinese schools still lack advisers and teachers receive little training in spotting symptoms of emotional distress, Jin said. Parents are little help, often piling on pressure while ignoring their children's emotional development, he said. "It's a basic unwillingness or inability to recognize and deal with with emotional problems," Jin said. Wang Yufeng, of Peking University's Institute of Mental, estimates the rate of emotional disorders such as depression among Chinese students under age 17 at up to 32 percent , a total of 30 million students. Others say that figure may be as high as 50 percent. A survey last year by the government's China Youth and Children Research Center showed 57.6 percent of students felt highly distressed by academic pressures. 65. What is the function of the first paragraph? A. To explain the meaning of academic pressures. B. To lead to the main topic. C. To describe the girl’s suicide. D. Tell how important the college entrance tests are. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 149 66. The 16-year-old girl committed suicide because ______. A. she did not tied back her hair as required B. she couldn’t get high mark in the exam C. she had an unpleasant talk with her mother D. she wasn’t allowed to attend the examination 67. We can learn from the passage that ____. A. the problem of student suicides is getting worse according to a research on the accurate statistics B. teachers have enough ability to sense the emotional distress of students C. parents place neither pressure nor care on their children D. both teachers and parents should learn more to deal with the problem of student suicides. 68. Where will we most probably find the article? A. In a newspaper. B. In a magazine. C. In a text book D. In a survey. 答案 65.B 66.D 67.D 68.A Passage 2 (湖北省宜昌市一中 2009 届高三 5 月仿真模拟考试 B 篇) You're in a department store and you see a couple of attractive young women looking at a sweater. You listen to their conversation: "I can't believe it--a Lorenzo Bertolla! They are almost impossible to find. Isn't it beautiful? And it's a lot cheaper than the one Sara bought in Rome." They leave and you go over to see this incredible sweater. It's nice and the price is right. You've never heard of Lorenzo Bertolla, but those girls looked really stylish. They must know. So, you buy it. You never realize that those young women are employees of an advertising agency. They are actually paid to go from store to store, talking loudly about Lorenzo BertoHa clothes. Every day we notice what people are wearing, driving and eating. If the person looks cool, the product seems cool, too. This is the secret of undercover marketing. Companies from Ford to Nike are starting to use it. Undercover marketing is important because it reaches people that don't pay attention to traditional advertising. This is particularly true of the MTV generation----consumers between the age of 18 and 34. It is a golden group. They have a lot of money to spend, but they don't trust ads. So advertising agencies hire young actors to "perform" in bars and other places where young adults go. Some people might call this practice misleading, but marketing executive Jonathan Ressler calls it creative. "Look at traditional advertising. Its effectiveness is decreasing." However, one might ask what exactly is "real" about of young women pretending to be enthusiastic about a sweater? Adverting executives would say it's no less real than an ad. The difference is that you know an ad is trying to persuade you to buy something. You don' t know 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 150 when a conversation you overhear is just a performance. 55. The two attractive young women were talking so that they could ________. A. get the sweater at a lower price B. be heard by people around C. be admired by other shoppers D. decide on buying the sweater 56. Lorenzo Bertolla is __________. A. a very popular male singer B. an advertising agency C. a clothing company in Rome D. the brand name of a sweater 57. Which of the following can be inferred from the passage? A. The two girls are in fact employed by the Lorenzo Bertolla Company. B. The MTV generation tends to be more easily influenced by ads. C. Traditional advertising is becoming less effective because it's too direct. D. Undercover marketing will surely be banned soon by the government. 58. Which of the following would be the best rifle for the text? A. Two Attractive Shoppers B. Lorenzo Bertolla Sweaters C. Ways of Advertising D. Undercover Marketing 答案 55.B 56.D 57.C 58.D Passage 3 (湖北省钟祥六中 2009 年高三高考冲刺最后一卷 E 篇) Madame de Stael says that only the people who can play with children are able to educate them. For success in training children, the first condition is to become a child oneself. It means to treat the child as really one’s equal, that is, to show him the same consideration, the same kind of confidence one shows to an adult. It means not to affect the child to be what we ourselves want him to become, but to be affected by the impression of what the child himself is; not to treat the child with cheating, or by force, but with the seriousness and true love suitable to his own character. Not leaving the child in peace is the greatest problem of present methods of training children. Parents do not see that during the whole life, the need of peace is never greater than in the years of childhood, an inner peace under all outside liveliness. But what does a child experience? Corrections, orders, interference ( 干 涉 ), the whole livelong day. The child is always required to leave something alone, or to do something different, to find something different, or want something different from what he does, or finds, or wants. He is always guided in another direction from the true inner will that is leading him. All of this is caused by our so-called enthusiasm in directing, advising, and helping the child to become the same model produced in one assembly line (流水线). Understanding, the deepest characteristic of love, is almost always absent. To bring up a child means carrying one’s soul in one’s hand; it means never placing ourselves in danger of meeting the cold look on the face of the child. It means the truth that the ways of injuring the child are limitless while the ways of being useful to him are few. How seldom does the educator remember that the child, even at four or five years of age, has already had a sharp feeling! The smallest mistrust and unkindness, the least act of injustice, leave wounds that last for life in the heart of the child. While, on the other hand, unexpected friendliness and kindness make quite as deep an impression on those soft senses. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 151 67. The passage mainly talks about _______. A. misleading zones and right ways in educating children B. current problems in training children C. what should be taught to children D. the importance of educating children 68. Children, according to the passage, are experiencing _______. A. corrections, orders and peace B. orders, interference and peace C. interference, orders and corrections D. peace, guide and praise 69. If you were a parent, which of the following methods is TRUE according to the text? A. You could treat your children not so seriously for they don’t understand many things. B. You could train your children as you wish them to be since you are parents. C. You should sometimes leave your children in peace as they wish in their childhood. D. You should correct your children immediately if their behavior is not what you want. 70. We may conclude that the author believes people should _______. A. play with the children with enthusiasm all day long just to please them B. try to give an order, advice and suggestions to their children at any time C. treat their children just as the way they treat an adult in their daily life D. regard their children as an equal to them and have understanding of the inner peace of them 答案 67.A 68.C 69.C 70.D Passage 4 (福建省厦门双十中学 09 届高三热身考试 B 篇) They have appeared on clothes labels for four decades, each one chosen by international experts for its simplicity and clarity. Yet for most people, washing instructions might as well be written in Martian. According to a new poll, 9 in 10 people are unable to understand common symbols used on clothes labels. Even those who have mastered the difference between a wool and a synthetics (合 成纤维织物) wash admit being puzzled by the boxes, circles and crosses used to give advice 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 152 about drying and bleaching (漂白). The findings come from a poll of 2,000 people carried out by YouGov for Morphy Richards. A third of the people surveyed said that they recognized none of the six symbols shown, while the only symbol recognized by more than half of the people was the iron with a single dot. Around 70 per cent knew it meant “iron on a low heat”. Just 10 per cent knew the sign for “do not dry clean”, while only 12 per cent were familiar with “drip dry only”. Despite the sexual revolution, women are stir more knowledgeable than men. Awareness was highest among 18- to 29-year-old women, for whom taking care of clothes is clearly important. Chris Lever, from Morphy Richards, said, “Clothes Care symbols are a unique language, clearly a language that few people in the UK have taken the time to learn.” “Learning the basics such as which icon represents tumble dry ( 滚 动 热 干 ) and which represents normal wash would go a long way to getting the best out of clothes.” The Home Laundering Consultative Council, which promotes symbols, said it was not surprised to learn that people were unfamiliar with them. “It’s disappointing that there is a lack of recognition, but it’s a story that’s repeated time and time again,” said a spokesman, Adam Mansell. “We are a small organization and we don’t have a big budget.” 60.Why are these six washing symbols chosen by international experts? A.Because people in the UK are interested in them. B.Because they are simple and clear. C.Because it’s a long way to getting the best out of clothes. D.Because they are a unique language. 61.Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the text? A.Clothes care symbols have appeared on clothes labels for forty years. B.Few people in the UK have taken the time to learn about clothes care symbols. C.A third of the people surveyed said that they recognized the six symbols shown. D.Women have a better knowledge of the common symbols used on clothes labels than men. 62.Which symbol did most of people recognize according to the survey? 63.By the underlined part in the first paragraph “for most people, washing instructions might as well be written in Martian”, the author means __________. A.the washing instructions are written in Martian B.most people can understand the washing instructions C.most people can understand the instructions if they are written in Martian D.most people think it impossible to understand the washing instructions 答案 60.B 61.C 62.A 63.D Passage 5 (福建省厦门双十中学 09 届高三热身考试 E 篇) “Image is everything.” An entire industry has been built upon the precondition that image is everything, but when it comes down to it, an appealing image is not enough. If there is no substance behind the image, the product, service or person will fail at length. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 153 First of all, one should consider how important image is in the selling of products and services. Advertising agencies have raised the art of creating an image to a state of near perfection. Public concept of that product or service is certainly managed by the images created by the advertising agencies. But if the product or service does not live up to the image that was created, the customer will be very dissatisfied and possibly ask for their money back. For example, the Arthur Andersen accounting firm had spent decades building up an image of trustworthiness. But the recent scandal ( 丑 闻 ) showed that behind that image, it had dishonest business practices. Despite the previous positive image, the firm is being accused of criminal actions and it will probably not survive as a business unit. Although the image had been nearly perfect, the reality behind the image has led to the downfall of the world famous accounting firm. Similarly, personal consultants can build up a public image for politicians and movie stars. Putting out positive news releases, making sure that only the best photographs are published, and ensuring that the person is seen in all the right places can build up a very positive image in the view of the general commons. But once again, history is filled with examples of both politicians and movie stars that fell from grace (体面) like the story of the Hollywood actor giving in to the pressures of fame and fortune. With people, just as with products and services, image is certainly important, but without positive substance behind the image, failure is close. To summarize, it is clear that an appealing image is extremely important to success, whether that image is related to selling a product or service or to the "selling" of a person. But image is only half of the equation. What lies behind that image is every bit as important as the image itself — the person or product must deliver on that image or there is little chance for long-term success. 72.The downfall of the Arthur Andersen accounting firm is due to ______. A.its bad management B.its previous images C.its dishonesty in business D.its poor service 73.Why did some famous people fall from grace? A.Their images were not well built up. B.They failed to live up to their images. C.They felt much pressure from the public. D.They paid little attention to fame and fortune. 74. The structure of the passage is . A: Argument P: Point C: Conclusion 75.The author tries to argue that______. A.image creates everything B.image is the key to success C.truth goes hand in hand with image D.truth and image are equally important 答案 72.C 73.B 74.A 75.D Passage 6 2 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 154 (福建省厦门外国语学校 2009 届高三最后一次模拟 A 篇) Cole Bettles had been rejected by a number of universities when he received an e-mail from the University of California, San Diego, last month, congratulating him on his admission and inviting him to tour the campus. His mother booked a hotel in San Diego, and the 18-year-old Ojai high school senior arranged for his grandfather, uncle and other family members to meet them at the campus for lunch during the Saturday tour. “They were like ‘Oh my God, that’s so awesome(棒的)’, ” Bettles said. Right before he got in bed, he checked his e-mail one last time and found another message saying the school had made a mistake and his application had been denied. In fact, all 28, 000 students turned away from UC San Diego, in one of the toughest college entrance seasons on record, had received the same incorrect message. The students’ hopes had been raised and then dashed ( 破 灭 ) in a cruel twist that shows the danger of instant communications in the Internet age. UCSD admissions director Mae Brown called it an “administrative error” but refused to say who had made the mistake, or if those responsible would be disciplined (受训). The e-mail, which began, “We’re thrilled that you’ve been admitted to UC San Diego, and we’re showcasing (展示) our beautiful campus on Admit Day, ” was sent to the full 46, 000 students who had applied, instead of just the 18, 000 who got in, Brown said. The error was discovered almost immediately by her staff, who sent an apology within hours. “It was really thrilling for a few hours; now he’s crushed (压垮), ” said Cole’s mother, Tracy Bettles. “It’s really tough on them.” The admissions director said she was in the office on Monday until midnight answering e-mails and phone calls from disappointed students and their parents. She said she took full responsibility for the error. “We accessed the wrong database. We recognize the incredible pain receiving this false encouragement caused. It was not our intent.” 56. How many students received an admission e-mail from the University of California, San Diego (UCSD)? A. 18, 000 B. 28, 000 C. 46, 000 D. 18 57. Which of the following statements is TRUE about the wrong e-mail message? A. The mistake was made on purpose to cause pain among the applicants. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 155 B. It was UCSD admissions director Mae Brown who made the mistake. C. UCSD admissions staff got information from the wrong database. D. Staff did not discover the mistake until next Monday. 58. The admissions director Mae Brown did what she could to __________. A. protect the person who made the mistake B. punish herself for the mistake C. make up for the mistake D. help the disappointed students enter the university 59. What does the passage mainly talk about? A. Cole Bettles was admitted to the UCSD. B. Cole Bettles was rejected y a famous university. C. USCD admissions office often makes “administration errors”. D. False admission information raised the students’ hopes and then dashed them. 答案 56.C 57.C 58.C 59.D Passage 7 (福建省厦门外国语学校 2009 届高三最后一次模拟 E 篇) Like most people, I’ve long understood that I will be judged by my occupation, that my profession is a standard people use to see how smart or talented I am. Recently, however, I was disappointed to see that it also decides how I’m treated as a person. Last year I left a professional position as a small-town reporter and took a job waiting tables. As someone paid to serve food to people, I had customers say and do things to me I suspect they’d never say or do to their most casual acquaintances(泛泛之交). One night a man talking on his cell phone waved me away, then asked me back with his finger minutes later, complaining he was ready to order and asking where I’d been. I had waited tables during summers in college and was treated like a peon (勤杂工) by plenty of people. But at 19 years old, I believed I deserved inferior treatment from professional adults. Besides, people responded to me differently after I told them I was in college. Customers would joke that one day I’d be sitting at their table, waiting to be served. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 156 Once I graduated, I took a job at a community newspaper. From my first day, I heard a respectful tone from everyone who called me. I assumed this was the way the professional world worked . I soon found out differently. I sat several feet away from an advertising sales representative with a similar name. Our calls would often get mixed up and someone asking for Kristen would be transferred to Christie. The mistake was immediately evident. Perhaps it was because money was involved, but people used a tone with Kristen that they never used with me. My job title made people treat me politely. So it was a shock to return to the restaurant industry. It’s no secret that there’s a lot to put up with when waiting tables, and fortunately, much of it can be easily forgotten when you pocket the tips. The service industry, by definition, exists to satisfy others’ needs. Still, it seemed that many of my customers didn’t get the difference between server and servant. I’m now applying to graduate school, which means someday I’ll return to a profession where people need to be nice to me in order to get what they want. I think I’ll take them to dinner first, and see how they treat someone whose only job is to serve them. 72. The author was disappointed to find that ____ ___. A. one’s position is used as a standard to measure one’s intelligence B. talented people like her should fail to get a respectable job C. one’s occupation affects the way one is treated as a person D. professionals tend to look down upon manual waitresses 73. What does the author intend to say by the example in the second paragraph? A. Some customers simply show no respect to those who serve them. B. People absorbed in a phone conversation tend to be absent-minded. C. Waitresses are often treated by customers as casual acquaintances. D. Some customers like to complain because of the waitress’ poor service. 74. How did the author feel when waiting tables at the age of 19? A. She felt it unfair to be treated as a mere servant by professional. B. She felt badly hurt when her customers regarded her as a peon. C. She was embarrassed each time her customers joked with her. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 157 D. She found it natural for professionals to treat her as inferior. 75. The underlined sentence in Paragraph 7 means “ ”. A. those who satisfy others’ needs are sure to be looked down upon. B. those working in the service industry shouldn’t be treated as servants. C. those serving others have to put up with rough treatment to earn a living. D. the majority of customers tend to look on a servant as server nowadays. 答案 72.C 73.A 74.D 75.B Passage 8 (天水市一中 2006 级 2008-2009 学年第二学期第四次考试题 C 篇) Forgiving someone who has hurt you or let you down is never an easy thing. Several new studies, however, say that it could have a lot of health benefits. When you think of forgiveness, you probably don’t think of it as being a health or medical problem. Studies from Stanford University, on the other hand, show that something like anger can change your well-being. When cartoon book characters like the incredible(难以 置信) Hulk get angry, they change colours and often gain special power. In the real world, anger is less obvious and may be more dangerous. That’s why Professor Fred Luskin, founder of the Stanford Forgiveness Project and author of Forgive for Good, says holding on to anger and hatred can harm your physical and mental health. Two new studies seem to show the same idea. The studies find that people who are able to forgive feel less stress, less back pain, and less depression(沮丧). They also have fewer headaches, lower blood pressure, and fewer problems on sleeping. So it doesn’t matter if your anger is caused by the traffic or other things. Learning to let it go is important. Techniques such as deep breath or thought can help. Or just ask yourself if it’s worth hurting yourself by staying angry with someone else. Forgiveness does not mean that you simply accept what happened and say it’s OK. Instead, it’s a way of making peace with yourself about what happened in the past. 49. The author of the passage tries to make his viewpoint clear ______. A. by raising his own examples. B. based on his own experience. C. by mentioning some studies. D. by mentioning some typical patients. 50. The example of the cartoon book characters is taken in the passage to____. A. support the viewpoint that anger and hatred harm physical and mental health. B. introduce a famous expert. C. let the reader know the different colours of cartoon faces. D. show how to control one’s temper. 51. The underlined phrase “holding on to” in this passage possibly means“__”. A. removing. B. keeping up. C. getting rid of. D. learning about. 52. The best title for this passage is probably _______. A. Forgiveness. B. Forgiveness Is Good for Health. C. A Secret to Keeping Health. D. Anger Is Bad for Health. 答案 49.C 50.A 51.B 52.B 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 158 Passage 9 (天水市一中 2006 级 2008-2009 学年第二学期第四次考试题 E 篇) Everyone’s at it, even my neighbors. I thought I might be the only person left in the world who hadn’t done an eBay deal. So I decided to try my hand at online auction(网上拍卖). Buying for beginners: Sign up on WWW.eBay.com Most items(e.g. tables, computers, and books) ready for auction will come with a picture and a short description; others may be marked with “Buy It Now” and have a fixed price. You can buy these right away. If the item is being auctioned, you offer the highest price you are prepared to pay and eBay bids (出价) for you. The bid will be increased little by little until it goes beyond your highest bid, then you are emailed and asked if you would like to bid again. Auctions last up to 10 days and when they finish you get an email telling you whether you have won the item. How to pay: Sellers decide how they would like to be paid and you need to check this before placing a bid as you might not want to post a cheque or postal orders. The easiest way is through PayPal, an online payment system that takes the money away from your credit card. Selling made simple: If you plan to sell on eBay, it helps to include a picture of the item. I followed my friends’ advice and put up the items I wanted to sell for a 10- day auction, starting on a Thursdayy. This way buyers had two weekends to bid. The big things in life: It’s easy to post a small item, but furniture is a big part of eBay and this has to be collected or sent by deliverymen. Check the ways of delivery before you bid. 57. What is the passage mainly about ? A. How to make payment online. B. Ways of making delivery online. C. Advantages of an online-auction system. D. How to use an online-auction system. 58. After bidding for an item, a buyer _______ . A. can’t buy other items any more B. should make payment immediately C. has chances to make higher bids D. must give your credit card to the seller 59. You should _______if the item is being auctioned. A. make loud noises B. get the others not to bid C. ask the other people’s price D. offer the highest price you are ready to pay 60. The easiest way of making payment mentioned in the passage is _______. A. through an online payment system B. through a local bank system C. by sending the money to the seller D. by paying the delivery man directly 答案 57.D 58.C 59.D 60.A Passage 10 (广东省湛师附中 2009 届高三最后一模 B 篇) Negative (消极的)self talk and negative energy can affect you m many ways and cause you additional stress.Because of this,developing more Positive self talk’s an important way to reduce stress in your life.You can help yourself maintain a positive frame of mind 一 which will help with positive self talk 一 by surrounding yourself with positive energy in your life.You can get 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 159 that by adding some elements to your life. Listening to music that not only has a soothing melody,but an uplifting message,can be great for developing positive self talk.Have you ever had a song “stuck in your head” for a few hours or days,the lyrics repeating themselves in your mind?’’ If those lyrics were positive and inspirational,that would be a good thing. It’s a much better mental soundtrack to have than a running stream of complaints,criticisms of self-limiting thoughts,or even songs that had more depressing or sad lyrics. Books on strength, personal power, enlightenment, or self help can be good resources to help you change your outlook and the things you say to yourself. Rather than bringing habitual self-defeating thoughts,you can find yourself thinking of new can-do concepts when times get tough. One of the most important ways you can get and keep positive energy in your life is with the company you keep . Do your friends uplift you , or bring you down? Are they critical , or complementary? Ideal friendships provide support when you’re down, fun when you’re up , wisdom when you’re lost , and positive regard. Good friends can inspire you to reach greater heights,and see your strengths even when you don’t always. Pay attention to how your friends make you feel,and if they’re less than supportive,start putting your energy and time toward people who are better suited to be your friend. In addition,positive affirmations (肯定) can certainly change your self talk from negative to positive.Now,why not begin working positive affirmations into your life in some creative ways? 46.What does the passage mainly talk about? A.Reducing stress by surrounding yourself with positive energy. B.Adding some elements to your life. C.Getting positive energy from the company you keep. D.Changing your self talk with positive affirmation. 47.How many ways does the author suggest to maintain a positive frame of mind? A.3. B.4. C.5. D.6. 48.If you have something “stuck in your head”. you probably _______________________. A.keep singing the same song for a long time B.keep thinking of this thing all the time 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 160 C.regard the lyrics of a song as positive D.are developing positive self-talk 49.According to the passage,your best company should be those who _____________________. A.uplift you or bring you down B.provide fun when you’re down C.encourage you to do things even better D.are less than supportive 50.What will probably be talked about in the following paragraph? A.How negative self talk influences a person. B.How positive self talk reduces stress in one’s life. C.Some great ways of making great friends. D.Some creative ways of practicing affirmation. 答案 46.A 47.B 48.B 49.C 50.D Passage 11 (哈师大附中 2009 年高三第四次模拟考试 B 篇) Which gender is the most talkative? No matter what you answer, you are partially right. A recent Gallup Poll showed that both men and women believe that women possess the gift of talking and some even believe women are biologically built for conversation, but all of that is challenged in a research published in the November issue of Personality and Social Psychology Review. In a recent research by Campbell Leaper and Melanie Ayres, they collected all of the available evidence from decades of scientific study and systematically combined the findings into an overall picture of the differences between men and women regarding talkativeness. They found a small but reliable tendency(趋势) for men to be more talkative than women in certain cases, such as when they were conversing with their wives or with strangers. Women talked more to their children and to their college classmates. The type of speech was also explored in the research. The researchers discovered that, with strangers, women were generally more talkative when it came to using speech to ensure her connection to the listener, while men’s speech focused more on an attempt to influence the listener. With close friends and family, however, there was very little difference between genders in the amount of speech. 60.This passage mainly talks about a research conducted by _______ . A. Gallup Poll B. Personality and Social Psychology Review C. Campbell Leaper and Melanie Ayres D. the author 61.Which of the following statements describes the main idea of the passage? A. Women are born more talkative than men. B. Men are born more talkative than women. C. Women and men are talkative in different cases. D. Women are no more talkative than men. 62.The underlined word gender means _______. A. people B. nationality C. culture D. sex 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 161 63.Talking with strangers, ________. A. women are more talkative than with people they know B. men are more talkative than with their wives C. women prefer to listen more rather than speak more D. men speak a lot to have their opinions accepted 答案 60.C 61.C 62.D 63.D Passage 12 (哈师大附中 2009 年高三第四次模拟考试 E 篇) A new study suggests that the more teenagers watch television, the more likely they are to develop depression as young adults. The researchers used a national long-term survey of adolescent ( 青 少 年 的 )health to investigate (调查)the relationship between media use and depression. They based their findings on more than four thousand adolescents who were not depressed when the survey began in 2000. As part of the survey, the young people were asked how many hours of television or videos they watched daily. They were also asked how often they played computer games and listened to the radio. Media use totaled an average of five and one-half hours a day. More than two hours of that was spent watching TV. Seven years later, in 2007, more than seven percent of the young people had signs of depression. The average age at that time was twenty-one. The researchers say they did not find any such relationship with the use of other media such as movies, video games or radio, etc. But the study did find that every extra hour of television meant an eight percent increase in the chances of developing signs of depression. Young men were more likely than young women to develop depression given the same amount of media use. The study didn't explore if watching TV causes depression. But one possibility is that it was taking time away from activities that could help prevent depression. Last December, the journal Social Indicators Research published a study of activities that help lead to happy lives. Sociologists from the University of Maryland found that people who describe themselves as happy spend less time watching television than unhappy people. The study found that happy people are more likely to he socially active, to read, attend religious services and to vote. 72. The best title for this passage should be____________. A. Teens, Television and Depression B. Men Develop Depression Easier than Women C. Media Use is Harmful to Adolescents D. Take Great care of Teenager's depression 73. The result of the research seems to prove______________. A. teenagers are more likely to develop depression than adults B. other media uses do no harm to adolescents C. TV probably causes teenagers to grow up with depression D. those who watch no TV will not develop depression 74. We can learn from the survey that of all the media use A. computer games are teenagers' favorite B. most teenagers prefer to listen to the radio C. teenagers enjoy watching TV very much D. newspaper is not included in the survey 75. We can conclude that a teenager should _____ A. play more video games instead of watching TV B. be active in taking part in outdoor activities C. be more active in watching educational TV programmers D. attend religious services and care for politics 答案 72.A 73.C 74.C 75.B 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 162 Passage 13 (湖北省黄冈中学 2009 届高三五月适应性考试(B 卷)B 篇) Any country has good reasons to want its citizens to be as healthy as possible. This led to the instruction of health service in many countries. Britain has developed into a country in which all citizens can get most of the health treatment free. The money for this is partly from the people who are willing to offer. But there are different opinions about the Health Service. The number of patients treated every year and the cost of treatment are much greater than expected. This means that the people who work for the Health Service— doctors, nurses and other hospital workers have much more work to do, and as a result they have little time for preventive treatment. However, the tough problem is that as many people are able to receive treatment more expensive than they can pay, sometimes people go and visit their doctors when they don’t really need to. As there are many patients, doctors cannot spend time long enough with each patient. So some people prefer to pay for their own treatment so that their doctors can examine them more carefully. In fact, some rich people feel that they should pay more free money, which would be given to other citizens. 55. Britain is described as an example to show that_____. A. it is a very rich country in Europe B. it is a country with the Health Service C. everyone in the UK enjoys free medical care D. people have to play part of the medicine fee 56. What is the problem in the Health Service? A. Doctors and nurses are not working hard. B. People can get more preventive treatment. C. There are not enough well-trained doctors. D. Money is not enough to employ more medical workers. 57. Why do many people go and see the doctors even when they really don’t need to? A. To get necessary protective treatment. B. To take back some expensive medicine. C. To receive treatment free of charge. D. To keep himself even more healthy. 58. What can we infer from the last paragraph? A. There is much to improve the Health Service. B. People should not go to the doctor’s unless necessary. C. The Health Service is quite successful so far. D. The rich should be allowed to pay for the treatment. 答案 55.B 56.D 57.A 58.B Passage 14 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 163 (湖北省黄冈中学 2009 届高三五月适应性考试(B 卷)C 篇) Violin prodigies(神童), I learned, have come in distinct waves from distinct regions. Most of the great performers of the late 19th and early 20th centuries were born and brought up in Russia and Eastern Europe. I asked Isaac Stern, one of the world’s greatest violinists, the reason for this phenomenon. “ It’s very clear, “ he told me. “ They were all Jews and Jews at the time were severely oppressed and ill-treated in that part of the world. They were not allowed into the professional fields, but they were allowed to achieve excellence on a concert stage.” As a result, every Jewish parent’s dream was to have a child in the music school because it was a passport to the West. Another element in the emergence of prodigies, I found, is a society that values excellence in a certain field and is able to nurture(培育) talent. Nowadays the most nurturing societies seem to be in the Far East. “ In Japan, a most competitive society with stronger discipline than ours,” says Isaac Stern, “ children are ready to test their limits every day in many fields, including music. When Western music came to Japan after World War II, that music not only became part of their daily lives, but it became a discipline as well.” The Koreans and Chinese, as we know, are just as highly motivated as the Japanese. That’s a good thing, because even prodigies must work hard. Next to hard work, biological inheritance plays an important role in the making of a prodigy. J. S. Bach, for example, was the top of several generations of musicians, and four of his sons had significant careers in music. 59. Jewish parents in Eastern Europe longed for their children to attend music school because_____. A. it would allow them access to a better life in the West B. Jewish children are born with excellent musical talent C. they wanted their children to enter into the professional fields D. it would enable the family to get better treatment in their own country 60. Nurturing societies as mentioned in the passage refer to societies that_____. A. enforce strong discipline on students who want to achieve excellence B. treasure talent and provide opportunities for its full development C. encourage people to compete with each other D. promise talented children high positions 61. Japan is described in the passage as a country that attaches importance to_____. A. all-rounded development B. the learning of Western music C. strict training of children D. variety in academic studies 62. Which of the following contributes to the emergence of musical prodigies according to the passage? A. A natural gift. B. Extensive knowledge of music. C. Very early training. D. A prejudice-free society. 答案 59.A 60.B 61.C 62.A 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 164 Passage 15 (湖北省黄冈中学 2009 届高三五月适应性考试(B 卷)E 篇) People who drink alcohol earn more at their jobs than non-drinkers, according to a US study that highlighted “social capital(社交资本)”gained from drinking. The study concluded that drinkers earn 10–14 percent more than teetotalers, and that men who drink socially bring home an additional seven percent in pay. “Social drinking builds social capital,”said Edward String ham, an economics professor, “Social drinkers are outgoing, building relationships, and keeping in contacts, which results in bigger paychecks.” The researchers said the most likely explanation is that drinkers have a wider range of social contacts that help provide better job and business opportunities. “Drinkers may be able to socialize more with clients and co-workers, giving drinkers an advantage in important relationships. Drinking may also provide individuals with opportunities to learn people, business, and social skills. ” They also said these conclusions provide arguments against policies aimed at controlling alcohol use in university and public places. “ Not only do anti-alcohol policies reduce drinkers’ fun, but they may also decrease earnings,”the study said, “One of the consequences of alcohol restrictions is that they push drinking into private behavior. By preventing people from drinking in public, anti-alcohol policies ignores one of the most important aspects of drinking: increased social capital.” The researchers found some differences in the economic effects of drinking among men and women. They concluded that men who drink earn 10 percent more than non-drinkers and women drinkers earn 14 percent more than non-drinkers. However, unlike men, who get a 7 percent income increase from drinking in bars, women drinkers who visit bars frequently do not show higher earnings than those who do not visit bars. 67. The underlined word in Paragraph 2 refers to __________ A. women drinkers B. co-workers C. non-drinkers D. men-drinkers 68. What’s the best title of the passage? A. Income Differences Between Drinkers And Non-drinkers B. To Build Social Capital, Drink! C. Anti-alcohol Policy is Not Reasonable D. Drinking Helps Increase Income 69. What’s NOT the consequence of anti-alcohol policy ? A. More people drink in private. B. There are less alcohol in universities. C. Drinkers’ income increased because they spend less money on drinking. D. Drinkers get less fun from drinking. 70. What can we infer from the result of the study? A. To build social capital, you have no choice but to drink. B. Drinking is a good and common way to increase social capital. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 165 C. Drinkers build wider social contacts. D. Drinkers may be provided more opportunities. 答案 67.C 68.D 69.C 70.B Passage 16 (江苏省淮安市 2009 届高三第四次调研考试 D 篇) Eight-year-old Bethany and seven-year-old Eliza are having a great time jumping around in the orchard of their home in a village near Penrith. They can play any time they like because they don't go to school. Instead, they are educated at home by their parents, Paul and Veronika Robinson. But they don't have lessons, have never used a timetable and learn only what and when they want to learn. "I want my kids to have freedom in their childhood, not spend it in an institution," says 37-year-old Veronika, "School is all about control and following the rules." Veronika and her 56-year-old husband Paul have never experienced the daily rush to get dressed and out of the door that is common in most households with school-aged children. "We get up at our leisure - usually around 8:30," says Veronika. "We might visit a friend, or go to the library, and on Tuesdays we shop at the market. In summer, we spend most of our time outside and the girls entertain themselves a lot." New research due to be published this spring reveals a very different picture of Britain's home educators. "Out of 297 families, 184 said that they never use a timetable," says Mike Fortune-Wood of Home Education UK. "Ninety per cent never or rarely use textbooks, and nearly all said that happiness, contentment and self-fulfillment were more important than academic achievement. Only 15% felt that planning what to learn was crucial." So far, so good. But what, you might ask, are the children actually learning? "It wasn't important to me that the girls could read by a certain age, but they both picked it up for themselves at around seven," says Robinson. "Weighing cooking ingredients uses maths, and making a shopping list teaches them to write. Observing five hens has taught the girls about survival of the fittest. " But what about when the children grow up? Can they go to university? The home educators' answer is they can if they want to. There are a variety of routes into higher education, but probably the most common is to join a local college. This is what Gus Harris-Reid has done. "I was 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 166 educated at home all my life. I'd never had a lesson or been inside a classroom until I started GCSEs," says the 18-year-old. "I'm now studying for 4 A-levels at Exeter College. I've had no problem with the work or with fitting in." When asked to reflect on his experience of home education, his considered response is, "Like a permanent holiday, really!" Not a bad start for someone who plans to take a mechanical engineering degree next year. 66. What is the topic of this article? A. New ways of learning to read and write B. Problems with UK schools C. Home education in the UK D. Wild, undisciplined children 67. Why do the Robinsons not send their children to school? A. They think schools control children too much. B. They do not like the courses taught in schools. C. They want to teach their children farming skills. D. They live in a remote area where there are no schools. 68. According to the article, in homes with school-going children, ______. A. mornings are rushed and stressful. B. the children hardly ever go outside. C. the family wakes up around 8:30am. D. the children must ask permission to go to the toilet. 69. Which of the following statements is NOT true? A. Most home educators believe that happiness is more important than good grades. B. Most home educators believe that planning is important. C. Most home educators do not follow a timetable or use textbooks. D. Most home educators are not worried about when their children learn to read and write. 70. What does the article say about home-educated children getting into university? A. They learn so many useful skills at home that universities are happy to accept them. B. They can get into university if they have 4 A-levels. C. They can go to school later and get the qualifications they need in order to enter university. D. Home education is so relaxed that they are likely to experience problems when faced with the pressures of a degree course. 答案 66.C 67.A 68.A 69.B 70.C 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 167 Passage 17 (江苏省金坛一中 2009 届高三 5 月模拟 B 篇) The ’80s’ “important role” in the family has also meant a greater concentration and focus on the individual. And, it has made the word “me” one of the most frequently used words. Everything seems to be about “me”. This generation has a greater awareness of itself. Some people do not seem to agree that all this is self-centred. When Cai Fuchao, Beijing’s publicity head, was asked to comment on the lack of responsibility of university students during the SARS period, his reply was: “Modern university students are ambitious, knowledgeable and have a very strong sense of responsibility to the society.” As news analyst from sina.com, Pan Fengliang, echoed(随声附和)that, saying that blindly blaming them(for running away during the SARS outbreak)was prejudiced and unfair and not backed with evidence. No doubt, the development of information technology has contributed its bit to broadening, or bending, the minds of the 80s generation. Some people even call Gen’80 “the E-generation”. They get in touch with each other via email, QQ, ICQ and MSN. While the people of the ’60s and ’70s swarmed(涌往)to Shanghai to catch Luo Dayou, Gen’80s were on the BBS saying that it was “really dumb”. “The internet is so much more to those of the ’80s than you can imagine,” said Wu Junyong, an IT engineer who was born in 1978. In Wu’s opinion, it’s the Internet that separates the 70s from the 80s, “Many of the’70s don’t see why those from the ’80s can spend everyday in front of a computer.” A new weekly Magazine/163.com survey last year found that 40 percent of the 7,000 people surveyed, born in the ’80s, thought the computer was the most important article in life; more than 70 percent of their parents preferred the home. 55. Which of the following statements is true according to the passage? A.The development of information technology contributed to the ’80s’greater awareness of itself. B.The E-generation rushed to Shanghai to catch Luo Dayou. C.All the ’80s can spend every day in front of a computer. D.Not all people think that the “born in the 1980s” are selfish and irresponsible. 56. What can we infer from the passage? A.All the ’80s have a strong sense of responsibility to the society. B.Computers play a more important part in the life of the ’80s, who perhaps can’t live without them. C.The ’80s generation are ambitious, knowledgeable and responsible. D.People can’t imagine why the ’80s like internet so much. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 168 57. The best title for this passage could be ______. A. The self-centred generation B. The internet generation C. The “born in the ’80s”generation D. The life of the ’80s 58. The purpose of this passage is to tell us _______. A. people’s different opinions towards the ’80s generation. B. the ’80s are the E-generation. C. the ’80s are different from others in society. D. the’80s have their own characteristics and we shouldn’t lose confidence in them 答案 55.D 56.B 57.C 58.D Passage 18 (江苏省金坛一中 2009 届高三 5 月模拟 C 篇) For most Chinese university students, the US is a favorite destination for further education. But apart from obstacles such as the GRE and TOEFL exams, choosing a good graduate school is no easy task. Admission is very competitive for international students, so it is important to apply to a number of institutions to have a reasonable chance of acceptance. Since the application to most universities requires a certain fee, Chinese students usually choose seven to 17 universities according to their own financial circumstances. Wang Yuwei, a Zhejiang University graduate, sent applications to 15 US universities. When the 24-year-old began looking for a US graduate school in her senior year, she took time to compare the various schools and find the ones most suiting her needs. Now, studying at the University of Washington, she knows that her hard work paid off. “To broaden your chances, at least one third of the applications should be to less selective schools,” said Wang. “Applicants shouldn’t limit their choices to the most famous institutions.” Furthermore, one shouldn’t rely on too much on college rankings such as the Gorman Report or US News & World Report’s annual league tables. The right school is the one that best meets your own personal needs and interests, rather than someone else’s assessment of an institution’s prestige(声望). “Usually choices are based on one’s personal interests and academic background, but it is important to make sure that your chosen subject is satisfied,” said Wang. 59.The author believes that the right school is the one that _____. A. has the best location B. best meets one’s own personal needs and interests C. best meets one’s assessment of an institution’s prestige D. offers good living conditions 60. According to this passage, what can we judge? A. More and more students will go abroad for their further education. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 169 B. Choosing a good graduate school is a piece of cake. C. To go abroad for further education, you must pass the GRE or TOTEL. D. To get a better chance to go abroad, you‘d better apply to a less selective school. 61. In the passage the writer uses the example of Wang Yuwei to show ______. A. you must spend a lot of time comparing the various schools B. it isn’t worthwhile to spend time looking for the right university C. it is necessary to find the suitable university that meets your personal interests D. one’s own financial circumstances is worth considering 62. What will be continued after this passage? A. How hard Chinese students studied in America. B. Some advice on how to take care of yourself in America. C. The difficulties you will meet with while living in America D. Some other things to consider to choose the right school. 答案 59.B 60.C 61.C 62.D Passage 19 (江苏省启东中学 2009 届高三最后一卷 A 篇) The saying that children don’t like reading any more has been proved untrue. A new study finds that 75 percent of kids between five and 17 say that although they love technology, they still want to read books. “The Kids & Family Reading Report” also says that 62 percent of kids prefer reading printed books rather than those on a computer. At the same time, those who search an author’s website or use the Internet to find books by a particular author, are more likely to read books for fun every day. The study also once again proves that the time kids spend reading books for fun decreases after the age of eight and continues to drop through the teen years. The report is a follow-up to a 2006 study. But this time the focus is on the role of technology and when kids’ interest in reading starts to drop. “Despite the fact that after the age of eight more children go online daily than read for fun daily, high frequency Internet users are more likely to read books for fun every day,” says Heather Carter, a writer of the report. One in four kids between five and 17 say they read books for fun every day and more than 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 170 half of kids say they read books for fun at least two to three times a week. One of the key reasons kids say they don’t read more often is that they have trouble finding books they like — a requirement that parents underestimate. The study also finds that parents have a strong influence on kids’ reading, but only about half of all parents begin reading to their kids before their first birthday. The percent of children who are read to every day drops from 38 percent among five-to eight-year-olds to 23 percent among nine-to 11-year-olds — exactly the same time that kids’ daily reading for fun starts to drop. “Parent engagement in their child’s reading from birth all the way through the teen years can have a great influence on how often their children read and how much they enjoy reading,” adds Carter. 56. According to the passage, which of the following statements is NOT true? A. In modern society, most kids still like reading. B. Most kids are more likely to read e-books for fun every day. C. Parents have a strong influence on kids’ reading D. Most kids like reading as well as technology. 57. It can be inferred from the passage that _____________. A. the study is conducted to find how much time children spend reading every day B. the older children grow, the little they spend reading every day C. about half of all parents begin reading to their kids before their first birthday D. parent engagement in child’s reading can have a great influence on them 58. What’s the best title of the passage? A. Do kids still like reading? B. Kids’ interest in reading drops. C. New technology on kids’ reading. D. Parents’ influence on kids’ reading. 答案 56.B 57.B 58.A Passage 20 (江西省抚州一中 2009 届高三第四次模拟考试 A 篇) Each Indian tribe had a different language. Many Indians never learned any language except their own. Do you know how Indians from different tribes talked to each other? They had two ways to talk without sound. One way was by sign language; the other way by signals. Sign language is a way of talking by using signs. Indians used sign language when they met strangers. In this way, they could find out whether the stranger was a friend or an enemy. In the 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 171 Indian sign language, signs were made with the hands. One sign meant “man”. Another meant “horse”. To tell the time of day when something happened, an Indian pointed to the sky. He showed where the sun had been at the time. Indians usually used signals when they wanted to send messages to someone far away. To make signals, an Indian might use a pony. He might use a blanket. Or he might use smoke, a mirror or fire arrows. To signal that he had seen many animals, an Indian rode his pony in a large circle. Sometimes the Indian gave a signal like this and then went away to hide. This meant that there was danger. The blanket signal was visible from far away. An Indian held the corners of a blanket in his hands. Then he began to swing the blanket from side to side in front of him. An Indian could send many different signals with his blanket. He could also send many signals with a mirror. He usually used the mirror to warn someone of danger. Or he attempted to get the attention of a person far away. But he also used it to send messages in code. Of course, mirrors could be used only when the sun was shining. At night, Indians used fire arrows for signaling. An Indian also sent signals with smoke. He made a small fire of dry wood. Then he put grass or green branches on it. He held a blanket over the fire for a minute. When he removed the blanket from the fire, there was a cloud of smoke. The number of clouds of smoke told his message in code. Now you can see that Indians didn’t need to learn each other’s language. They could talk to one another by using signals or sign language. 56. The whole text is mainly about _______. A. different tribes have different languages B. the Indians had many kinds of languages C. how Indians communicated between different tribes D. why the Indians used many languages 57. An Indian used a mirror to do all the followings EXCEPT _______. A. send messages in code B. get the attention of someone in the distance C. warn someone of danger D. to tell a friend from an enemy 58. Sign language is _______. A. to write one’s signature B. a secret way of talking to some Indian tribes C. a kind of gesture only for Indians D. a way to express one’s ideas by making gestures 59. Indians didn’t need to learn each other’s language because _______. A. they thought they could easily make themselves understood B. they could use signals or sign language C. different tribes lived far away and never met each other D. they never communicated with one another 答案 56.C 57.D 58.D 59.B Passage 21 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 172 (江西省南昌二中 2009 届高三 5 月模拟考试 B 篇) It was the end of my first day as a waitress in a busy New York restaurant. My cap had gone away, and my feet hurt. The loaded plates I carried seemed to be heavier and heavier. Tired and discouraged, I didn’t seem able to do anything right. As I made out a check for a family with several children who had changed their ice-cream order a dozen times, I was ready to stop. Then the father smiled at me as he handed me my tip. “Well done,” he said, “you’ve looked after us really well.” Suddenly my tiredness disappeared. I smiled back, and later, when the manager asked me how I’d liked my first day, I said, “Fine!” Those few words of praise had changed everything. Praise is like sunlight to the human spirit; we cannot flower and grow without it. And yet, most of us are only too ready to apply to others the cold criticism, but are unwilling to give our fellows the warm sunshine of praise. Perhaps that is why one word of praise can bring such pleasure. It’s strange how chary we are about praising. Perhaps it’s because few of us know how to accept it. It’s especially rewarding to give praise in areas in which effort generally goes unnoticed. An artist gets admired for a glorious picture, a cook for a perfect meal. But do you ever tell your laundry(洗衣店)manager how pleased you are when the shirts are done just right? In fact, to give praise costs the giver nothing but a moment’s thought and a moment’s effort. 60.Which of the following can’t describe the writer’s situation before she got her tip? A.She was tired. B.She was busy. C.She was sorry. D.She was confident. 61.Why did the family change their ice-cream order a dozen times? A.They couldn’t agree with one another B.They wanted to test the writer’s patience. C.They couldn’t afford to buy their favorite ice-cream. D.The text doesn’t tell us. 62.What does the underlined word “chary” in paragraph 2 mean in Chinese? A.谨慎的 B.小心的 C.吝啬的 D.贪得无厌的 63.What is the best title of the passage? A.Can You Praise Others? B.Why Do You Criticize Others? C.Be Generous to Give Others Praise. D.Don’t Criticized Others. 答案 60.D 61.D 62.C 63.C Passage 22 (江西省南昌二中 2009 届高三 5 月模拟考试 D 篇) Once it was possible to define male and female roles easily by the division of the labor. Men worked outside the home and earned the income to support their families, while women cooked the meals and took care of the home and the children. These roles were firmly fixed for most people, and there was not much opportunity for men or women to exchange their roles. But in the middle of 1ast century, men’s and women’s roles were becoming less firmly fixed In the 1950s, economic and social success was the goal of the typical American. But in the 1960s a new force developed called the counterculture(反传统文化). The people involved in this movement did not value the middle-class American goals. The counterculture presented men and women with new role choices. Taking more interest in childcare, men began to share child-raising tasks with their wives. In fact, some young men and women moved to communal homes or 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 173 farms where the economic and childcare responsibilities were shared equally by both sexes. In addition, many Americans did not value the traditional male role of soldier. Some young men refused to be drafted as soldiers to fight in the war in Vietnam. In terms of numbers, the counterculture was not a very large group of people. But its influence spread to many parts of American society. Working men of all classes began to change their economic and social patterns. Industrial workers and business executives alike cut down on “overtime” work so that they could spend more leisure time with their families. Some doctors, lawyers, and teachers turned away from high paying situations to practice their professions in poorer neighborhoods. In the 1970s, the feminist movement, or women’s liberation, produced additional economic and social changes. Women of all ages and at all levels of society were entering the work force in greater number. Most of them still took traditional women’s jobs such as public school teaching, nursing, and secretarial work. But some women began to enter traditionally male occupations: police work, banking, dentistry(牙医术), and construction work. Women were asking for equal work. Today the experts generally agree that important changes are taking place in the roles of men and women. Naturally, there are difficulties in adjusting to these changes. 68.According to the passage, in the past . A.women usually worked outside the home for wages. B.men’s and women’s roles were easily exchanged C.men’s roles at home was more firmly fixed than women’s D.men’s and women’s roles usually were quite separated 69.It could be inferred from the passage that . A.men and women will never share the same goals. B.some men will be willing to change their traditional male roles. C.most men will be happy to share some of the household responsibilities with their wives. D.more American householders are headed by women than ever before. 70.The underlined word “communal” in paragraph 2 means . A.common B.individual C.separate D.private 71.The best title for the passage may be . A.Results of Feminist Movement B.New Influence and Americans’ Life C.Counterculture and Its Consequence D.Traditional Division of Male and Female Roles 答案 68.D 69.B 70.A 71.B Passage 23 (山东省兖州市 2009 届高三高考仿真考试 A 篇) Since we are social beings, the quality of our lives depends in large measure on our interpersonal relationships. One strength of the human condition is our possibility to give and receive support from one another under stressful conditions. Social support makes up of the exchange of resources among people based on their interpersonal ties· Those of us with strong 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 174 support systems appear better able to deal with major life changes and daily problems. People with strong social ties live longer and have better health than those without such ties. Studies over types of illnesses, from depression to heart disease, show that the presence of social support helps people defend themselves against illness, and the absence of such support makes poor health more likely. Social support cushions stress in a number of ways. First, friends, relatives and coworkers may let us know that they value us. Our self-respect is strengthened when we feel accepted by others in spite of our faults and difficulties. Second, other people often provide us with informational support. They help us to define and understand our problems and find solutions to them. Third, we typically find social companionship supportive. Taking part in free-time activities with others helps us to meet our social needs while at the same time distracting(转移注意力)us from our worries and troubles. Finally, other people may give us instrumental support—money aid, material resources, and needed services—that reduces stress by helping us resolve and deal with our problems. 56. Interpersonal relationships are important because they can . A. make people live more easily B. smooth away daily problems C. deal with life changes D. cure types of illnesses 57. The researches show that people’s physical and mental health . A. lies in the social medical care systems which support them B. has much to do with the amount of support they get from others C. depends on their ability to deal with daily worries and troubles D. is related to their courage for dealing with major life changes 58. Which of the following is closest in meaning to the underlined word “cushions” in Paragraph 27 A. takes the place of B. takes care of C. lessens the effect of D. gets rid of 59. Helping fl sick neighbor with some repair work in spare time is an example of A. instrumental support B. informational support C. social companionship D. the strengthening of self-respect 60. What is the subject discussed in the text? 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 175 A. Interpersonal relationship. B. Kinds of social support. C. Ways to deal with stress. D. Effects of stressful conditions. 答案 56.A 57.B 58.C 59.A 60.A Passage 24 (山东省兖州市 2009 届高三高考仿真考试 D 篇) Prince Charles yesterday pledged(承诺)to reduce the royal impact on the environment through sweeping changes to his personal lifestyle and official schedule. The prince will replace carbon-heavy private jets and helicopters with scheduled flights and train services. The move came as Prince Charles urged business leaders to publish the environmental pact (协定)of their activities. He said, “Few accountants and business decision-makers ask, ‘How much of our critical natural resource is left? How many miles of polar ice cap has our business helped melt this year? By how many inches have we raised sea levels? How many species have we put at risk? How many homes will be flooded , how many people will die of thirst or starvation because of our activities?’ These are not comfortable questions, but, by God, they need to be asked. ” He added, “At the moment these costs do not appear in anyone’s books…Yet they are real, they are incurred now and in a relatively short time, the damage being caused may be beyond remedy. ”He said the world was “running up the biggest global credit card debt in history, but with little or no thought for how the bill will ever be paid. ’’ Flanked by the prime minister and business and community leaders at St James’s Palace, the prince said his new“accounting for sustainability” project would give consumers the power to choose products that caused less damage to the planet· Duchy Originals, the prince’s food company, is taking steps to work out how much carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gas are emitted in growing, processing and distributing its products. The changes to the prince’s travel arrangements announced yesterday are part of a wider review of the carbon footprint associated with activities at all three of his residences:Clarence House in London, Highgrove and Birkhall on the Balmorals estate, as well as the activities of his 21 personal and 1 0 5 full-time staff . Measures include a review of electricity use, commuter and other staff travel and are intended to identify further reductions in carbon dioxide emissions. The 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 176 review will report in June, when Clarence House will announce annual targets to reduce carbon emissions. 71. One of the moves Prince Charles will take to reduce the royal impact on the environment is . A. taking private jets that are not carbon-heavy B. taking helicopters instead of private jets C. taking trains instead of scheduled flights D. taking scheduled flights instead of helicopters 72. How does Prince Charles feel about business leaders in terms of environmental protection? A. Dissatisfied. B. Disappointed. C. Doubtful. D. Impatient. 73. In response to Prince Charles’ calls, Duchy Originals will . A. make as much green food as possible B. cut down its cost C. figure out its greenhouse gas emission D. continue its greenhouse gas emission 74. The underlined phrase “the biggest global credit card debt” in Paragraph 3 probably refers to . A. the great amount of waste produced by industry B. the great damage caused to the environment C. the great amount of debts of the royal family D. the high cost of industry in their producing process 75. What would be the best title for the passage? A. Prince Charles Pledges Greener Royal Lifestyle B. Better Late Than Never C. Prince Charles and His Concern For Environment D. The Royal Family Has a Role to Play in Environment Protection 答案 71.D 72.A 73.C 74.B 75.A Passage 25 (山西省康杰中学 2009 届高三 6 月模拟 A 篇) 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 177 Do you love holidays, but hate the increase in weight that follows? You are not alone. Holidays are time for splendid meals and celebrating, especially with the traditional cultural foods. With proper planning, though, it is possible to keep normal weight during the holidays. The idea is to enjoy the holidays and think about moderation (节制). Whether it is celebrating at the office party or sitting down for the traditional family dinner, regard eating as a time for tasting a variety of foods. Here are some tips to carry you through the round of celebrations and your social calendar without feeling having done wrong. Set some goals that you can reach. Unless you have special needs to go on a diet, there are no forbidden foods. Don't turn down the foods you enjoy, but be sensible. Before you leave home, have a small, low-fat meal or snack. This can help you to avoid eating or drinking much. Use a small luncheon-size plate and avoid the large ones that may encourage you to “load up”. You should be most comfortable eating an amount of food about the size of your fist. Once you have had your “tasting” serving, move away from the dining room. Doing so will make it easy to stop yourself eating constantly at the sight of food. Eat slowly and fill up beforehand with clear soup and raw fruit or vegetables and fruit in a yogurt (酸奶) dressing rather than cream and cheese sauces. You can also drink a large glass of water before you eat to help you feel full. If you have a sweet tooth, try mints, hard cardies, and fruits. These don't have the fat content of creamy desserts and chocolate. Avoid high-fat foods. Dishes that look oily or creamy may have a generous amount of fat. Choose lean meats. Fill your plate with salad and green vegetables. Don't let exercise take a break during the holidays. A 20-minute walk after a meal can help burn off extra calories. 56. The underlined sentence “You are not alone.” here means that ______. A. you are firmly supportd by a lot of people B. many people are with you and you’ll never be alone C. the situation mentioned above is common among many people D. many people enjoy holidays and seldom hate putting on weight 57. What does the writer actually tell you when he says “Don't turn down the foods you enjoy, but sensible”? A. You can enjoy your favorite foods but don't eat too much. B. You must pour down the foods you enjoy, for it is reasonable. C. You shouldn't refuse anything you like and eat it as much as possible. D. You ought to accept what you enjoy and refuse what you don't. 58. Which of the following may be a great favorite of a person who has a sweet tooth? A. Clear soup and raw fruit. B. Salad and green vegetables. C. Mints, hard candies and fruits. D. Creamy desserts and chocolate. 59. The passage mainly tells you _____ during the holidays. A. how to follow a healthy diet B. how to control your portions (食量) C. how to maintain your normal weight D. how to maintain physical advity 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 178 答案 56.C 57.A 58.D 59.C Passage 26 (山西省康杰中学 2009 届高三 6 月模拟 B 篇) Many boys love reading about the legends of old pirates (海盗) and dreaming of their own wild adventures. But modern pirates are not a thing of the past. Last month Somali pirates did their boldest hijacking (劫持) to date. They seized the Saudi supertanker (超大型油轮) Sirius Star carrying crude oil worth about $100 million. They demanded $15 million to free the ship and its crew. The pirates have kept hitting the headlines this year: 92 attacks have been attempted, with 36 successful hijackings and 268 crew members taken hostage ( 人 质 ). The Chinese fishing ship Tianyu 8, with 17 Chinese and 8 foreigners on board, has been in their hands since November 14. Of course piracy (海盗行为) is nothing new. Even since there has been water and ships there have been pirates. The earliest documented history of pirates dates back to the 13th century in the Mediterranean Sea. Even the famous Roman emperor Julius Caesar was once kidnapped by pirates. Piracy reached its peak in the mid-1700s. It was during this time in the Caribbean and off the coast of Africa that men like “Blackbeard the Pirate” made this profession attractive. But with the creation of stronger national Navies piracy became less popular around the world. In the mid-20th century, most pirates were petty (小规模的) thieves. They used hooks to sneak (偷偷摸摸) on board ships at anchor, and grabbed all that they could find. These pirates were more likely to flee than fight if faced by the crew. However, nowadays piracy has become a multi-million-dollar business at tracting many in poor countries. Pirates are treated like heroes among local fishermen. They use satellite phones and Global Positioning Systems (GPS). Once they spot their target, they swarm the ship with fast boats and shoot it by firing AK-47s or even rocket-propelled grenades (火箭榴弹炮). Then they hold the ship and its crews for money. “The world should take forceful actions together to fight piracy,” said leaders at the Asian and Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) summit in Peru. “However, putting in anti-piarcy army can only be half of the solution. We have to protect the fair chance of Somali fishermen to get a good living and keep them from the lure of easy money,” said Peter Lehr, a lecturer in terrorism studies. 60. When did piracy reach its peak? A. In the 13th century. B. In the mid- 1700s. C. In the mid-20th century. D. November 14,2008. 61. What does the underlined sentence probably mean? A. Pirates were very bold at first. B. Pirates were very popular then. C. Pirates were very attractive then. D. Pirates were not so bold at that time. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 179 62. According to the passage, which of the following statements is TRUE? A. The pirates have committed 92 crimes successfully this year. B. Piracy became more and more popular as the national Navies became powerful. C. Nowadays, pirates are learning to use modern weapons to commit crimes at sea. D. On November 18, a Chinese ship was attacked by a suspected pirate ship. 63. What’s the most probable headline of this passage? A. Pirates are back B. The legends of pirates C. Terrorism of the world D. Who are pirates 答案 60.B 61.D 62.C 63.A Passage 27 (山西省康杰中学 2009 届高三 6 月模拟 C 篇) Sun Li has bumped into the headline of the press recently not because of her role of an actress but of a sponsor (赞助者) of a university student. The student named Zhang Haiqing, who studies in Shanghai Fisheries University, wrote a letter to a reporter named Qiu Zhaoju working in Chongqing Satellite TV , saying that Sun, who had sponsored him for two years, stopped the financial aid after his entry into university and insulted him with words like “you are no better than a pet dog. ” In 2002, Sun decided to sponsor the student who had lived in a poverty-stricken area when she shot a TV series in Yunnan Province. According to Sun’s spokeswomen Ms. Wang, the actress and her mother bought pens, notebooks, even a mobile phone and a camera besides tuitions for him. Qiu revealed the complaint in his blog, which has soon set off a heated debate over whether Sun should stop or continue her aid to Zhang. Most of netizens who responded to the news expressed strongly different views to-wards the issue. The issue has answered for an old Chinese saying that longtime sponsorship will lead to hatred, an article written by a reader named Yin Guo’an on people. com. cn. The saying tells us that longtime contacts will set off conflicts. If Sun had donated 5,000 yuan to Zhang once and for all, the student would have had heartfelt gratitude for her. Now, however Sun’s two –year-old funding has induced his complaint. It could be seen, the article said, that Sun had planned to shoulder Zhang’s tuition until his graduation from university, as showed the actress’ responsible attitude. As a student being sponsored, Zhang should have some self-control so he could neither feel justified to ask for constant help nor return kindness with hatred, the article suggested. The reporter Qiu also voiced his own views on kindness. There is no real kind and enmity between Sun and Zhang, he said. Both parties have not done something wrong, the reporter believed, _____, which results in mis-understanding and such a result no one could expect at the very beginning. That is why he put the student’s letter in his blog, the reporter explained. “I want you to think of the questions: why will a kind action lead to a bad ending? How should we help an 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 180 innocent student deal with the action? What sort of kind actions will get the best result?” 64. The sponsoring matter between Sun Li and Zhang Haiqing was probably first released ______. A. by Yin Guo’ an B. in Chongqing Satellite TV C. on the Internet D. by Sun Li’s spokes woman 65. Which of the following is the best sentence to be put into the blank in the text? A. they just lack some communication B. they don't want their matter solved C. the key between them lack honesty D. they both think themselves 66. Yin Guo’an has right approved of all EXCEPT______. A. Zhang Haiqing should return kindness to Sun Li B. Sun Li had better give away a amount of money to Zhang once C. long-time sponsorship has led to this complaint D. Sun Li will give up the sponsorship to Zhang Haiqing 67. From the text we can infer that ______. A. Qiu Zhaoju has blamed neither Sun Li nor Zhang Haiqing B. Zhang Haiqing is not a good and honest student C. many netizens have been in favor of Guoan’s opinions D. a kind action is always made use of by someone 答案 64.C 65.A 66.D 67.A Passage 28 (山西省康杰中学 2009 届高三 6 月模拟 D 篇) Now, it’s time for some brief news items. Teens Go Online Some 13 million European children under 18 use the Internet for schoolwork, games and music according to research done by Nielsen’s “Net-rating”. The study covered Britain, Germany, France, Italy and Spain. Experts advised parents to limit the time their kids spend on line and keep them away from chat rooms. Chat to the magic Mum British author J.K. Rowling, mother of magic boy Harry Potter, will do and Internet interview about her new book “Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince” on June 26. Before the event, children are invited to send their questions about Harry to the website. The book will hit stores in the US and UK on June 21 and will arrive in China in August. School Soldiers Russian school students will have to do basic military training in their final year of school, the government has decided. The lesson will include learning to fire guns, marching drills and how to deal with a chemical, nuclear or biological attack. The activity is seen as part of a drive toward the education of their love for their country. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 181 Is it hard for you to get up early and get ready for classes? Some students at Winter Park High School just roll out of bed in their pajamas(睡衣)and go to class in their own bedrooms, Of course, their teachers and classmates do not see them because all their class work is on the computer. The Florida High School, the state’s only online program take classes in algebra(代数), American government, chemistry, computer, economics, and web-page design. They also have to go to regular school to attend other classes. 68. In the first news item, which country is NOT covered in the reseach? A.Britain. B.France. C.Sweden. D.Spain. 69.What is the second news item mainly about? A.J.K.Rowling will have an Internet interview. B.Children will meet Harry Potter’s mother. C.The Harry Potter book will be avaiable on the Internet. D.The Harry Potter book will arrive in China in early June. 70.Why will Russian school students have basic military training? A.To get ready for a military parade. B.To learn to protect themselves. C.To gain some military knowledge. D.To develop their love for the country. 71.The news from Florida can be given a title “________”. A.Get up Late B.Online School C.Magical Computers D.No Teachers 答案 68.C 69.A 70.D 71.B Passage 29 (陕西省师大附中 2009 届高三第四次模拟考试 C 篇) Some people don't believe that driving more slowly can save lives. But the truth is that driving more slowly can help a person to avoid serious accidents. The following chart shows the distance that it takes to stop a car at a given speed. The distance is measured in feet. The shaded area shows the driver's thinking distance. That's the distance it takes for the driver to react to a danger that he sees. The white area shows the car's braking distance. That's the distance it takes for the car to stop once the brakes are used. The number at the top of each bar shows the total number of feet that it takes to stop the car. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 182 50.According to the chart, what is the total number of feet needed to stop a car that is traveling at 50 miles per hour? A.55. B.73. C.128. D.183. 51.What is the braking distance for a car that is traveling at 60 miles per hour? A.66 feet. B.119 feet. C.185 feet. D.251 feet. 52.Which of the following statements about braking and speed is true? A.The braking distance is what it takes for the driver to react to a danger that he sees. B.The speed of a car has a direct effect on the distance needed to stop the car. C.The braking distance increases only when a driver drives faster than 50 miles per hour D.Driving slowly can help a person to avoid all accidents. 答案 50.D 51.C 52.B Passage 30 (陕西省师大附中 2009 届高三第四次模拟考试 E 篇) Engineering students are supposed to be examples of practicality and rationality, but when it comes to my college education I am an idealist and a fool. In high school I wanted to be an electrical engineer and, of course, any sensible student with my aims would have chosen a college with a large engineering department, famous reputation and lots of good labs and research equipment. But that’s not what I did. I chose to study engineering at a small liberal-arts(文科)university that doesn’t even offer a major in electrical engineering. Obviously, this was not a practical choice; I came here for more noble reasons. I wanted a broad education that would provide me with flexibility and a value system to guide me in my career. I wanted to open my eyes and expand my vision by interacting with people who weren’t studying science or engineering. My parents, teachers and other adults praised me for such a sensible choice. They told me I was wise and mature beyond my 18 years, and I believed them. I headed off to college sure I was going to have an advantage over those students who went to big engineering “factories” where they didn’t care if you have values or were flexible. I was going to be a complete engineer: technical genius and sensitive humanist(人文学者)all in one. Now I’m not so sure. Somewhere along the way my noble ideals crashed into reality, as all noble ideals eventually do. After three years of struggling to balance math, physics and engineering courses with liberal-arts courses, I have learned there are reasons why few engineering students try to reconcile(协调)engineering with liberal-arts courses in college. The reality that has blocked my path to become the typical successful student is that engineering and the liberal arts simply don’t’ mix as easily as I assumed in high school. Individually they shape a person in very different ways; together they threaten to confuse. The struggle to reconcile the two fields of study is difficult. 56. The author chose to study engineering at a small liberal-arts university because he _______. A. wanted to be an example of practicality and rationality B. intended to be a combination of engineer and humanist C. wanted to coordinate engineering with liberal-arts courses in college D. intended to be a sensible student with noble ideals. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 183 57. According to the author, by interacting with people who study liberal arts, engineering students can _______. A. balance engineering and the liberal arts B. receive guidance in their careers C. become noble idealists D. broaden their horizons 58. In the eyes of the author, a successful engineering student is expected ____ A. to have an excellent academic record B. to be wise and mature C. to be imaginative with a value system to guide him D. to be a technical genius with a wide vision 59. The author’s experience shows that he was _______. A. creative B. ambitious C. unrealistic D. irrational 60. The word “they” in “…together they threaten to confuse.” (Line 3, Para.5) refers to _______ A. engineering and the liberal arts. B. reality and noble ideals C. flexibility and a value system D. practicality and rationality 答案 56.B 57.D 58.D 59.C 60.A Passage 31 (上海市崇明中学 2009 届高三 5 月高考模拟考试 D 篇) Topping the class academically was certainly an advantage. Studying was a breeze for Nigel. The reward was certainly incomparable to the little effort that he had to put in. It began when he was selected to help the teachers in the computer laboratories. The peak of his school career came not when he topped the school but when he was selected for the nationwide competition. Unlike everyone else, Nigel wanted to join the contest because he liked playing with the Lego sets (乐高拼图玩具) and making something out of them. Nigel spent the next two months rebuilding the robot. It was during the time that Nigel found out about the prizes for the competition as well as another competitor, Alicia, from a neighboring school. His early intentions were forgotten. Getting the thousand-dollar prize was more important than anything else. Nigel decided to befriend Alicia. Unaware of his intentions, she told him all about the robot that she had been building for the competition. He even helped her to put the finishing branches in her robot. He was glad with the way things had progressed. His robot looked even better than Alicia’s and it was able to become a ball with its arms, something Alicia had failed to do. On the day of the competition, he saw Alicia. Everything dawned on her the minute she saw him among the competition. She stared at him, puzzled at first, then angry and finally a look of helplessness came over her. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 184 The flashbulbs of the camera exploded in Nigel’s try. The robot bird performed actions so unique and different that the specialist judgments were the same. Nigel was so personal with himself that he did not even notice the girl standing a few feet away from him. Without her, he would never win the competition. 76.What reward did Nigel receive for doing well in his school work? A.He was offered a part-time job. B.He was honored with a scholarship. C.He helped his teacher construct a robot. D.He helped in the computer laboratories. 77.Nigel’s original intention of joining the contest was to _______. A.be the top student of the school B.bring great honor to his school C.construct a robot with the Lego sets D.win the thousand-dollar prize 78.Why did Nigel help Alicia finish her robot? A.He tried to make friends with her. B.He was fond of building robots. C.He intended to help her. D.He didn’t want her to suspect him. 79.What is the author’s attitude towards Nigel’s actions? A.He is mildly critical. B.He is strongly critical. C.He is in favor of them. D.His attitude is not clear. 答案 76.D 77.C 78.D 79.A Passage 32 (浙江省宁海县知恩中学 2009 届高三最后适应性考试 B 篇) Career building is an ongoing activity. Planning and goal setting are part of career building, but so is adjusting and taking advantage of things that happen in an unplanned way. Our dreams and desires, as well as the opportunities open to us, are changing all the time. Sometimes, they can change dramatically over a short period of time. Dealing with change often requires taking your career in a different direction. Therefore, most people’s career paths wind up looking more like a forest path or the course of a river than a straight flight path from point A to Point B. Career paths tend to meander. Just as a river must take an indirect path to get round hills and other obstacles ( 障 碍 ) , we often have to do a little meandering to get round barries. We also meander simply to explore various career posibilities. This doesn’t mean that you should wander aimlessly for the rest of your life! It doesn’t mean that, although career building gives you an overall sense of direction, it is responsible to expect that you’ll have to take some meandering along the way. Career building involves maneuvering as well as meandering. To maneuver is to be focused and strategic(策略的), to decide what you want and how you are going to get there. Believe it or 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 185 not, you can maneuver and meander at the same time. In fact, you have probably already done so. For example, if you have ever sent in an application form for an education program or job before you are really sure you want your application to be accepted, you have taken action on a plan while you are still exploring other posibilities. In other words, you are maneuvering and meandering at the same time. 45. This passage is mainly to ______________. A. tell you how to gain more control over your life B. give you a better understanding of yourself C. show you how to take an active role in planning your career D. help you to deal with things that happen in an unplanned way 46. The underlined word “meaander” in paragraph 2 most probably means ________. A. move away B. go round C. get through D. run over 47. What can we learn from the passage? A. There are seldom straight lines in the course of career building. B. Career path is like a flight path from point A to point B. C. Most of our dreams and desires change in a short time. D. More than half of us have to change our career directions. 48. When you are hunting for a job, you are supposed to _________. A. take your career in different directions B. avoid exploring various career posibilities C. change your dreams and desires now and then D. know your goal and try all possible ways to achieve it 答案 45.C 46.B 47.A 48.D Passage 33 (浙江省宁海县知恩中学 2009 届高三最后适应性考试 E 篇) The writers of murder stories go to a great deal of trouble to keep up guessing right up to the end. In actual fact, people often behave more strangely in real life than they do in stories. The following advertisement once appeared in a local newspaper: “An opportunity to earn $ 250 in a few minutes. A man… willing to chances, wanted for an out-of-the-ordinary job which 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 186 can be performed only once. ”A reader found this offer very nice and write to the advertiser. But being a bit suspicious ( 怀 疑 ), he gave a false name. Soon afterwards, he received a reply. Enclosed in the envelope was a typed note instructing him to ring a certain number if he was still interested. He did so and learned on the telephone that the advertiser wanted him “to get rid of somebody” and would discuss it more fully with him the next day. But the man told the police and from then on acted under their instructions. The police saw the two men meet and watched them as they drove away together. In the car the advertiser came to the point at once; he told the man he wanted him to shoot his wife. The reason he gave was that he was suffering from a serious disease and wanted to live in a warmer country, but his wife objected to this. Giving the man some money, the advertiser told him to buy a gun and warned him to be careful of the dog, though it would not bite, it might attract attention. He also gave him a photograph of his wife so that he would be able to recognize her. After that, the advertiser suggested that the man should “do the job” the next morning. At the same time he would prepare his wife by telling her that a young man was going to call. After the murder they would meet again outside a railway station and the money would be paid as arranged. The second meeting never took place, for the advertiser was arrested shortly afterwards and charged with attempting to persuade someone to murder his wife. 57. The sort of person that the advertisement in the newspaper asked for was a person ____. A. who was not afraid of police B. who wanted a profitable job C. who wished to earn $ 500 with two opportunities D. who was fond of adventure 58. The reader gave a false name when he answered the advertisement because ____. A. he did not want the police to suspect him B. he did not fully believe the advertiser C. the offer of the advertiser was only $250 D. the advertiser did not want to discuss the job fully on the phone 59. The advertiser wanted the reader “to get rid of somebody. ”This implies ____. A. the advertiser was surrounded by the police B. it was inconvenient for the advertiser to speak directly at the time 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 187 C. the advertiser wished to kill his wife the next day D. the advertiser would hire the man to kill someone 60. The man told the police of the murder plan so that____. A. the advertiser was arrested red-handed B. the man was paid $ 250 as arranged C. the wife' s life was spared D. the dog would not be alarmed 答案 57.B 58.B 59.C 60.A Passage 34 (南昌市南昌二中高三冲刺模拟考试 A 篇) It is predicted that there will be 5 scientific breakthroughs in the 21st century. We’ll know where we came from.Why does the universe exist? To put it another way, why is there something instead of nothing? Since the 1920s, scientists have known the universe is expanding, which means it must have started at a definite time in the past . They even have developed theories that give a detailed picture of the evolution(演变) of the universe. We’ll crack(破译)the genetic(基因)code and conquer cancer.Thanks to 20th-century antibiotics, the once dreaded, once incurable disease now can mean nothing more serious than taking some pills.As scientists learn more about the genetic code and the way cells work, many serious diseases ---cancer, for one ---will become less threatening . Using manufactured “therapeutic”(治疗的) viruses, doctors will be able to replace cancer—causing damaged DNA with healthy genes. We’ll live longer (120 years?).If the normal aging process is basically an invisible contest in our cells ---a contest between damage to our DNA and our cells’ ability to repair that damage ---then 21st –century progress in genetic medicine may let us control and even reverse the process. We’ll manage Earth.In the 21st century, we’ll stop talking about the weather but will do something about it.We’ll gradually learn how to predict the effects of human activity on the Earth, its climate and its ecosystems(生态系统).And with that knowledge will come an increasing willingness to use it to manage the workings of our planet. We’ll have a brain “road map”.This is the real “final frontier” of the 21st century: The brain is the most complex system we know.It contains about 100 billion neurons, each connected to as many as 1,000 others. 56.In the 20th century, __________ made the serious disease become curable. A.genetic code B.healthy genes C.antibiotics D.DNA 57.Which of the following is not mentioned in the text? A.In the 21st century, we will be more willing to manage the working of our planet 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 188 B.The brain contains about 1000 billion neurons. C.The 21st century progress in genetic may let us control the aging process. D.The universe must have started at a definite time in the past. 58.What’s the main idea of the text? A.People will live longer and become much stronger in the 21st century. B.There will be 5 scientific breakthroughs in the 21st century C.Science will develop more quickly in the 21st century. D.People will know more about our world 答案 56.C 57.B 58.B Passage 35 (南昌市南昌二中高三冲刺模拟考试 E 篇) Academy Awards The Academy Awards are the most prominent film award in the United States.The Awards are granted by the Academy of Motin Picture Arts and Sciences.Academy Awards are nicknamed “Oscars”, which is also the nickname of the statuette(小雕像).The name is said to have been born when Margaret Herrick saw the statuette on a table and said: It looks just like my uncle Oscar!” Berlin Film Festival One of the “A” festivals in Europe . The Berlin International Film Festival, also called the “Berlinale”, is held annually in February and started 1951 after an initiative of the American, who occupied part of the city after World WarⅡ.The jury(专家评奖 团)always placed special emphasis on representing films from all over the world, from the former Eastern Bloc(集团)Countries as well as from western countries.The awards are called Golden and Silver Bears (as the Bear is the symbol of Berlin). Venice Film Festival The Venice Film Festival takes place every year in late August / early September on the Lido in the historic Palazzo del Cinema, in Venice, Italy, its main award is the “ Leone d’Oro”(Golden Lion).Recently, a new award has been added, the San Marco Award for the best film. Cannes Film Festival The Cannes Film Festival is a famous international film festival.It has been held annually in Cannes, in the south of France, since 1946 with a few exceptions.Given massive media exposure, the Festival is attended by many movie stars and is a popular venue for movie producers to launch their new films and attempt to sell their works to the distributors who come from all over the globe. The most famous award given out at Cannes is the “Palme d’Or” (Golden Palm) for the best film; this is sometimes shared by multiple films in one year. 71.Which Award can be shared by multiple films in one year? 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 189 A.Golden Lion B.Golden Palm C.Academy Awards D.San Marco Award 72.Which of the following statements about “Oscars” is not true? A.It’s the nickname of Academy Awards B.It’s also the nickname of the statuette. C.It got its name because Margaret said the statuette looked like his uncle. D.It’s an award in France. 73.Which Award has the shortest history? A.Golden Lion B.Golden Palm C.Academy Awards D.San Marco Award 74.Why is the Award for Berlin Film Festival called “Golden and Silver Bear”? A.It looks like a bear B.It is made up of bear fur C.The bear is the symbol of Berlin D.Bear is rare in Berlin 75.Which of the following best states the main idea of the passage? A.An introduction of famous film festivals and film awards B.An advertisement for films and TV programmes. C.Introduce the nicknames of famous film awards. D.A guide of how to spend famous film festivals 答案 71.B 72.D 73.D 74.C 75.A Passage 36 (安徽省芜湖一中 2008 年高三 5 月最后一模 B 篇) Success Is Not a Destination(目的地) Should people stop once they have achieved something? No! In life, they are always trying to make things better or have more of the same success. Athletes are constantly striving(努力) to shorten time for races, increase heights or distances. The world of medicine has had its series of successes, too. Christian Barnard performed several successful heart transplants. Other medical experts have achieved organ transplants. Throughout the ages, mankind has found treatments and cures for cancer and other diseases. A cure for AIDS might soon be disvovered. Age does not seem to slow down achievers. Tina Tuner at 54 is still singing in abundance(丰 富) and attracting sell-out crowds wherever she goes. Comedian George Burns, in his 90s, wants to perform at Caesar’s Palace when he turns 100. Success does not belong only to the rich and famous. It should be the goal of everyone. Many successful people have had humble beginnings. Would you believe that actress Michelle Pfeifer of Cat was a supermarket checkout girl? 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 190 At work, we strive for achievement, too. Success may mean organizing a conference more effectively and efficiently each year. Sometimes, it is not a pat on the back or the promotion that makes it worthwhile. Often, it is the inner thrill(一阵激动) and satisfaction of achievement, no matter how small it may be. Aiming for success doesn’t mean you are greedy or dissatisfied. It is all part of gaining new experiences. It ultimately(最终) makes you a more interesting and useful person in society. The journey to success has its road blocks, discouragement and distractions. It takes great resourcefulness and achievement to overcome obstacles and setbacks to move on successfully. 60.If an athlete can shorten time in races, he/she . A.is a real success B.will stop his/her steps forward C.is always sure to win D.is the best runner of all 61.The expression “a pat on the back” probably means “ ”. A.patting somebody on the back B.something important C.singing somebody’s praises D.anything important 62.Which statement below is NOT true according to the passage? A.Man now can transplant organs. B.Man now can cure AIDS. C.Not all successful people have humble beginnings. D.Michelle was once a supermarket checkout girl. 63.The writer of the passage agrees to all the ideas EXCEPT that . A.any small success will make us excited B.organizing a conference is a success C.aiming for success is to gain new experiences in life D.the journey to success is not so smooth to make 答案 60.A 61.C 62.B 63.B Passage 37 (福建省厦门双十中学 2008 年 6 月迎考热身试卷 D 篇) Dear SJ, Losing a best friend is never easy. Your problem, is not just that you miss your best friend, it is that you feel empty and lost without her friendship. It takes time to get over a lost, and during that time, your mind is getting used to a new way of being. This is usually a good thing, even if it feels like a bad thing. Now that you are on your own, you are being forced to learn to be by yourself and to rely upon your own inner voice for guidance. I am sure that this feels strange for you, but if you can hang on for a bit longer, it may work to your advantage. Best friends are cool, but it is important to know the difference between missing someone and being too independent upon them. At your age, girls do tend to stick together and having a good boyfriend may not yet be the better choice. Your friend is leaving you, her best friend, for a boyfriend. Boyfriends are completely different from best friends. The distinction is that boyfriends come and go, while girl friends often stay in your life throughout high school, and even afterwards. It is a completely different sort of bond. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 191 I suggest that you take advantage of this period in your life to expand your horizons. Enjoy the freedom of having no best friend for a while, and hang with the group. By the time your former best friend breaks up with her boyfriend, you will be in a completely different place, a far better place. And, by the way, next time you feel empty and lost, try to write about it in a diary. In several months, you will look back and read it with curiosity about yourself. “Who was I then, and what could I have been thinking?” 67.Judging from the letter, SJ’s problem was that she didn’t know . A.whether to give up her best friend B.what to do without her best friend C.whom to choose between two friends D.how to stop missing her former friend 68.The underlined part “a new way of being” (in Paragraph 3) refers to the situation in which SJ has to . A.find a new friendship B.live without her boyfriend C.learn to give up D.learn to be independent 69.The writer believes by the time SJ’s former friend loses her boyfriend, SJ will . A.take revenge on her former friend B.comfort her former friend C.feel more independent and confident D.continue friendship with her former friend 70.What does the last paragraph seem to suggest? A.Unhappy experiences are easy to forget. B.Keeping a diary helps correct oneself. C.SJ will get over her problem soon. D . One shouldn’t forget the past experiences. 答案 67. B 68.D 69.C 70.A Passage 38 (河南省开封市 2008 届第四次模拟考试 A 篇) Friend is better than fortune. Friend is worse than poison in some cases. The two sentences above are opposite and seem to be unreasonable but they can be explained as follows: the first refers to all good friends who drive us towards good while the second all bad ones who lead us to wrong ways. My ideal friend is of course a good friend whose goodness is shown below——he has no bad likings, such as smoking and drinking. He lives in frugality(节俭). He studies hard so as not to waste his golden time. At home he honors his parents and loves his brothers; at school he respects his teachers and shares feelings of his classmates. He treats those truly who are true to him. In a word, he has all the good characters better than mine. I can follow him as a model. With his help I am free from all difficulties. Indeed, if I have such a person as my friend, I shall never fear difficulty and I shall never know the existence of the word "failure". 56. This passage tells us ________. A. how to make friends with others B. how the writer's friend helps him C. what kind of person the writer's friend is 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 192 D what kind of person we should make friends with 57. An ideal friend means ________. A. a polite friend B. a false friend C. a likable friend D. an old friend 58. From the passage we can learn that ________. A. the writer and his ideal friend have a lot to learn from each other B. the writer has a lot to learn from his ideal friend C. the writers ideal friend has a lot to learn from him D. the writer has only a little to learn from his ideal friend 59. From the second paragraph, we can infer the writer is sure that ________. A. nothing cannot be done with friend B. only the first sentence is reasonable C. he who does not smoke or drink must be a good friend D. good friends should always help each other 答案 56.D 57.C 58.B 59.A Passage 39 (衡阳市八中 2008 届高三模拟试题 B 篇) Skipping classes, particularly big lectures where an absence is likely to go undetected, is a tradition among college undergraduates. These days, however, some professors say they’re seeing more absenteeism, as students make the most of new technologies as learning aids. Americ Azevedo taught an “ Introduction to Computers ” at the University of California, Berkeley, US last semester. By visiting the course’s website, the 200 enrolled students could download audio recordings or watch digital videos of the lectures, as well as read the instructor’s detailed lecture notes. But there was one big problem: So many of the undergraduates relied on the technology that at times only 20 or so actually showed up for class. Doug Suda, 19, a student in Azevedo’s class last semester, said he skipped about three-quarter of the lectures. It’s largely because he was busy with an off-campus job and was taking the course to fulfill a business major requirement. At the end of the term, Suda prepared hurriedly for the final exam by watching videos of about 15 lectures over three days. “ If I hadn’t that… I would probably fail the class,” said Suda, who instead received a B-plus. Despite the concerns about absenteeism, schools are increasingly experimenting with ways to let students watch or listen to lectures on their computers or digital music players, like ipods. Last month, Harvard Medical School began “ Podcasting ”lectures. Students can download them into digital musical players, and study while they, say, go for a walk. As many academics accept the electronic innovation, others are pushing back. To encourage attendance, they are applying low-tech tactics, like giving more surprising quizzes or cutting back their online offerings. Lee Chanian, a UCLA economics professor, says “ too much technology leads to passive learning environment and encourage more absenteeism”. He now puts fewer lecture materials online, and provides extensive notes only for the most complicated topics. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 193 60.The word “ absenteeism ” in the 2nd paragraph most probably means . A. attending classes B. having classes C. giving classes D. skipping classes 61.At times only 20 or so undergraduates showed up for Americ Azevedo’s class because . A. so many undergraduates relied on digital learning aids B. so many undergraduates have off-campus jobs. C. his lectures were boring D. the exam was easy to pass 62.According to the passage, to encourage attendance, some academics are applying the following lower-tech tactics EXCEPT . A. giving more surprise quizzes B. putting fewer lecture materials online C. providing extensive notes only for the most complicated topics D. cutting off their online offerings 63.What could be the best title for this passage? A. Lectures fight digital learning aids to up class numbers B. Lectures apply digital learning aids to up class numbers C. Lectures fight lower-tech tactics to up class numbers D. Schools are encouraging more absenteeism 答案 60. D 61.A 62.D 63.A Passage 40 (辽宁省沈阳二中 2008 届第四次模拟考试 C 篇) Los Angeles’ Shopping Malls Let’s take a look around the mall . You will find various malls in Los Angeles . Stores vary by mall . To better understand shopping at the mall , let’s take a look at the basic structure of malls. Basic Structure Most of the malls are two or three layer (层) buildings including their parking lots. It’s not the norm(标准), but some malls like Beverly Hills Center are located on top of the parking lot . Most of the malls have pathways between the department stores and a food court , a central place for dining . You can also find theaters in malls. Services of the mall It’s easy to find the places you want to go from the directories(电话簿) in each mall. Usually the directory is located in several places throughout the mall . You can also carry printouts of the directory while shopping . If you have questions , ask employees for more details. Most shops do not wrap gifts so you will have to use the department gift service center for wrapping . Make sure you have your receipts(收据) when you go to have the gifts wrapped . Each mall has a variety of service facilities including restrooms . public phones , diaper ( 尿 布 ) changing rooms . ATM machines , stamp machines and vending (贩卖) machines. 64. Which of the following doesn’t make up the basic structure of a shopping mall? A. Supermarket B. Theater C. Parking lot D. Food court 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 194 65. What does the underlined sentence mean ? A. The parking lot is usually located on the top of the mall B. The parking lot is usually located under the mall C. Only the parking of Beverley Hills Center is under the mall D. The parking lot can be located on any floor of the mall 66. What’s the use of the mall’s directory ? A. It tells you where to find some certain goods . B. It shows you the best and cheapest goods of the mall C. It shows you all the places in the mall . D. It gives all the names of the shops in the mall . 67. Which of the following statements in NOT true ? A. A food court in the mall is a big dining place . B. You need to bring receipts when having gifts wrapped C. You can have your gifts wrapped at any shop in a mall with a receipt D. You can take your young baby with you when shopping in the mall. 答案 64.A 65.B 66.C 67.D Passage 41 (辽宁省沈阳二中 2008 届第四次模拟考试 D 篇) Making friends in the first few weeks of school is easy. Many students can find a friend in little time. They can be amazed at how close they can get to someone whose interests are completely different, and how comfortable they feel about expressing their mutual(相互的)fondness. Unusual bonds(关系)are one of the great pleasures of school life, and can lead to enriching relationships based on mutual respect. Mostly, though, by a couple of weeks into term, they are really embarrassing. And shaking off friends can be a lot harder than making them. School is all about being busy and trying new things, so you needn’t feel too bad about ditching( 与……断绝 关系) old friends in favor of new people and experiences. So long as you do it kindly. The pace of school life can be a great excuse for turning down another invitation for a party. You can even claim to be studying---you’re at school, and you’re supposed to work hard. Another kind way of getting rid of an unwanted friend is to go on inviting them out, but to events where lots of other people will demand your time. Or you could suggest activities that you think they’d enjoy, but which you won’t actually be able to make yourself. Then you could say “I’m really busy at the moment. I’ll give you a call when I’ve finished this assignment”. But wait. Hasn’t someone just said that to you? How do you manage to stay such company that you’re not the one being ditched? For a start, concentrate on how interesting the other person is. Remember the things going on in their lives and text or ring to check how they got on with those things. Do sympathize(同情)if things have gone badly, and congratulate them if things have gone well. Have a weekly time and place where you meet friends, so that you can invite new friends to drop in. There, the more cheerful you appear, the more popular you are likely to be. 68.We can base an unusual friendship on ______. A. common interests B. long-term contact 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 195 C. mutual respect D. a great pleasure 69. Which of the following can be a good way to refuse unwanted friends? A. Telling them that you’ve received an invitation to another party. B. Telling them that you are busy at school and have to study. C. Inviting them to play outside school where they’re strangers. D. Suggesting activities that they don’t enjoy. 70. What does the last paragraph tell us to do? A. To make new friends. B. To keep in touch with old friends. C. To avoid being shaken off. D. To avoid hurting unusual friends. 71. What is the main idea of the passage? A. It mainly tells us how to treat friends B. It mainly introduces the importance of friends C. It mainly explains the lesson for shaking off friends D. It mainly gives advice on how to make new friends 答案 68.C 69.B 70.C 71.A Passage 42 (辽宁省沈阳二中 2008 届第四次模拟考试 E 篇) When you choose a freezer, remember it’s probably going to be with you for a long time. So it’s important to know which freezer is right for your needs. First, decide if you want an upright or chest model. Uprights are more convenient. Their storage space is more accessible and they take up less floor area. However, chest models are more energy-efficient because less cold air escapes when they are open. If you are buying an upright, you’ll have to choose between frostless(无霜) or manual (手动 的)defrost(解冻). Chest freezers are always manual. Frostless freezers automatically defrost at present intervals(每隔一段时间) and remove the water. Manual models must be defrosted by hand every few months or whenever frost pile up to about a quarter of an inch. To help your freezer reach a ripe old age, try to find a spot that’s cool, dry, and away from drafts(精棉). Drafts and heat will raise the freezer’s cabinet temperature, which makes it work harder to keep cool. That means wasted energy. That means wasted energy and a shortened life. Dry air is important because high humidity (湿气) can cause the freezer to rust outside and frost up inside. With proper care, a freezer can serve you for 15 years or more. Regular cleaning and simple maintenance will help it maintain a zero-degree temperature and keep it smelling fresh and looking almost new. Frostless models requires less care than manual defrost freezers. The inside of a frostless unit should be washed periodically with warm water and baking soda or a mild soap, rinse, and dried. Good habits go a long way toward a freezer that runs efficiently. To get the most from your freezer, check regularly to make sure it’s providing a true zero-degree temperature. Keep the freezer at least three-quarters full. The emptier it get, the more energy is wasted. If more than three pounds of food per cubic foot of storage space is added every 24 hours, the resulting high or low temperature can damage the food. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 196 72. What can we learn from this passage? A. It is more important to keep the freezer at the temperature of zero-degree. B. It is an easy task to have your freezer serve you for 15 years. C. You don’t have to worry about defrosting if you choose a chest freezer. D. The opening of freezers has nothing to do with energy-saving. 73. According to the passage, choosing the best place for your freezer means_____. A. putting it in an unheated garage if possible B. locating it near a stove if it is a manual-defrosted model C. trying to keep it away from heat, drafts, and humidity D. locating it as close as possible to the kitchen door 74. In order to get the best results, you should______. A. use cool water to wash the inside of frostless models B. keep the freezer at least 75% full C. add three pounds of food every 24 hours D. put your freezer in a garage with a strong floor 75. Which statement best describes the main idea of the passage? A. It tells the most economical ways to use a freezer. B. It explains how to defrost a manual-defrosted freezer. C. It introduces the advantages and disadvantages of two kinds of freezers/ D. It gives useful advice on how to choose and maintain a freezer. 答案 72.A 73.C 74.B 75.D Passage 43 (山东省聊城市 2008 年高三年级模拟(四)A 篇) Sixteen years ago, Eileen Doyle’s husband, an engineer, took his four children up for an early morning cup of tea, packed a small case and was never seen or heard of again. Eileen was astonished and in a state of despair. They had been a happy family and, as far as she knew, there had been nothing wrong with their marriage. Every day of the year a small group of men and women quietly pack a few belongings and without so much as a note or a good—bye close the front door for the last time, leaving their debts, their worries and their confused families behind them. Last year, more than 1,200 men and nearly as many women were reported missing from home—the highest in 15 years. Many did return home within a year, but others rejected the past completely and are now living a new life somewhere under a different identity. To those left behind this form of desertion is a terrible blow to their pride and self- confidence. Even the finality of death might be preferable. At least it does not imply rejection or failure. Worse than that, people can be left with an unfinished marriage, not knowing whether they will have to wait seven years before they are free to start a fresh life. Clinical psychologist Paul Brown believes most departures of this kind to be well planned rather than impulsive(冲动). “It’s typical of the kind of personality which seems able to ignore other people’s pain and difficulties. Running away, like killing yourself, is a highly aggressive act. By creating an absence the people left behind feel guilty, upset and empty.” 56. When her husband left home, Eileen Doyle ______________. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 197 A. could not forgive him for taking the children B. had been expecting it to happen for some time C. could not understand why D. blamed herself for what had happened 57. Most people who leave their families behind them_______. A. do so without warning B. do so because of their debts C. come back immediately D. change their names 58. Some people would even prefer the death to the running away of their spouse because . A. their spouse would feel no pain during the death B. their spouse death would not be a bit terrible C. a desertion would not bring a feeling of rejection or failure D. their spouse’s death would make them feel less painful 59. Usually the man or woman left behind with an unfinished marriage __________. A. admits responsibility for the situation B. wishes the person who has left were dead C. will come back within a year D. will have no legal marriage life for seven years 60. Paul Brown regards leaving home in such circumstances as _____________. A. an act of despair B. an act of selfishness C. the result of a sudden decision D. the result of the enormous sense of guilt 答案 56.C 57.A 58.D 59.D 60.B Passage 44 (山东省聊城市 2008 年高三年级模拟(四)C 篇) Proper arrangement of classroom space is important to encouraging interaction. Most of us have noticed how important physical setting is to efficiency and comfort in our work. College classroom space should be designed to encourage the activity of critical thinking. We have entered the 21 st century, but step into almost any college classroom and you step back in time at least a hundred years. Desks are normally in straight rows, so students can clearly see the teacher but not all their classmates. The message behind such an arrangement is obvious. Everything of importance comes from the teacher. With a little imagination and effort, unless desks are fixed to the floor, the teacher can correct this situation and create space that encourage interchange among students. In small or standard-size classes, chairs, desks, and tables can be arranged in a variety of ways. The primary goal should be for everyone to be able to see everyone else. Large classes, particularly those held in lecture halls, unfortunately, allow much less flexibility. Arrangement of the classroom should also make it easy to divide students into small groups for discussion or problem-solving exercises. Small classes with movable desks and tables present no problem. Even in large lecture halls, it is possible for students to turn around and form groups of four to six. Breaking a class into small groups provides more opportunities for students to interact with each other, think out loud, and see how other students’ thinking processes operate all essential elements in developing new modes of critical thinking. In courses that regularly use a small group format, students might be asked to stay in the same small groups throughout the course. A colleague of mine, John, allows students to move 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 198 around during the first two weeks, until they find a group they are comfortable with. John then asks them to stay in the same seat, with the same group, from that time on. This not only creates a comfortable setting for interaction but helps him learn students’ names and faces. 66. The primary purpose of desk rearrangement is_______. A. for the teacher to divide students into small groups. B. to make it possible for students to interact with each other. C. for the teacher to find out how students think. D. to give students more opportunities to practice speaking. 67. The expression “step back in time at least a hundred years” in Paragraph 2 is intended to convey the idea that . A. there is not much change in educational idea over the past hundred years B. critical thinking was encouraged even a century ago C. college classrooms often remind people of their college life D. a hundred years ago, desk arrangement in a classroom was quite different 68. The greatest advantage in allowing each student to find his own group might be that________ A. learning is made comfortable in this way B. the teacher can easily remember students’ names and faces C. the teacher saves the trouble in doing that D. brighter students can help slower ones. 69. It is implied in the passage that . A. students are allowed to changed groups throughout the course in John’s class B. classroom interaction between students is essential to the teachers C. a comfortable environment leads to higher working efficiency D. new kinds of desks and chairs should be made 70. The author mentioned John in the last paragraph in order to ________ A. create a comfortable setting for interaction B. introduce an approach of learning students’ names and faces easily C. give an example that students stay in the same seat throughout the course. D. describe a good seat-arrangement mode in courses with small group format. 答案 66.B 67.A 68.A 69.C 70.D Passage 45 (山东诸城等四县市 2008 年高考适应性训练 C 篇) Restaurants in Europe,the United States and Japan are testing technology to let diners older their food direct from a semen at their table instead of depending on a fellow human being to note their choice. Besides cutting costs,companies that sell the “e-menu” argue the bytes-for-bites approach has a novelty(有新意的)value that can lure younger customers,and various photographs of steaks and gooey desserts tempt diners to order more.It also could extend the TV dinner.How about a computer-game dinner? “It's about impulse-buying.” said Adi Chitayat,Conceptie's chief executive.“If a person starts looking at pictures of chocolate cake,the chances are he'll order it.” Frame,a trendy sushi restaurant in Tel Aviv which has installed the system,said sales on tables with the e-menu have 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 199 increased by about 11 percent.Customers often call ahead to reserve spots equipped with the screens,manager Natalie Edry told Reuters. At one of the e-menu tables,information technology worker Gil Uriel and his young family were enthusiastic as they checked out pictures of the dishes on offer and squabbled over desserts.“It's more visual.” said Uriel,as his children clicked away furiously on a games function between courses.“We can still choose,we con still argue—but it's much easier when you call all see it.” 66.The following are the advantages mentioned of “restaurants with e-menus” except that A.customers can see die picture of their ordered foods B.they can attract more customers to the restaurants C.the restaurants save much cost D.eating in them is more comfortable 67.The underlined word “impulse-buying” means . A.having no patience to buy things B.having no idea in purchasing C.being encouraged to buy things D.being uninterested in purchase 68.According to the last paragraph,we know that . A.this kind of restaurants are popular among customers B.it still takes time for e-menus to be widely accepted C.customers show little interest in the e-menus D.e-menus only attracts a small number of customers 69.The best title of this passage might be A.Modern Restaurants B.Restaurants Try E-menus C.Great Changes in Restaurants D.A New Attraction 70.This passage might be taken from A.food guide B.Traveling magazine C.Advertisement D.Website 答案 66.D 67.C 68.B 69.B 70.D Passage 46 (山东诸城等四县市 2008 年高考适应性训练 D 篇) Living an Adventurous Life Neatly ten years ago,I was told that I had a brain tumor(瘤),and this experience changed my attitude about adventure forever.I thought that I was going to die and that all my adventures were over.I did not have a brain tumor,it turned out,but rather multiple sclerosis,which meant that, although they were not over,the nature of my adventures could have to change. Each morning that I wake up is a fresh event,something that I might not have had Each gesture that I make carries the weight of uncertainty and demands significant attention;buttoning my shirt,changing a light bulb,walking down stairs.I might not be able to do it this time.If I could not delight in them,they would likely drown me in anger and in self-pity. I admire the grand adventures of others . I read about them with interest . With Peter Matthiessen I have hiked across the Himalayas to the Crystal Mountain.I have walked with Annie Dillard up,down,into,and across Tinker Creek in all Seasons.David Bain has gone with me 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 200 along 110 miles of Philippine coast,and Ed Abbey has rowed me down the Colorado River,I enjoy the adventures of these courageous figures,who can strike out on difficult trips——2 miles, 250 miles ,3000 miles——ready to bear cold and tiredness——indeed not just to bear but to celebrate. But as for me,I can no longer walk very far from the armchair in which I read Some days I don't even make it to the backyard.And yet I'm unwilling to give up the adventurous life; the difficulty of it,even the pain,the anxiety and fear,and the sudden brief lift of spirit that makes a hard journey more attractive. I refine adventure,make it smaller and smaller And now,whether I am moving on my hands and knees across the dining room to help my cat,lying wide-eyed in the dark battling another period of sadness,gathering flowers from the garden,meeting a friend for lunch,I am always having the adventures that are mine to have 71.What happens to the author after her illness? A.She has a fear of medical treatments. B.She travels to places she has dreamed. C.She can't take care of herself any longer D.She is not drowned in anger and self-pity. 72.Why does the author admire the people mentioned in paragraph 3? A.Because they write popular novels. B.Because they are great adventurers. C.Because they are famous geographers. D.Because they struggle with hardship in life 73.The author ends the article with a feeling of A.sadness B.sacrifice C.security D.satisfaction 74.What does “adventurous life” in the title mean to the author? A.The struggles of great people against difficulties. B.Her concern about giving up certain activities. C.Her adapting to the situation with an illness. D.The exciting traveling experience of other. 75.What conclusion can we draw from the passage? A.Travel can enrich a person's life. B.Reading is an activity that a patient enjoys most. C.A positive attitude can improve a difficult situation. D.A person's ability can be improved through reading. 答案 71.D 72.B 73.D 74.C 75.C Passage 47 (西安交大附中 2007—2008 学年度下学期高三第四次模拟考试 A 篇) I don’t know if I am missing the greatest pleasure of my life . I am no fan of computer games . Some guys forget themselves and forget day and night when they play games .For example ,a colleague has been playing since 1 o’clock this morning and now it is 7 o’clock . He is still commanding his army of little people to attack strange-looking animals. Some games could be fun, 1 admit, and it is therefore understandable that such a game catches players. For example, games 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 201 like Red Storm or some role-play games, you do something and try to outwit(智胜) your computer. You get some fun out of these games. It is understandable that such a game pushes you into a pitfall(陷阱) of pleasures. But some games look quite stupid and simple. Again for example, my colleague has been interested in Stone Age, a cartoon-like game rooted in prehistoric time. The game is well made, full of strange people and animals and you can play on line with partners. You can have reference books to study so as to shortcut your rivals( 对 手 ) and increase your own conquering power. I believe some kinds of games are really created for adults. But seeing these adults play the simple games with such interest, I just wonder if there is something wrong with me and if I am losing the greatest possible fun of my life. I ask why I don' t bother playing such games and why I seem to have some aversion to such games. I have no answers. Certainly computer games is no my idea of a good time. I would rather listen to some music or read a book. Take music for example. Good music tops my list of pleasures. Nothing could beat music, all in a harmony of sounds and emotions. But how about games? Why am I so strongly biased(偏见) against such games? 41.The underlined word “aversion” in the last paragraph most probably means . A.change B.liking C.comment D.dislike 42.The games that the writer has a preference for are . A.games where there are strange people ,animals and killing and fighting B.games which you can play with partners C.games where you try to beat your computer with intelligence D.games based on history 43.What does the writer think is the best pastime(消遣)? A.Music. B.Reading. C.Movies. D.Role-play games. 44.Through the passage ,the writer most probably wants to say . A.he can’t understand some of the computer games B.computer games need to be bettered to suit adults C.computer games are dull and a waste of time D.he is missing a great pleasure of life 答案 41.D 42.C 43.A 44.C Passage 48 (西安交大附中 2007—2008 学年度下学期高三第四次模拟考试 C 篇) Although there are no state controlled survival courses in Britain or the United States, there are various independent organizations offering similar activities. Students can participate in outdoor training courses through university clubs and societies. Anyone can register with such groups, which then organize courses, training and trips for all members. One of the most popular outdoor training programmes in both the US and Britain, is Outward Bound. The courses are to broaden minds through experiences that build confidence, self-esteem and character. As well as specialist courses such as canoeing, leadership skills and sailing, participants can take part in week long adventure training camps which include sports and survival training education skills. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 202 Michael Williams, an American student, took part in an Outward Bound course last year. He said: “We learned lots of first aid skills, lots of natural history, lots of environmental facts, and participated in a wildlife preservation programme. Beyond that, my favorite skills learned were sailing and rock climbing.” Courses can last up to 40 days and are open to anyone over the age of 14. Students must be in general good health, but do not need to be experienced in outdoor-sports. There is no selection process; everyone is welcome, although new participants are advised to pick a course matching their physical capacity. Another similar organization is the UK Survival School, which includes courses on learning to live with the environment, sailing and winter survival. On a basic survival weekend students will learn how to get water and food , how to make fire and cook with it , to find and build a shelter , control survival life support , how to cross rivers , to send off a distress(危急)signal , and to use compasses by day and night . Outward Bound believes that participants will “use mind and body traveling some of the Earth’s roughest wildness areas.” 49.Which of the following statements about joining in Outward Bound is correct? A.All members should be above 18. B.Suitable courses are advised. C.All members are strictly picked out. D.Experience is needed. 50. is not what Outward Bound courses aim at. A.Building members’ character B.Broadening members’ horizon C.Building members’ confidence D.Building up members’ health 51.What can be inferred from the passage? A.All the survival courses are controlled by the state. B.Learning natural history knowledge is an important part in the courses of Survival School. C.All the Outward Bound courses are limited to a month. D.Protecting ecosystem is one of the concerns of Outward Bound. 52.The most suitable title of the passage is . A.Choose Outward Bound ,the most popular survival courses B.Choose outdoor training programs , be eco-friendly C.Choose survival courses ,choose new experiences D.Choose Survival School ,what are you waiting for 答案 49.B 50.D 51.D 52.C Passage 49 (西安交大附中 2007—2008 学年度下学期高三第四次模拟考试 E 篇) On the afternoon before his wedding day this fall, Hamid was sitting in an empty teahouse holding a glass of green tea between his fingers, his brow folded in worry and anxiety .That’s the cost of his wedding. In Afghanistan, one of the poorest countries in the world, bridegrooms are expected to pay not only for their weddings ,but also all the related expenses, including several huge pre-wedding parties and money for the bride’s family ,known as the bride price. The bridegroom is also responsible for jewelry ,flowers ,two dresses for the bride, two suits for 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 203 himself ,a visit to the beauty salon for the bride and her closest female relatives ,as well as a sound system for the wedding , a photographer and a video team with a pair of cameramen. All that can run a middle-class Afghan man on average $ 20,000. Hamid ,a midlevel bureaucrat in the Afghan government who supports his six-member family on a salary of $ 7,200 per year ,said his bill was going to top $ 12,000. And by Afghan standards, that would be considered normal, or even a bargain. “Sometimes it’s difficult to think about it ,” said Hamid ,30 , “It’s a lot of responsibility. “After that the bridegrooms and their families are left with bills that put them into heavy debts .Even the poor must do that. A laborer ,for instance ,making about the average income of $ 350 per year, may well spend more than $ 2,000 for his wedding. Hamid’s wedding ceremony opened at the East Diamond Wedding Hall in Kabul ,in two vast banquet rooms, one for the men and the other for the women . Islamic custom dictates that the sexes be separated .Dressed in a white suit ,he was smiling and seemed happy. “In our country, the wedding is a big problem—until you’re done with it. “Hamid’s father, a lifetime civil servant who makes $ 100 a month, also seemed relieved and joyful .Asked how he felt about the money 30 times his monthly salary ,he replied: “It was good! I’m extremely happy!” The payment ,he explained ,allowed the marriage to happen. “Only a memory is left,” he said. “A memory of happiness.” Like most Afghan bridegrooms, Hamid had to empty his savings ,borrow money . They had all saved in anticipation of the event ,much like a Chinese family might prepare years in advance for college tuitions . After the wedding, he was going to be left with $ 2,000 in debt ,which he expected to pay off within five months .But it is not so easy for many other young Afghan men. 57.What’s the best title of the passage? A.Happiness and sadness of a young man named Hamid in Afghanistan. B.Happy big weddings in Afghanistan. C.A bridegroom’s worry in Afghanistan. D.Big weddings wring Afghans joy and debt 58.What are bridegrooms in Afghanistan expected to pay for? A.Their weddings and several huge pre-wedding parties. B.Money for the bridegroom’s family. C.Jewelry ,flowers ,two dresses for the closet relatives. D.A visit to the beauty salon for the bridegroom. 59.How does Hamid’s feel when asked about the big wedding? A.hatred B.dislike C.happy D.happy and worry 60.What do you think the write will write in the continued passage? A.an example of a common young Afghan man who has to pay off the debts after a long time. B.an example of a rich Afghan man who has no debts. C.an example of an Afghan bridegroom who has a simple wedding. D.an example of an Afghan bride’s big wedding ceremony. 答案 57.D 58.A 59.D 60.A Passage 50 (浙江省金华一中 2008 年 5 月高考模拟 A 篇) 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 204 A small piece of fish each day may keep the heart doctor away. That’s the finding of a study of Dutchmen in which deaths from heart disease were more than 50 percent lower among those who consumed at least an ounce of salt water fish per day compared to those who never ate fish. The Dutch research is one of three human studies that give strong scientific support to the long-held belief that eating fish can provide health benefits, particularly to the heart. Heart disease is the number-one killer in the United States, with more than 550,000 deaths occurring from heart attacks each year. But previous research has shown that the level of heart disease is lower in cultures that consume more fish than Americans do. There are fewer heart disease deaths, for example, among the Eskimos of Greenland, who consume about 14 ounces of fish a day, and among the Japanese, whose daily fish consumption average more than 3 ounces. For 20 years, the Dutch study followed 852 middle-aged men, 20 percent of whom ate no fish. At the start of the study, average fish consumption was about two-thirds of an ounce each day, with more men eating lean fish than fatty fish. During the next two decades, 78 of the men died from heart disease. The fewest deaths were among the group who regularly ate fish, even at levels far lower than those of the Japanese or Eskimos. This relationship was true regardless of other factors such as age, high blood pressure, or blood cholesterol levels. 41. The passage is mainly about . A. the high incidence of heart disease in some countries B. the changes in people’s diet C. the daily fish consumption of people in different culture. D. The effect of fish eating on people’s health 42. We can infer from the passage that there are fewer heart disease deaths . A. in the countries with good production of fish B. in the countries of the yellow-skin race C. in the countries with high consumption of fish D. in highly-developed countries 43. The underlined part “This relationship” may refer to the connection between and the level of heart disease. A. the amount of fish eaten B. regular fish-eating C. the kind of fish eaten D. people of different areas 44. In which section of a newspaper can we read this passage? A. Ads. B. Movies. C. Briefs. D. Health and diet. 答案 41.D 42.C 43.B 44.D Passage 51 (浙江省金华一中 2008 年 5 月高考模拟 B 篇) The Internet is a way of life for US college students, with research showing them to be one of the most connected groups. A recent study by Harris Interactive and 360 Youth found that 93 percent of American college students visit the Internet, and this market is expected to grow from 15.2 million in 2003 to 16.4 million in2007. That is slow but could be the result of the already high number of college Internet users. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 205 About 88 percent of American college students own a computer, and more than half have broadband connections. Furthermore, 76 percent own cell phones and 36 percent use their mobile devices to visit the Internet. Study findings are that 42 percent go online mainly to communicate socially, and 72 percent of college students check emails at least once a day, with 66 percent using at least two email addresses. The most popular online social activity is forwarding messages to friends or family, with 37 per cent of college students saying they do so. The study also looked beyond the Internet surfing habits and into the buying habits of this group, and found them responsible for more than US$210 billion in sales last year alone. College students have learned how to spend their money, with 93 per cent saying low prices were important when shopping. The study also showed that 65 percent make loan payments, 41 percent of freshmen have a credit card; and 79 percent of seniors have a credit card. A significant number of charges on those credit cards are likely to be for entertainment and leisure expenses. 45. College students in the US, as this passage shows, . A. don’t have to learn their lessons in their classroom B. spend too much time visiting the Internet C. lead an exciting life by visiting the Internet D. waste much time visiting the Internet 46. From the fourth paragraph we can find that in the US . A. most college students are from rich families B. college students can have a computer from their college C. cell phones will take the place of computers in college D. mobile phones make Internet life easy for college students 47. To communicate with friends, nearly half of the college students use . A. letters B. e-mails C. telephones D. telegraph 48. By using the Internet, college students in the US can do the following except . A. reading newspapers B. chatting with friends C. buying goods D. going swimming 答案 45.C 46.D 47.B 48.D Passage 52 (浙江省金华一中 2008 年 5 月高考模拟 C 篇) "Tear’em apart!" "Kill the fool!" "Murder the referee(裁判)!" They are common remarks one may hear at various sporting events. At the time they are made, they may seem innocent(无害的)enough. But let's not kid ourselves. They have been known to influence behavior in such a way as to lead to real bloodshed(流血).Books have been written about the way words affect us. It has shown that words having certain meanings may cause us to react in ways quite foreign to what we consider to be our usual humanistic behavior. I see the term "opponent" as one of those words. Perhaps the time has come to delete it from sports terms. The dictionary meaning of the term "opponent" is "enemy":“ one who opposes your 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 206 interests." Thus, when a player meets an opponent, he or she may tend to treat that opponent as an enemy. At such times, winning may control one's mind, and every action, no matter how bad, may be considered correct . I recall an incident in a handball game when a referee refused a player's request for a time out for a glove change because he didn't consider them wet enough. The player rubbed his gloves across his wet T-shirt and then shouted, "Are they wet enough now?" In the heat of battle, players have been observed to throw themselves across the court without considering the consequences that such a move might have on anyone in their way. I have also witnessed a player reacting to his opponent's intentional and illegal blocking by hitting him with the ball as hard as he could during the course of play. Off the court, they are good friends. Does that make any sense? It certainly gives proof of a court attitude which is different from normal behavior. Therefore, I believe it is time we promoted the game to the level where it is by setting an example. Replacing the term “opponent” with “ associate” could be an ideal way to start. The dictionary meaning of the term “associate” is “friend”;“companion.” Think it over!You may soon see and possibly feel the difference in your reaction to the term "associate' rather than "opponent." 49. Which of the following statements best expresses the author's view? A. Bad behavior in sports will always have serious consequences. B. The words people use can influence their behavior. C. Unpleasant words in sports are often used by foreign athletes. D. Unfair judgments by referees will lead to violence on the sports field. 50. Rough words are spoken during games because the players________. A. are too eager to win B. are usually bad-tempered C. can't afford to be polite in competitions D. treat their friends as competitors 51. What did the handball player do when he was not allowed a time out to change his gloves? A. He refused to continue the game. B. He angrily hit the referee with a ball. C. He claimed that the referee was unfair. D. He wet his gloves by rubbing them across his T-shirt. 52. The author hopes to have the current situation in sports improved by_______. A. changing the attitude of players on the sports field B. raising the referee's sense of responsibility C. calling on players to use clean language on the court D. regulating the relationship between players and referees 答案 49.B 50.A 51.D 52.C Passage 53 (2007 年北京海淀区高三年级第一学期期末 B 篇) You feel happiest when you create a healthy balance between giving and receiving. If you give and give without making time to fill your own needs,then it’s likely you will burn out , or feel upset .When you take and take without giving anything back ,you never feel fulfilled, so you are always searching for ways to fill the void in your life. The way to create a healthy balance between giving and receiving is to know and then live by 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 207 your values .I break values up into two groups which I call being and having values. Your being values are the character traits of the ideal person you would like to be. I suggest to my clients that they choose three being values that they are willing to make a commitment to live by. An example of some being values are: kind, loving, generous, inspirational, peaceful, wise and even powerful. By acting on these values you give to others through your actions and you inspire others by being a positive role model. Mastering being these character traits becomes your life purpose. Your having values are the feelings you need to create in order to be happy. These could be companionship, achievement, support, being valued or financial security. This is what you receive. You take responsibility for filling your own needs by taking steps to create these feelings and conditions in your life. When you make a commitment to live by your being values, it becomes easier to make conscious choices rather than reactionary ones. If your usual pattern is to talk about your problems, you could choose to think and act like a calm person . A calm person might go for a walk ,meditate (沉思), or set a time limit before responding. If your usual pattern is to worry, you could choose to act like a responsible or wise person. In other words, you would act like the person you choose to be—this is the key to personal power. When you choose to act on your values , you not only feel good about yourself, you reinforce (加强)your chosen beliefs. Over time acting in this way changes how you see the world, and in turn the way other people think of you. 60.The main purpose of this passage is to . A.persuade the readers to make a commitment B.explain to the readers what personal values are C.inform the readers how to be truly happy D.instruct the readers how to make wise choices 61.According to the text ,living by your being values ,you would . A.gain a lot of power B.form positive personality C.seek all human virtues D.fill your own needs 62.The underlined word “void” in Paragraph 1 means . A.a feeling of emptiness B.an absence of one’s mind C.a break of continuity D.a state of confusion 63.What can be inferred from the text? A.Having values are better than being values. B.A calm person does not choose to complain. C.The way other people think of you decides who you are. D.A responsible person does not care about financial security. 答案 60.C 61.B 62.A 63.B Passage 54 (北京东城区 2006—2007 学年度第一学期期末教学目标检测 D 篇) We all know what it is like to be unable to turn your head because of a cold in the muscles of your neck, or because an unexpected twist has made your neck ache and stiff. Your whole body feels tight. The slightest move makes you jump with pain. Nothing could be worse than a pain in 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 208 the neck. That is why we use phrase to describe some people who give you the same feeling. We have all met such people. One is the man who always seems to be clapping his hands—often at the wrong time—during a performance in the theater. He keeps you from hearing the actors. Even worse are those who can never arrive before the curtain goes up and play begins. They come hurrying down to your row of seats. You are comfortably settled down, with your hat and heavy coat in your lap. You must stand up to ;et them pass. You are proud of your self—control after they have settled into their seats…Well, what now…Good God, one of them is up again. He forgot to go to the men’s room, and once more you have to stand up, hanging on to your hat and coat to let him pass. Now, that is “a pain in the neck.” Another, well—known to us all, is the person sitting behind you in the movies. His mouth is full of popcorn; he is chewing loudly, or talking between bites to friends next to him. None of them remain still. Up and down, back and forth, they go—for another bag of popcorn, or something to drink. Then, there is the main sitting next to you at a lunch counter smoking a smelly cigar. He wants you to enjoy it too, and blows smoke across you food into your mouth. We must not forget the man who comes into a bus or subway car and sits down next to you, just as close as you will let him. You are reading the newspaper and he leans over and stretches his rock so that he can read the paper with you. He may even turn the paper to the next page before you are ready for it. We also call such a person a “rubber neck,” always stretching his neck to where it does not belong, like neighbors who watch all your visitors. They enjoy invading your privacy. People have a strong dislike for rubbernecks. They hate being spied upon. 68.Where can you find this passage? A.Medicine dictionaries. B.Social science books, C.Kids’ comic books. D.Science text books. 69.How do you feel when late comers walk back and forth in front of you in a cinema? A.Ignored. B.Bored. C.Disturbed D.Relaxed. 70.A “rubber neck” often . A.says bad words behind people. B.quarrels face to face with neighbors. C.bargains the price with sales women D.asks about other people’s business 答案 68.B 69.C 70.D Passage 55 (2006-2007 学年度南通市九校(学科基地)联考 E 篇) BUKHANNON, West Virginia—Two rescue teams slowly moved along a two-mile path on Monday night to the site of a coal mine explosion that trapped 13 miners, who had not been heard from since the early morning accident. Meanwhile, at a nearby church, more than 250 family members and friends gathered, waiting for updates(最新报道)on the rescuers’ progress. The miners were trapped at about 6:30 and many families weren’t informed of the accident 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 209 until about 10 a.m-more than three hours after it happened. “It’s very upsetting, but you’ve got to be patient, I guess,” said John Helms, whose brother, Terry, was trapped in the mine. The trapped miners were about 260 feet underground and about 10,000 feet from the Sago Mine’s entrance, said Roger Nicholson, general counsel from International Coal Group. At a late night news conference, Nicholson said one team had advanced about 4, 800 feet in the four hours since entering the mine just before 6 p.m. Another team entered the mine about 30 minutes later. He said the crew was very experienced, with some members having worked underground for 30 to 35 years. The miners were equipped with about one hour of breathable oxygen each. The company has not released the names of the miners. The teams test the air about every 500 feet, and have to disconnect (remove) the power to the phones they use to communicate with the surface before doing that. “ We don’t want to be energizing anything if it’s in an atmosphere with burnable gases,” Kips said. The cause of the explosion was not immediately known. High levels of carbon monoxide were detected shortly after the explosion, which delayed rescue efforts, but those levels have since subsided(减退), authorities said. 72. According to the passage, we can infer that ________. A. all the miners who were trapped underground were still alive B. communication with the trapped miners was cut off C. the two rescue teams entered the mine at the same time D. the rescue started as soon as the accident happened 73. If the first team advanced at an average speed, they could dig about _______ per hour. A. 1,000 feet B. 2,400 feet C. 1,200feet D. 4,800feet 74. Where can the passage be seen? A. In a magazine. B. In a newspaper. C. In a science book.. D. On an advertisement. 75. Which of the following shows the position where the miners were trapped? E 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 210 答案 72.B 73.C 74.B 75.A Passage 56 (北京市北大附中 2007 年 5 月高三最后适应测试 B 篇) Obesity is becoming one of the biggest threats to children’s health, a recent nationwide investigation has warned, pointing out that students’ physical indicators are declining because of a lack of enough exercise. The past five years have witnessed fast growth in the number of fat children—in some big cities, the number has even doubled, the survey showed. In Beijing, for example, latest figures from the local education authorities show that the height, weight and chest measurement of young students keep expanding, while physical indices, such as lung capacity, speed and strength, are going down. The blood pressure of half the secondary school students is above normal; and the number of obese students has increased by 50 percent compared with five years age. In the urban areas of Beijing and five other economically more developed regions, the average obesity rate of male students in primary schools has reached 12.9 percent. Nationwide, the obesity rate of children is 8.1 percent and 3.1 percent in urban and rural areas. “China has entered the era of obesity,” Beijing-based Workers’ Daily quoted Ji Chengye of the Child and Adolescent Health Section of the China Preventive Medicine Association as saying.“Childhood is the first age group affected by obesity, to which society has not paid enough attention,” Ji said.“Obesity in childhood will influence health for life,” the expert added. The increase in indoor activities such as watching television, surfing the Internet, playing computer games or doing homework, is one of the main reasons for children’s obesity, according to Ji, because it means lack of exercise and little chance for burning calories.Another reason is consumption of excessive junk food.“In the past, children used to drink water.Now they prefer sweet beverages; and some have totally given up water,” Ji said . He also blamed intensive promotions of sweets and junk food, which make it hard for children to resist the temptation. Also, because of pressure of competition to enter good higher schools, teachers sacrifice students’ physical exercise time for classes. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 211 For instance, about 60 percent of school masters in Beijing admitted that the one hour of outdoor physical exercises per day is not always followed. “Problems of obesity will not only influence children’s physical and psychological development but also become a “time bomb for the country’s future economic development and public health system,” said Chen Chunming, head of International Life Sciences Institute Focal Point in China. 61.How many reasons are mentioned in the passages that cause child obesity. A.two B. three C.four D.five 62.Problems of obesity will not ________ A.influence children’s physical and psychological development B.affect the country’s future economic development C.have some effect on the country’s public health system D.harm human history 63.What does the underlined word “obesity” mean? A.being strong B.being too small C.being too fat D.being too tall 64.What’s the main idea of the passage? A.child obesity has become a big problem B.the problem of child obesity is especially serious in Beijing C.China has entered the era of obesity D.lacking enough exercise is the main reason for children’s obesity 答案 61.B 62.D 63.C 64.A Passage 57 (吉林省实验中学 2007 届高三第四次模拟考试 B 篇) Many deaths from home fires are the result of burns and panic, but most are caused by deadly smoke and gases. These fatal fires are often caused by such careless acts as throwing away a lighted match or cigarette, allowing rubbish to pile up, overloading electrical wires, or misuse of healing and cooking equipment. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 212 Few families go to bed at night without first checking to make sure that the doors and windows are locked, but they overlook a very basic fire safety rule. This rule states that people should sleep with their bedroom doors closed. Nighttime fires are most serious because the family is asleep and the discovery of fire is usually too late. A closed bedroom door gives extra protected by delaying the gases and fire, thus giving the family a few minutes to escape. At the first sight of fire in a home, it is necessary for everyone to get out of the house, especially children and elderly persons who may need help. Not everyone flees quickly from a burning home. Children often panic and hide in closets or under beds. Being prepared or knowing what to do in case fire breaks out can mean the difference between life and death. All members of the family should know certain basic steps. Everyone should know an escape route and second route from each room in the house. Very young children and old persons should receive careful thought when mapping out family escape plans. Both groups will need special help in escaping from home fires. A family should determine a way in which any members can sound an alarm. It is likely that fire may block hallways and prevent a person from reaching other bedrooms : Family members should be taught not to waste time getting dressed or collecting valuable possessions. Speed is necessary in escaping from fire. 45.Most deaths from fire are caused by . A.burns B.fright C.smoke D.panic 46.During a fire children often . A.panic B.jump from windows C.cry D.know certain steps 47.The most serious fires happen during . A.the afternoon B.the morning C.the evening D.the night 48.The article advise the readers . A.not to collect valuable possession if a fire breaks out B.not to call the fire department for small fires C.not to run away at once D.not to buy a house with closets 答案 45.C 46.A 47.D 48.A Passage 58 (江苏省苏州市 2007 届高三第四次模拟考试 B 篇) Sometimes the real world can be a confusing place. It is not always fair or kind. And in the real world there are not always happy endings. That is why, every once in a while, we like to escape into the world of fantasy(幻想)— a place where things always go our way and there is always a happy ending. We want to believe in fantastic creatures in imaginary lands. We want to believe in magic powers, good friends, and the power of good to overcome evil. We all fantasize about being able to fly and lift buildings off the ground. And how good a magic sword would feel in our hand as we go off to kill a dragon or win the hand of a beautiful princess. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 213 The amazing adventures of Superman, Peter Pan, and Harry Potter have charmed many people, children and adults alike. The main reason is that these stories offer us chances to get away from this real, frustrating world and allow us to find some magical solutions to our problems. For example, Superman always arrives in the nick of time to prevent a disaster from happening. Peter Pan can fly at will to tease the bad guy Captain Hook, and Harry Potter has his magic power to take revenge(复仇) on his uncle, aunt and cousin, who always ill-treat him. 61. People enter the world of fantasy for the following reasons EXCEPT that _________. A. the world of fantasy frightens us B. the real world is often disappointing C. we can find happy endings there D. we can always have our wishes fulfilled 62. Superman, Peter Pan, and Harry Potter have charmed many people, because _________. A. the bad guys always have the upper hand B. they end up getting married to beautiful princesses C. their solutions are anything but magical D. they possess powers that ordinary people don’t have 63.This article about fantasy literature is intended to __________. A. criticize its unrealistic concepts B. ridicule those people reading it C. explain why people like to read it D. teach people to avoid disasters 答案 61.A 62.D 63.C Passage 59 (江苏省苏州市 2007 届高三第四次模拟考试 E 篇) Parents whose children show a special interest in a particular sport feel very difficult to make a decision about their children’s careers. Should they allow their children to train to become top sports men or women? For many children it means starting school work very young, and going out with friends and other interests have to take a second place. It’s very difficult to explain to a young child why he or she has to train five hours a day, even at the weekend, when most of his or her friends are playing. Another problem is of course money. In many countries money for training is available from government for the very best young sports men and women. If this help can not be given, it means that it is the parents who have to find the time and the money to support their child’s development---and sports clothes, transport to competitions, special equipment, etc. can all be very expensive. Many parents are worried that it is dangerous to start serious training in a sport at an early age. Some doctors agree that young muscles may be damaged by training before they are properly developed. Professional trainers, however, believe that it is only by training young that you can reach the top as a successful sports person. It is clear that very few people do reach the top, and both parents and children should be prepared for failure even after many years of training. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 214 73.This article is most probably taken from____. A. a letter B. an advertisement C. a personal diary D. a newspaper article 74.Which of the following statements is NOT true? A. By starting young, you won’t have much time for your school work. B. Early training may damage our muscles. C. Most children may become professional sports men after a long period of training. D. It’s very expensive for parents to support their child’s development in sports. 75.The underlined phrase“to take a second place”means“____”. A. to repeat the activities some other day B. to become less important C. of all things considered, they are of inferior(差的)quality D. to happen again 答案 73.D 74.C 75.B Passage 60 (山东省滨州市 2007 届高三第四次模拟考试 C 篇) Hello, children and parents. Thank you all for coaling to this meeting. I’d like to start by confirming that we will receive some money from the government for our school trip to Indonesia. We will receive approximately $ 1,300 per child, which will reduce the overall cost to you. Now that we are sure to get the money, it is time to do some serious planning. We are sure that the trip will be very exciting for the children, especially if they have not traveled overseas before. There are many benefits to having some exposure to different places and cultures. Your children will be able to learn a lot about other people and cultures on this trip. Leanne is with us tonight. Leanne, where are you? Put up your hand, Leanne, so that the people can see who you are. Thank you. Leanne went on the trip last year and will be happy to tell you of her experiences and answer any questions you might have. We will hear from her a bit later in the meeting. We only have five months to organize the trip. From past experience I can tell you that this time will go very quickly! So we need to start organizing the trip. This is the agenda for tonight’s meeting; * Passport: when and how to apply for one * Schedule: what places we will visit * Health matters: what precautions you need to take, plus any special needs that your child may have * Studying: description of the school and type of lessons your child will attend * Money: paying for the trip, plus how much money your child should take * Hotel: where we will be staying *Clothing and personal items: what your children should take with them Are there any other items that you would like to place on the agenda? 66.The key point of this speech is about ____________. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 215 A.a school trip to another country B.getting a job in another country C.people studying in another country D.schools in another country 67.The speaker will discuss the following except __________. A.spending money B.hotels C.group leaders D.places to see 68.__________ will help pay for this trip according to the text. A.The students themselves B.The students’ parents C.The organizer of the trip D.The government 69.We can learn from the text that ___________. A.Leanne is from Indonesia and knows very well about the coming trip B.the students are able to attend some lessons during their trip C.the students going on the trip will cost nothing D.the speaker is likely to come from the government 70.The underlined word “precautions” means ___________. A.special medicines to some diseases B.agreements signed by both sides C.things done in advance to prevent problems D.instructions on health problems by doctors 答案 66.A 67.C 68.D 69.B 70.C 【09 年 9 月更新】 Passage 60 (安徽省桐城六中 2010 届高三第二次模拟月考) L’HAY-LES-ROSES, France: Three teenage girls admitted starting a fire in a suburban Paris housing project over the weekend that killed 17 people, including three children, police said yesterday. A fourth girl was held yesterday morning. The fire in a 19-storey building south of Paris was the third fatal blaze in the Paris area in nine days. The death toll rose to 16 after a man died late Sunday in a hospital, where seven others were being treated for serious injuries, police said. Three teenagers taken in for questioning on Sunday admitted having started the fire for fun, police said. Two of the suspects were 18-year-old, the other was 16, police said. Further details were not available. Witnesses claimed to have seen a group of youths who lived in the building start the fire, said Patrick Seve, mayor of the town of L’HAY-LES-ROSES, near Orly airport, where the building was located. The fire is believed to have broken out in the lobby(门厅)of the building before raging up a 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 216 stairwell at least three floors. Some residents jumped from windows as the fire spread through the building’s entrance. Authorities were investigating possible criminals in an August 26 fire that killed 14 African children and three adults in a Paris apartment building. Three days later, another fire killed seven in a building. Interior Minister Nicolas Sarkozy suggested on French television on Sunday night that copycats(盲目模仿者)were at work. “Each time there is a new story, sometimes that gives ideas to people who then turn into criminals,” Sarkozy said, promising severe punishment for anyone found guilty of arson(纵火). 56. What can we learn from the first two paragraphs? A. Three girls were caught setting fire to a building. B. The fourth girl wasn’t present when the fire broke out. C. All the people lost their lives before police came. D. Paris was troubled by fire during that period. 57. Why did the teenagers start the fire? A. They were interested in playing with fire. B. They wanted to make fun of their parents. C. They were not satisfied with the surroundings. D. They wanted to warm themselves. 58. From the fourth and fifth paragraphs we know that ________. A. the witnesses must have put out the fire B. the lobby of the building was covered with wood. C. the witnesses were familiar with the teenagers D. the residents shouldn’t have jumped from windows 59. What the Minister said in the last paragraph means that ________. A. he doesn’t like to listen to new stories B. he has no time to write new stories C. teenagers often have ideas to turn into criminals D. teenagers may do the same as others have done 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 217 答案 DACD Passage 61 (安徽省芜湖七中 2010 届高三上学期第一次调研考试) One of the goals of American education officials is to have all public schools connected to the Internet computer system and have computer for all students. Government studies show that in 1994 only thirty-five percent of American public schools were connected to the Internet. Last year. that number reached eighty-nine percent. Virginia Polytechnic Institute of State University is a large university in the southern state of Virginia. Officials at Virginia Tech say computers are very important to a student’s education. All students at Virginia Tech have been required to have a computer since 1998. Each student’s living area at Virginia Tech has the necessary wires to link a computer to the Internet. The students can send and receive electronic mail. use the World Wide Web part of the Internet and link with other universities. all without leaving their room. They can also use their computers to send electronics copies of their schoolwork to their teachers. And they can search for books in the school’s huge library. Most major American universities and colleges strongly urge or require new students to have a computer. Most colleges and universities also have large rooms where students can use computers for class work. American high schools also have computers. Many have their own areas on the World Wide Web. If you have a computer you can learn about Fremont Union High School in Sunnyvale. California. for example. Its Web site provides information about the school. the teachers and their electronic mail addresses. It also lists student events and organizations. Young children also use computer in school. Smoketree Elementary School in Lake Havasu. Arizona has given us a good example. The school also has a World Wide Web site. It tells about the school and the teachers and has a area for young children. These young children use computer in school to learn numbers and letters. They also learn how to use the computer they will need later in their education. 54.From the passage we know . A.how to use computer to connect to the Internet 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 218 B.students in Virginia Tec can use computer to send electronic copies of their homework C.how to connect students and teachers by computers D.how the teachers use computer to give their lesson 55.What is NOT mentioned in the passage? A.Every student in Virginia has access to the Internet. B.All students at Virginia Tech have been required to have a computer. C.Students at Virginia Tech can search for books in their school library in their own room. D.If you want to learn about Fremont Union School. you can read information in its Web site. 56.Which of the following statements is NOT right according to the report? A.It is required that new university students have a computer of their own. B.Pupils in Smoketree Elementary use computer to learn arithmetic. C.Every pupil in Smoketree Elementary School knows how to send electronic mail. D.Many high schools have their own areas on the Word Wide Web. 57.Which is the best title of the newspaper report? A.Every Student Should Have A Computer B.Computer Is Used By University Students C.Every School Has Connected to the Internet D.Computer Use In American Schools 答案 BACD Passage 62 (河北省衡水中学 2010 届高三上学期第三次调研考试) How can we get rid of garbage? Do we have enough energy sources to meet our future energy needs? These are two important questions that many people are asking today. Some people think that men might be able to solve both problems at the same time. They suggest using garbage as an energy source. For a long time people buried garbage or dumped it on empty land. Now, empty land is scarce. But more and more garbage is produced each year. But garbage can be a good fuel to use. The things in garbage do not look like coal, petroleum, or natural gas; but they are chemically similar 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 219 to these fossil fuels. As we use up our fossil-fuel supplies, we might be able to use garbage as an energy source. Burning garbage is not a new idea. Some cities in Europe and the United States have been burning garbage for years. The heat that is produced by burning garbage is used to boil water. The steam that is produced is used to make electricity or to heat nearby buildings. In Paris, France, some power plants burn almost 2 million metric tons of the city's garbage each year. The amount of energy produced is about the same as the world produced by burning almost a half million barrels of oil! But there are problems in using garbage as a fuel. Garbage that burns easily, such as food scraps and paper, must be separated from metals, glass, and other materials that do not burn easily. This separation process is normally costly. Another problem is that burning garbage can pollute the air. Our fossil fuel supplies are limited. Burning garbage might be one kind of energy source that we can use to help meet our energy needs. This method could also reduce the amount of garbage piling up on the earth. 53. What two problems can be solved by burning garbage? A. The shortage of energy; Air pollution. B. The shortage of energy; the shortage of empty land for holding garbage. C. Air pollution; the shortage of empty land for holding garbage. D. Air pollution; the shortage of fossil fuel. 54.Which of the following is NOT a result of burning garbage? A. The heat produced is used to boil water. B. The steam produced is used to make electricity. C. The garbage burned is turned into fossil fuels. D. The steam produced is used to heat buildings. 55.According to the passage. Which of the following four groups of garbage is ready for burning? A. food scraps and metals B. paper and glass C. metals and glass D. food scraps and paper 56.What is the general tone of the passage? A. optimistic B. indifferent C. advocating D. anxious 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 220 答案 BCDC Passage 63 (河北省正定中学 2010 届高三上学期第一次月考) You are from a middle- class family, and live in a normal-size home without any showy possessions, but you are surrounded by surprising consumption(消费). This contrast is beginning to bother your 6-year-old son. You are worried that he will want to live as they do, and wonder if you should move. Sometimes big pocket money, joyful birthday parties, special playrooms and super-big houses tell you that your neighbors probably have more money than you do, and that they’re not as careful as you are with money, but you may find that they cook and dig in the garden with their children just as often as you do, talk with them as freely and read to them every night. Or you may find that some of these parents stay in one wing of their big house while their child plays by himself, way off in a wing of his own. In that unfortunate case, he is basically growing up alone without being looked after properly, but this can happen to a child who lives in a normal-size house, too, if he has a TV, a computer and a few video games in his room. Even the most caring parent doesn’t walk in and out of it to see what show her child is watching, what Internet site he has found and if he’s still playing that video game. Too much uncontrolled screen time may lead to a certain loss of innocence(天真),but mostly this child will lose the sense of unity and satisfaction, and if it doesn’t , you might decide to move. Don’t judge your neighborhood too harshly(严厉地),though. There are some things that are right with almost any neighborhood and some things that are wrong with the best of them—like those super-big houses. The wealth of their owners—and the way they throw money around—may make your son feel sorry for himself, unless you help him understand that you and his dad save some of the money, give some to people who don’t have enough and use the rest to pay for whatever the family needs. Children want—should be provided with—explanations when their parents don’t give them what they want. 57.What is the problem with the worried parent in the text? A. Her house isn’t as big as her rich neighbors’ B. Her son is left alone without anyone in charge. C. She cannot provide her son with a special playroom. D. She worries about the effect of her neighbors on her son. 58.In Paragraphs 2and 3, the author seems to agree that parents should____. A. spend more time with their children B. give their children more freedom C. work hard to lead a richer life D. set an example for their children to follow 59. By saying “throw money around”(Paragraph 4),the author means that rich people___. A. spend money carelessly B. save money for their children C. help the poor people willingly D. leave money all round the house 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 221 60.What is the main idea the author aims to express in the text? A. Children are unfortunate to have poor parents. B. Children should enjoy their comfortable life. C. Children need proper guidance from their parents. D. Children feel ashamed of themselves in a rich neighborhood. 答案 DAAC Passage 64 (湖北省黄冈中学 2010 届高三 8 月月考) As I was reading a recent story in Slate on 20-somethings complaining about how the economy was ruining their life plans, I couldn’t help but think the 20-somethings sounded like a bunch of spoiled children who grew up expecting everything to be easy for them. As a 20-something myself, I certainly share their disappointment: my husband and I probably won’t be able to buy a house until we’re in our 40s, and we too are burdened by student loans(贷款). But why should it be any different? Being young persons in America, shouldn’t they take up all of the challenges and opportunities that this country offers? Consider some of these views shared in the Slate story: Jennifer, 29, owner of a two-bedroom apartment with her husband, worries that she won’t be able to have children for at least a decade because they can’t afford to buy a house yet. I read that, and I thought, what planet is she living on where you need to own a house in order to have kids? Has she ever visited a developing country, or even downtown areas in this one? Home ownership is a luxury(奢华), not a fertility requirement. A 26-year-old in the story despairs(绝望) that he can’t afford to get a Ph.D. in literature. Well, that sounds a bit like expressing disappointment that no one will pay you to write poetry on the beach in Thailand for five years. Yes, it’s sad that these young people feel so lost. But I think the problem is their extremely high expectations, not economic reality. Beth Kobliner, author of Get a Financial Life: Personal Finance in Your Twenties and Thirties, says that she thinks people’s expectations are slowly adjusting, but today’s 20-somethings grew up at a time when everyone’s wealth appeared to be expanding. Their parents probably saw their home values rise along with their investments. “So you have people who have grown up in an environment where people had great expectations of what living well means,” says Kobliner. This recession( 衰 退 ) will certainly play a role in forcing those expectations into more realistic group. In the meantime, it seems a lot better for our mental health to focus on being grateful-for our one-bedroom apartments, for living in modern cities, or perhaps just for being able to eat three meals a day-than on longing for some kind of luxury life. 59.What makes the author think the 20-somethings sound like a bunch of spoiled children? A.They expect everything to be easy for them. B.They complain that the economy is spoiling their life plans. C.They are reluctant to face all of the challenges. D.They are burdened by student loans. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 222 60.The underlined word “fertility” in Paragraph 3 probably means . A.baby production B.pleasant C.baby comfort D.essential 61.What’s the author’s attitude towards the 20-somthings with high expectation in Paragraph 5? A.Intolerant. B.Negative. C.Unbelieving. D.Understanding. 62.What is the best title for this passage? A.How Young People Afford to Continue Their Study B.Why Young People Can’t Afford to Buy a House C.When Young People’s High Hopes Create Despair D.What the 20-somethings’ High Expectations Are 答案 BADC Passage 65 (湖南省长沙市一中 2010 届高三上学期第二次月考) Detroit(底特律)might have a hard time hearing any more bad news after the week it just had. Toyota will soon be the world’s No. 1 automaker, while the Big Three-nowadays known as the "Detroit Three," posted $7. 4 billion combined loss for the three months ended Sept. 30. Even Detroit’s best performer, General Motors, couldn’t win over Wall Street by cutting its losses to only $115 million, which is an improvement over last year’s third-quarter loss of $1. 7 billion. The problem: despite all the factory closings and job cuts, GM, Ford and Chrysler are still losing money on every car and truck they sell in America. What’s the matter with Motown? It all comes down to the models it sells. Car buyers simply don’t find them as appealing as foreign wheels, which explains why Japanese models fetch an average price of $24,289, while American cars go for just $21,597, according to a new study by car consultant Harbour Felax. Increasingly, car buyers see Detroit’s products as too big, too gas-thirsty or too bland. In other words, fixing Detroit’s product problems requires a serious check. For now, Detroit has only a quarter of the fast-growing small-car market, while nearly two thirds of its models are slow-selling ones, SUVs and minivans. "No automaker can suddenly make a transfer and double its number of small cars," says GM car president Bob Lutz. But sellers want Detroit to move faster. The Japanese make over their new models every five years, while American automakers take 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 223 seven or eight. Detroit has been slow to vary because it became addicted to the big profits it once made off SUVs. Only now are they making fuel-efficient cars like the Ford Edge and GMC Acadia, while the Japanese have an eight-year lead in that hot market. “Detroit needs a complete reinvention ( change ) of how they do business,” says Mike Jackson, CEO of AutoNation, America’s top car dealer. That reinvention will require Detroit to rethink how it conceives, designs and executes cars. Like the Japanese, Detroit needs to engineer multiple models. They need to simplify how they engineer them, so that they are easier to build, have better quality and make more money. 56. Which of the following is not among the Detriot Three members? A. Chrysler B. General Motors C. Ford D. Toyota 57. Despite closing some factories and cutting jobs, the Detroit Three ______. A. will make profits this year B. have stopped the loss C. are still losing money D. get a large improvement over last year’s loss 58. From the passage, we know that American automakers ______. A. have made a sudden transfer to make small cars B. have made big profits off SUVs C. have been making hot styles for years D. take up most of the fast-growing small-car market 59. According to the passage, which statement about Detriot’s cars is NOT true? A. They are cheaper than Japanese ones now on average. B. They are too big, or too bland. C. They are as appealing as foreign wheels. D. They need more fuel than foreign cars. 60. Which of the following is not included in the reinvention activities? A. Rethinking how to conceive, design, and execute cars. B. Engineering multiple models. C. Simplifying the products. D. Building complicated and expensive models. 答案 DCBCD 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 224 Passage 66 (湖南省浏阳一中 2010 届高三第一次月考) China news, Beijing, July. 29 – Housing price in China has always aroused heated discussions among property developers and ordinary Chinese. To many property developers and local government officials, housing price in China is still low compared with many developed countries. However, the average housing price in the United States is only 8,000 yuan per square meter, while in China, it is even higher than in the United States. This shows that there are some bubbles(泡沫) in Chinese real estate market, the International Finance News reported. Although the average price of residential houses in the United States, after converted to Renminbi, is about 8,000 yuan per square meter, the houses in US are not sold in terms of building area, as most Chinese property developers do when they sell their houses. If US property developers sell their houses according to the building area, then the housing price will be even lower than 8,000 yuan per square meter. In most big Chinese cities, such as Beijing, Shanghai, and Shenzhen, houses are sold at a price even higher than those in the US. The high housing sales price in large cities in China proves that Chinese real estate market does have some bubbles. Moreover, Chinese houses can not be compared with houses in US in terms of building quality, environment and supporting facilities. Furthermore, it should be noted that American people’s average income is several dozen times higher than that of Chinese people. How can the Chinese afford to buy a house which is even more expensive than that sold in US? At the beginning of 2007, Chinese government issued a set of policies that aimed to benefit the public. Now in order to reduce the high housing prices, the government can regulate(控 制) the real estate market by raising tax on property industry and controlling the release of loans and lands to property developers. At the same time, the government should allow people to build more houses through various fund-raising channels, such as funds collected from buyers or raised by working units. By applying these multiple means, it is expected that the high housing prices can be lowered. 69. What is the average housing price per square meter in China? A. 8000 yuan. B. 10000 yuan. C. 7000 yuan. D. It’s not mentioned here. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 225 70. Which of the following does NOT support the idea that the average housing price in China is even higher than in the United States? A. Chinese houses can not be compared with houses in US in terms of building quality, environment and supporting facilities. B. American people’s average income is several dozen times higher than that of Chinese people. C. The houses in US are not sold in terms of building area, as most Chinese property developers do when they sell their houses. D. The population who need houses in China is larger than in the United States. 71. How many measures are mentioned in the last paragraph in order to reduce the high housing prices? A. Four. B. Three. C. Two. D. One. 72. What is the main idea of this passage? A. The housing price in China is so high that the government should do something useful to prevent it. B. There are some bubbles in Chinese real estate market. C. The average housing price in China is even higher than in the United States. D. Chinese government issued a set of policies that aimed to benefit the public. 答案 DDBA Passage 67 (山西省金谷中学 2010 届高三第一次练兵考试) Every time you go to the supermarket, you come away with your purchases in plastic bags. But wouldn’t it be kinder to the environment if you asked for paper bags instead? The answer is not the easy as it might seem. Environmentalists say there are drawbacks to using both plastic bags and paper bags. According to the American Plastics Council 80 percent of groceries in the US are packed in plastic bags. “The numbers are becoming huge,” said Vincent Cobb, a businessman from Chicago who set up “reusable bags. com” on the Internet. He notes that consumers use between 500 billion and 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 226 1 trillion plastic bags per year worldwide. Some experts believe that all these bags harm the environment. Plastic takes hundreds of years to break down and, as it does so, poisonous materials are released into the water and soil. Further damage is caused if plastic bags enter the sea. For example, endangered sea turtles cannot tell the bags from jellyfish(水母), their main source of food, and often choke on(噎死 ) them. Floating plastic bags have been spotted as far north as the Arctic Ocean and as far south as the southern end of South America. One expert predicts that, within ten years, plastic bags will wash up in Antarctica! However, this kind of bag does have its advantages. “Plastic grocery bags are some of the most reused things around the house,” explained Laurie Kusek of the American Plastics Council. According to the Film and Bag Federation, a trade group in the US plastics industry, paper bags use more energy and create more waste than plastic bags. Plastic bags require 40 per cent less energy to produce and cause 70 per cent less air pollution, the group explained. They also release as much as 94 percent less waste into the water than paper ones. But paper bags do break down more quickly than plastic bags. They don’t endanger wildlife, either. So what should we do? One possible solution would be to use biodegradable( 可 降 解 的)plastic bags. But until biodegradable technology improves, it might be easier to pack things you buy in reusable cloth bags. 44. The best title of the passage is _____. A. Paper Causes Less Pollution B. Plastic Causes Less Pollution C. Paper and Plastics Cause Pollution D. Paper Bags Break Down More Quickly 45. The underlined word “drawbacks” might mean “_____”. A. Advantages B. disadvantages C. air pollution D. waste 46. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true? A. Plastic takes longer to break down than paper. B. Sea turtles usually mistake the plastic bags for jellyfish. C. Paper bags require less energy than plastic bags. 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 227 D. You’d better pack things in reusable cloth bags. 47. Which of the following shows that paper bags are better than plastic ones? A. Paper bags take less time to rot. B. Paper bags cause less air pollution. C. Paper bags are more reusable. D. Paper bags cause less water pollution. 答案 CBCA Passage 68 (浙江省海盐县元济高级中学 2010 届高三第一次月考) Today,I read an interesting article about television viewing.In one experiment,families were paid to stop watching TV for either a week or a month. Many could not complete the task and some families quarreled or even fought.It was quite interesting and now I will say something about TV. After TV became a product most families could afford,people bought and started to watch their new TVs.Both adults and children became less creative in problem solving, less able to focus on tasks,and less tolerant of flexible time. In my family,we grew up with the TV on.Every weekend,we watched Gun Smoke and Bonanza together as a family.TV provides us with a comfortable background when we want to learn a foreign language at home , and it entertains us cheaply with live action sports , incomparable performing arts and important events of the world.In addition,it educates us about everything from the cells in our body to the galaxies in the universe. Perhaps it’s not even practical to live without television unless our views change unexpectedly as we get older.I don’t think that TV damages us so much as it robs us of time that could be spent doing other things such as learning new skills ,getting some exercise or doing volunteer work. I was lucky to have a family that watched TV together.Today there seems to be a TV in every room of the house and there’s no need to agree on a program to watch.To watch TV or not is more of a question for adults than for us,and even though we all say we want to cut down the time we spend in front of the tube,we never really do.TV has us hypnotized! 61. The experiment in Paragraph 1 shows . A. how interesting watching TV is B. how much people like watching TV C. whether people like watching TV D. why people give up watching TV 真正的价值并不在人生的舞台上,而在我们扮演的角色中。 228 62. After most families could afford a TV they . A. fixed less attention on tasks B. found it easier to solve problems C. became more independent of TV D. got more active at work 63. From Paragraph 3,we can learn that . A. the author likes to spend weekends watching TV by himself B. watching TV too much prevents the author from growing up well C. TV programmes bring only fun to the author and his family D. the author and his family get a lot of valuable experience in watching TV 64. According to the author which of the following is TRUE? A. It is a waste of time to watch TV . B. We benefit little when we watch TV. C. It is hard to live without television. D. We change our views as we live with television. 65. The underlined sentence in the last paragraph implies that . A. we depend too much on TV B. watching TV makes us united. C. TV robs us of valuable time D. TV changes our daily life 答案 BADCA
查看更多

相关文章

您可能关注的文档